. -f i^'' / /

mm

I^^^i'*^:^ ^^^>^ ^^2^>^^ •^^^^^:^ -=5^^^^:^ >«^>^^ ^^^-^^^

THE

NEILGHERRIES:

nfCLFDINa AK ACCOUNT OF THEIB

a:0posrapf)2, Climate, Soil anti Protiuctions ;

AND OP THE

EFFECTS OF THE CLIMATE

ON

THE EUEOPEAN CONSTITUTION.

BY
R. gAIKIE, ESQ., M. D.

rOBMEBLT SUPEEINTENDING MEDICAL OFFICER ON
THE NEILGHEEEIES.

WITH MAPS; A PANORAMIC VIEW OP OOTACAMUND; SKETCHES OF

COONOOR. KOTERGHERRY, AND JACKATALLA; EXTRACTS FROM

OTHER WRITERS INCORPORATED; AND STATISTICS

TO THE PRESENT TIME ;— COLLECTED BY

THE EDITOR ON A LATE VISIT.

EDITED BY

W. H. SMOULT, Esq.

AND DEDICATED BY PEBMISSION TO

THE EIGHT HOJ^ORABLE

GEOEGE FRANCIS ROBERT LORD HARRIS,

GOVEENOE OF MADEAS.
SECOND EDITION.

Calcutta: ^

PRINTED BY J. THOMAS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. ^

1857. -^

.^^^.^^ ^^'^^^ ^^^12?^ ^^<^^ ^^^^^ ^^^-^5^^ ^^'^^ gg

LS42.5

HbBz

TO

THE RiaHT HONORABLE

GEORGE FRANCIS ROBERT LORD HARRIS,

goveenoe of madeas.

My Lord,

In publishing a second edition of Dr. Baikie'a
account of the Neilgherry Hills, the justly celebrated
Sanatarium of the Presidency of Madras, I am highly
honored by the permission to dedicate the volume to
your Lordship ; sensible, as I must be, that the work
will derive additional value from the countenance of a
Ruler, who has always taken the liveliest interest in
promoting the advancement of a region which has
bestowed the blessing of health, on numberless cli-
mate-stricken servants of the Government so benefi-
cially administered by your Lordship.

I have the honor to be,
My Lord,
With the greatest respect.
Your Lordship's most obedient servant,

W. H. Smoult.
Calcutta, \Qth February, 1857.

409

PREFACE BY THE AUTHOR

TO THE FIEST EDITION.

The object of the Author of the following pages has
been, by a simple statement of facts, to attract atten-
tion to a circumstance of which, he has reason to be-
lieve, a great majority of the Indian public is not
aware; namely, the existence of an elevated tract of
country, with a climate completely European, situated
within the heart of our own dominions in Southern In-
dia, and accessible from almost every part of the three
presidencies. In pointing out the advantages to be de-
rived from a judicious use of the climate of the Neil-
gherries,^ both in the cure and prevention of Indian
diseases, he has taken experience for his guide, resting
nothing on theory, and enabling his readers to judge for
themselves as to the justice of the conclusions he has
drawn.

The author feels assured that he has nothing to fear
from the criticism of a candid and enlightened public

* Properly Nilgiris, from the Hindee words Nil, (blue,) and
Giri, (a mountain.) The usual eifect of the atmosphere being to
invest distant hills with a blue tint.

B

11 PREFACE.

on the facts and opinions he has ventured to submit to
them ; but he would entreat their indulgence for the
many glaring deficiencies which they cannot fail to per-
ceive in the style and arrangement"^ of this little treatise ;
deficiencies, which want of leisure_, from constant profes-
sional occupation, forbids his attempting to supply, even
if his inexperience in the art of composition would permit
of his doing so with judgment and success.

It only remains for him to offer his acknowledgments
to several friends, who have afforded him their invalu-
able assistance in preparing this work for the press;
in particular to W. H. Smoult, Esq, of the Supreme
Court of Calcutta, who suggested the plan, and has
kindly undertaken to furnish the Maps, Routes, and
Drawings, and to superintend the printing and correc-
tion ; to Baron Hug el, for his valuable paper on the
Botanical Physiognomy of the Hills, inserted in the body
of the work; and to the Rev. Mr. Schmid, for his
copious catalogue of Plants in the Appendix.

Ootacamund, 17th October , 1833.

* The Editor has endeavoured to methodize the arrangement ia
the present volume.

PREFACE BY THE EDITOR

TO THE FIEST EDITION".

The conflicting accounts which the Editor received
from persons to whom he addressed himself for informa-
tion, when he was projecting a visit from Madras to the
Neilgherriesj with respect to the difficulties of the ap-
proaches to them, and in regard to the accommodation
afforded to visitors, and the number of servants and
other necessaries requisite for a temporary residence at
Ootacamund, suggested to him the idea of soliciting the
author of the following sheets to compile an account of
the Hills, and to embody in it statements in reference
to the points in question, on the accuracy of which com-
plete reliance might be placed.

That gentleman, he was satisfied, was the person best
qualified, both from long experience and from being
possessed of every species of information respecting the
Hills, to draw up such an account of them as would be
practically useful ; and he feels assured that the work
which, in compliance with his suggestion, has been pro-
duced, will not only prove a valuable guide to those who
may resort to them in pursuit of health, but will be
B 2

IV PEEFACE.

perused with interest by the general reader^ as it con-
veys^ in a simple and unpretending style, a faithful view
of the climate, scenery, productions, and capabilities of a
tract of country which is so luxuriant and salubrious,
that it may be justly said to form an Oasis amidst the
arid plains of the peninsula of India.^

W. H. Smoult.
Calcutta, 1834.

* A copy of the first edition has been presented hy the Editor
to the Ootacamund subscription Library, for the use of visitors.

CHAPTER I.

EXPLANATORY INTEODITCTIOW.

Strange as it may appear, the fact is indubitable, that the
Indian community, generally, are not aware of the existence
of a region within their reach, of easy access, possessing a
climate acknowledged, and by meteorological evidence prov-
ed to be, the most equable in the world, and fully as
bracing and strengthening as that of any part of Great
Britain.

Strange, that ignorance of tliis favored spot should have
been so prevalent in any part of India ; but still more strange,
that many able writers in the service of the Madras and
Bombay Governments, should have devoted their labours
almost in vain, so far as the public in general is concerned, to
describe the character of the Neilgherry Hills, by lucid me-
moirs and reports ; backed as they have been, too, by the anxie-
ty of the Madras Government to promote the advancement
of these Hills as a sanatarium, evinced by their publishing
those reports : most strange, we repeat, that, with so much
to awaken curiosity and excite enquiry, the public, even of
Madras and Bombay, have seemingly lost sight of much
that has been promulgated, though so palpably conducive
to their benefit. Many have visited the spot, but few com-
paratively are acquainted with the existence of such sources

6 EXPLANATORY INTEODTJCTION.

of information regarding it ; and fewer still, of the visitors,
have contributed their mite towards bringing to the notice
of their fellow-exiles, that there is a pure air and restoring
climate at their command, where they themselves have regain-
ed all, of which the withering heat and enervating damp of the
plains, had combined to rob them.

The Editor has been led to these remarks by the circum-
stance, that, when on the Hills, he could not discover any of
the publications he has alluded to, with exception to a few
in the possession of one individual ; and to these he will
have occasion to refer more particularly hereafter.

To obviate the nebessity of notes, and to render the pre-
sent work more complete, as a guide to the Neilgherries at
the present day, the Editor has thought it better, to incor-
porate all the information he has collected from other sources,
as well written, as personally communicated, during his late
visit, and to modify Dr. Baikie's remarks, and the observa-
tions of other writers, accordingly. This will account for the
apparent anachronisms that occur ; and which might, other-
wise, strike the reader, and those more especially who are
familiar with the first edition, as affecting the accuracy of
what is stated in this.

The lapse of more than twenty years has worked great
changes ; but the climate of the Hills remains the same, in
all its salubrity.

It was only, as will hereafter appear, in the year 1819 that
the Neilgherries were ascended by two members of the Madras
Civil Service ; who, in the enthusiasm created by the grand
discovery they had made, gave to their Government a faithful
picture of what they had seen ; and, though far less vivid in
its coloring than the scene of magnificence which their
wondering eyes beheld, little credit was attached to it by the

EXPLl-N'ATOET ITfTEODTJCTIOTT. 7

community. People were taken by surprise. Some entirely
disbelieved that such a country and climate could exist with-
in twelve degrees of tlie equator ; others, who understood
the principle on which the temperature of elevated regions
is regulated, could not conceive how the Neilgherries, so long
within the limits of the Company's possessions, should have
thitherto escaped notice; and consequently presumed that their
elevation was far less than it was described to be ; and, but
for the two disinterested persons alluded to, these celebrat-
ed mountains might have been consigned to the vault of
all the Capulets. To show how very easy it is to pass from
the sublime to the ridiculous, idle gossip had been busy
with the Neilgherries. It was confidently reported, and as
eagerly believed by the natives, that there was a race of white
giants on the Neilgherries, regular magicians and enchanters,
who were governed by the giant Kawun himself ; and con-
sequently that it would be prudent to allow the Gogs and
Magogs to remain in undisturbed possession of their own
cloud-wrapt summits. The reign of prejudice and scepticism,
however, gradually gave way to the slow, but sure induc-
tions of reason and the tests of experience ; and the commu-
nities of Madras and Bombay were at length awakened to a
just sense of the blessings, which were in store for them by
possessing in their own circle and within the reach of their
members, an asylum, to which they might, under almost
every form of disease, resort with every probability of ad-
vantage, and eventual recovery.

The Rail-road already completed to Arcot, about seventy-
one miles of the distance from Madras, and which is in rapid
progress of extension towards the opposite coast, with a
branch to the foot of the Hills, will, it is expected, be finish-
ed in about two years and a half, and will then render the

8 EXPLATTATORT rN-TBODTJCTION.

access to the latter, the easy journey of a day instead of a
tedious travel of four or five days : and this enables the
Editor to dispense with thirty pages of protracted routes
given in the first edition ; and he has substituted for them
full particulars in regard to routes, distances, and stages,
as at present existing : the lines of the routes appear in
the Map.

But to shew the facilities of the journey, the Editor will
simply mention, that he left the Hills, on his return to Calcut-
ta, on the 5th of September last ; reached Madras on the 9th ;
remained there two days ; embarked on a steamer, and reached
Calcutta on the 16th : again embarked on a steamer, on the
23rd of September ; and reached Ootacamund on the 1st of
October ; having remained two days on the way at Madras.
He arrived within one hour of the time at which, by the
Calcutta Electric Telegraph, he had apprized his friends of
his expectation of meeting them, to breakfast, at the Bunga-
low near the head of the " Seegoor Pass."

In addition to the full information contained in the body
of the work, as to the approaches to the Hills, and the ac-
commodation now afforded, by recent improvements both
at Ootacamund and Coonoor, and which will shortly be
extended to Kotergherry, the Editor submits the following
for the particular notice of those contemplating a visit to
the Hills from Calcutta.

It may be assumed, that such intending visitors will pro-
ceed to Madras in one of the P. and O. Company's steam
vessels which make the passage in four days ; and it may
reasonably be expected, that, in a short time, the voyage
will be accomplished in three : the distance being 770 miles,
and a rate of 10^ knots per hour being anticipated by the
screw steamers. The passage-money for a single person to

EXPLANATOET INTEODUCTION. 9

Madras, is 160 rupees, and for a native servant 40 : and
if the passenger returns to Calcutta, within four months,
the rates are reduced.

If the steamer anchors off Madras after dark, although
the Mussoolah Boats may come off, it will not be safe to
land : passengers must be content to remain on board till
the boats retui'n at daylight.

Three or four persons with their ordinary baggage, may
go in one of these boats : they average about 1^ tons each.

In ordinary weather, the surf wave is not above three feet
high ; and that zealous Officer, Captain Biden, the Master
Attendant, gives all commanders of vessels timely notice, by
signal, when caution is necessary. Scarcely an accident has
occurred to a passenger boat during many years past.

On landing, numerous palankeen carriages, or " Bandies,"
as they are called, will be found waiting on the beach, and
carts for luggage.

There are three good Family-Hotels, kept by respectable
natives on the Mount road, about two miles distant from
the Beach ; and the Editor can confidently recommend the
one called " The Elphinstone Hotel." Those in the town
of Madras, are not adapted for families.

The Madras Club is justly considered as the most admi-
rably conducted institution of the kind in India : members
of the Bengal Club are considered as members ; and gentle-
men travellers find no difficulty in being admitted to it
benefits, on the introduction of a member.

The shops at Madras are, for all the purposes of preparing
to visit the Hills, as well supplied with requisites as any in
Calcutta ; and investments of European clothing and articles
of dress and for household purposes, from London and Paris,
are as abundant and varied, as the importations to Calcutta,
c

10 EXPLANATOET INTEODUCTION.

in all the requirements as well of ladies as of gentlemen.
This renders it unnecessary to load baggage with clothes, be-
yond what the visitor already possesses, suited to the climate.
At Madras, where there are good tailors and dress-makers, a
sojourn of two days is sufficient to prepare for the journey.

The respectable firm of Taylor and Co. have Livery
Stables, almost as extensive as any in Calcutta ; and the hire
of carriages of every description, is much more reasonable.

Messrs. Burghall and Co., and others, who are proprietors
of the transit carriages (drawn by Horses or Bullocks, as
may be desired) will lay the transit from Arcot, on a day's
notice ; instructions transmitted by the Electric Telegraph
to their agents on the line, enabling them to do so without
risk of disappointment.

There have been numerous publications descriptive of the
Neilgherries, and it is much to be regretted that many of
them are now out of print. Several, however, are within
reach of enquiry, and some of them are well deserving of
perusal ; furnishing, as they do, valuable details of the Geolo-
gical formation of the Hills, their Topography, general sta-
tistics, capabilities for agriculture, and great productiveness,
with observations on their native inhabitants, and specula-
tions as to their origin ; none of which come within the scope
of a work professing simply to be a guide. But the Editor
has taken the liberty to select from these, and incorporate
much of the valuable matter contained in them ; and he
trusts that by inviting attention to a list, which will bo
found in the appendix, of all the works that, by the most
diligent enquiry, he has been able to trace, he may open a
readier access to them than attended his own researches.

Before closing his remarks, the Editor cannot refrain from
quoting the recorded sentiments of two eminent personages

EXPLA.NATORT INTRODUCTIOTT. 11

who visited the Hills ; and the value of whose opinion of
their climate and capabilities, is enhanced by the assurance,
that it was uttered by men whose minds were free from all
bias in regard to them.

The late highly distinguished prelate, Bishop James, in a
letter addressed to the Eight Hon'ble S. E-. Lushington,
then Governor of Madras, dated " Ootacamund, Deer. 4th,
1830," says: "The Hills far exceeded anything I had
allowed myself to expect. I have been racking my memory
for some place to compare them with ; the closest resem-
hlance I can find, is * Malvern,^ at the fairest season : hut
the extentj and hold variety give these a decided superiority.
I have a fuller sense of the enjoyment to he derived from air
and exercise than I remember to have ever experienced, at any
time, or at any place. Of the capacity for agricultural im-
provements which really exist here, no one can doubt."

The Marquis of Dalhousie, when at Ootacamund, in 1855,
received a memorial from the residents, soliciting the exten-
sion of the Electric Telegraph line to that place ; and in his
reply, communicated by Mr. Edmon stone, as secretary to
the Government of India, he says ; " In the three stations of
Ootacamund, Coonoor and Kotergherry ; there is a large body
of permanent residents, and a very numerous assemblage of
occasional visitors during a great part of the year. His Lord-
ship entertains no doubt whatever that the settlements will
rapidly increase with increasing facilities of access to them
and growing Jcnowledge of the great advantages of their varied
and admirable climate.

" A wing of a European Regiment, also, is stationed close
at hand, at Jackatalla ; and His Lordship has no doubt that
it will become the quarters for a whole Regiment."

" So large a community may, in the opinion of the Governor
0 2

12 EXPLANATORY INTROl)UCTION.

General, fairly ask at the hands of the Government the small
boon which they now solicit ; and his Lordship has great
pleasure in giving them assurance that they shall enjoy it."

To the Editor, now, only remains the pleasing duty of
doing himself the honor, of respectfully offering his humble
and grateful acknowledgments to the Right Hon'ble Lord
Canning, Governor General of India, and to the Eight
Hon'ble Lord Harris, Governor of Madras, for the libera-
lity with which their Lordships have granted to him, the
privilege of seeking aid from the Lithographic Departments
of Government, at Calcutta and Madras : in the execution
of the sketches of the scenery which accompany this volume
at the press of the former ; and of the Maps which accompany
the work, at the latter Presidency.

Lord Harris, on the Editor's waiting upon him at Madras,
expressed himself so highly pleased with the panoramic view
of Ootacamund which was presented for his Lordship's in-
spection, that the Editor was encouraged to persevere in the
task which he had proposed to himself, of submitting to the
Indian community a topographical work with Illustrations
of what it described, notwithstanding that the lithographic
art was yet in its infancy in this country, where no tinted
T?iews had hitherto been attempted, nor any of importance
even drawn in chalks. His Lordship at the same time
granted to the Editor permission to take as many impres-
sions as he desired, from the stone already prepared, of a
Map of the Hills, then in progress of execution under his
Lordship's directions, in the chief Engineer's Department ;
after, of course, as many copies had been supplied for the
purposes of Government as the service required.

The great interest which his Lordship has always taken
in the prosperity of the Neilgherries, and the encouragement

EXPLANATOUT INTEODUCTION". 13

thus given to the Editor's labours, emboldened him, to
solicit the honor of being permitted to dedicate the present
volume to his Lordship ; and this honor was graciously-
conceded.

To Colonel Faber, chief Engineer of the Madras army,
and to Leiut. P. P. S. O'Connell of his Department, the
warmest thanks of the Editor are due, for their cordial co-
operation in carrying into effect the orders received from the
Government, in regard to the assistance of the Lithographic
establishment under their charge.

To Captain Thuillier, Deputy Surveyor General of India,
the Editor tenders his best acknowledgments for the facilities
afforded him in the execution of the lithographic sketches
t)f the scenery ; which, without his assistance and sugges-
tions, coupled with the permission to make use of the litho-
graphic stones in the Department, must have been alto-
gether abandoned.

To his friends Col. Cameron, C. B. commandant of the
Neilgherries, of whom the Editor has the pleasure of mak-
ing further mention in the body of the work ; to Captain
Francis, of the Madras Engineers ; to Dr. Sanderson of
Madras ; to Dr. Macbeth of H. M. 74th Highlanders ; to
Dr. John Scott, of Ootacamund ; and to Professor Oldham of
Calcutta ; the Editor has to return his sincere thanks for
much valuable aid in personal and written communications,
of which he has made use in his compilation.

Mr. Henry Frazer, who, under the directions of the Editor,
sketched the original views of the scenery ; and transferred
them to the stone, is the first artis,t who has introduced into
India the improvement in lithographic drawing produced
by tinting ; and he has exhibited in the execution of his
task a degree of skill pronounced by Capt. Thuillier, Capt.

14 EXPLANATOET ITTTRODITCTIOK.

C. Young, and Professor Oldham, themselves accomplished
artists, to be highly creditable to his abilities, and unequal-
led by any known lithographer in this country : and his
labours having been thus successful, his talents and industry
will, the Editor feels assured, soon lead, as they deserve to
lead, to the attainment of the independence which he so well
merits. The Editor begs to render his acknowledgments
to the above gentlemen, for their kindness in permitting
him to enhance the value of the preceding testimony in favor
of Mr. Frazer, by the addition of their names.

The thanks of the Editor are also justly due to Mr. H.
M. Smith, of the Surveyor General's Department, for his
unremitting attentions ; and for the pains he has bestowed
and the able assistance he has given, as well as for the inter-
est he has taken in superintending the lithographic execu-
tion of the drawings.

A preface, however essential to a thorough understanding
of the work it precedes, is seldom read, probably not by one
in twenty of those who have an interest even in a full com-
prehension of the latter. Adverting to this, the Editor has
forced his, as it were, upon the notice of the reader, by con-
stituting it the leading portal to what lies beyond it. If
he has erred, he pleads as his excuse, the earnest desire of
extending a great blessing, by a conviction of its existence ;
and of inducing an acceptance of it, in the assurance of a
fulfilment of what it promises.

CHAPTER II.

PHELTMINAET EEMAEKS
BY THE AITTHOE OF THE OEIGINAL WOKE.

On entering upon the perusal of this chapter, the reader
is requested to advert to the intimation given in the pre-
ceding, of the Editor's intention "to incorporate all the
information he has collected during his late visit ; and to
modify Dr. Baikie's remarks, and the observations of other
writers, accordingly." Bearing this in mind, any apparent
anachronism will be intelligible, and the worthy Doctor
exempted from imputations for which the Editor is re-
sponsible ; with this caution, he is now introduced, to speak
for himself.

— Before proceeding to give a detailed description of the
Neilgherries, it will probably be interesting to the general
reader, and still more to such invalids as propose paying
them a visit for the restoration of their health, to be pre-
sented with a condensed view of the principal peculiarities
of their climate, situation, &c., which have occasioned their
being selected as a place of resort for Europeans.

The Neilgherries, then, are situated in the S. of India,
within the Madras Presidency, and between the 11th and
12th degrees of N. latitude and 76th and 77th degrees of
E. longitude, on the confines of the Provinces of Coimbatoor
and Malabar. They are joined to the table-land of Mysoor
by a narrow neck of land, but are completely isolated on
every other side, and rise abruptly from the plains to the

16 PBELIMTNAET EEMAEKS.

height of from 6 to 7,400 feet, (viz. the table-land on the
top,) the highest point, Dodabet, being 8,760 feet above the
level of the sea. They are about 40 miles distant from the
nearest point of the Malabar Coast, and about 230 from the
sea on the Coromandel side.

There are four stations at present occupied on the Neil-
gberries, Ootacamund,Coofooe,Kotergherry, and Jace:a-
TALLA, the new Station for a Queen's Regiment ; of each of
which a short description will be given.

It is not easy to describe the climate of the Neilgherrie»,
so as to convey an accurate idea of it to a stranger, as there
is no other with which I am acquainted, to which it can be
strictly and analogically compared. The cold weather or
Winter is like the Spring of the N. of Persia, or the Autumn
of the S. of France, and the rilonsoon is very nearly a mild
Autumn in the S. of England. These two divisions include
our whole year, and if I were to say that I consider it, all
prejudice apart, as equal to any, and superior to most of the
climates I have seen in the course of pretty extensive
wanderings, I may be suspected of partiality or exaggeration,
I shall, therefore, content myself with an appeal to facts,
of the accuracy of which any one may satisfy himself by an
examination of the Meteorological Tables in the appendix.

It appears from them, that the mean annual temperature
of Ootacamund is 58**. 68, the greatest annual range 39°, the
maximum being 77®, and the minimum 38°* the mean annual
range is 16°. 84, and the mean daily range 17 .01'. The
maximum power of the sun's rays is equivalent to 21°.73.t

* This refers merely to the temperature of the air ,- as on or near the
ground, water freezes nearly every night for three months of the year.

t The Tables in the appendix, distinguished from Dr. Baikie's, will
exhibit the observations of others. — Ed.

PRELIMIITARY EEMAEKS. 17

The quantity of rain that fell, on an average of four years
in the author's time, was 44.88 inches ; the number of days in
a year in which there was heavy rain, 19 ; of showery rain or
drizzle, with fair intervals, 81 ; cloudy, 28 ; and of days per-
fectly fair and dry, 238.

The mean temperature of Kotekgherby is about 3° higher
than that of Ootacamund ; that of Coonoor, and Jackatalla
probably six degrees warmer : less rain falls at any of
these places than at Ootacamund ; and it is generally dry at
each, when it rains at Ootacamund, from their being affected
by different monsoons.

Ootacamund is 14| miles distant from Kotebgherry ;
from Coonoor 10 miles ; and from Jackatalla 9 miles.

KoTEBGHERRY is about 12 miles from Coonoor ; and from
Jackatalla 10 miles.

Coonoor is about 2 miles from Jackatalla, by the carr
riage road, and 1 mile by the bridle road.

An important feature in every place resorted to by inva-
lids, is its accessibility ; we shall therefore state the distances
of the Neilgherries from the principal points on this side of
India ; and give a succinct account of the various Passes or
(jhats, leading to the table-land above ; and in a subsequent
Chapter we shall give Tables of the several routes, prefixing
directions for the guidance of travellers.

The following are the travelling distances from the prin-
cipal points in the Madras territory :

1. From Madras, via Bangalore, 35? miles ; of which 71
are now by rail.

2. — , via Salem, 343 miles ; of which 71 are

by rail.

3. , via Trichinopoly, 384 miles.

4. From Trichinopoly, 150 miles.

18 PRELIMINARY EEMAEKS.

5. From Bangalore, 156 miles.

6. From Calicut, 103 miles, via " Sispara Pass ;" and 156
miles, by the " Goodaloor Pass."

7. From Tellicherry 127 miles ; and Cannanore, 141 miles.
The expense of travelling by rail, transit, and dak, by these

different routes, may be stated, on a rough average, as fol-
lows :

No. 1 180 rupees, all expenses included.

No. 2 150.

No. 3 180 to 200. No Transit Carriage.

No. 4 80. Ditto.

No. 5 •— 55. Transit Carriage.

No. 6 60 to 90. No Transit Carriage. ,

No. 7 80 to90. Ditto.

Passes oe Ghauts.

The Neilgherry district communicates with the neigh-
bouring provinces by means of six passes or ghauts,* the
roads in w^hich have been cut and kept in repair at the ex-
pense of Government ; with the exception of one, the " Man-
aar" or ** Soondaputty" ghaut, which has gone out of general
use. Two, however, of these passes only, are ascended by
wheeled conveyances ; the mode of transit on all the others
being by palankeens, and ponies. By two, the " Seegoor," by
which the Transit carriages from Bangalore, and cart loads of
1,000 lbs. weight, or 2 candies, easily ascend, an additional pair
of bullocks being required, to help the carriage or cart over
the steepest parts of the ascent ; and ihe " Coonoor" pass, will
shortly be thus passable ; even now light conveyances may
ascend by it.

* The approaches to the Hills have been much altered since Dr.
Baikie's timci and the description of them, as now existing, follows. — Ed.

PRELIMINARY REMARKS. 19

The reader is requested to refer to the Maps, as a guide
to elucidate the following description of the Passes, and the
approaches to them :

The Seegoob Pass.

This pass,which is the most frequented of all, in consequence
of its being practicable for carriages, laden carts and other
wheeled conveyances, is carried up the northern face of the
Hills, commencing near the village of " Seegoor,'* about 12
miles from Ootacamund. By this pass the communication is
kept up with Bangalore, Madras, and all places to the north-
ward : the Transit carriages, and the chief bulk of Euro-
pean supplies, heavy baggage, horse gram, rice, &c., come
to the settlement by it. It also affords the means of tran-
sit for the teak timber used on the Hills in the form of
rafters, planks, &c. ; the road passing near the forests where
teak trees are cut, under sanction of Government, about
Tippacadoo and Musneumcoil. The trees are felled by Coo-
rumburs and others, and are then, after being lopped and
roughly dressed, dragged on rude bandies by buffaloes to the
road side, where they are sawn into building pieces, and sent
on bullock bandies to the Ootacamund market by this Grhaut.

The Seegoor Pass is the shortest and easiest of ascent. About
half of the entire distance is open ground, nearly level, or with
a very moderate inclination ; the maximum rise being 1 foot
in 9, and this only for a short distance : the greater part is 1 in
10 to 1 in 15 feet, and in may places quite level. It com-
mences near the village of Seegoor and continues for about 8
miles, passing Kilhutty, where there is a good Bungalow :
height about 5500 feet, at which travellers should generally
rest ; but it is necessary, in order to secure refreshment, to ad-
dress the proprietor of one of the Hotels, or some friend at
D 2

20 PBEI/TMINART BEMARKS.

Ootacamund, advising them of the time you expect to reach
the Bungalow ; this can be done by Electric Telegraph from
Bangalore : from the head of the Pass, 7204 feet high, the
road continues nearly level for 4 miles to Ootacamund.

All who can ride, as well ladies as gentlemen, should quit
their transit carriages at the village of Seegoor, and ride to
Ootacamund on horses or ponies. Messrs. J. Wilson and Co.,
of Ootacamund, will punctually send them, to await arrival
at the village, on receiving a Telegraphic message from Ban-
galore, naming the time of expected arrival there, which
should be so arranged if practicable as to reach the village
before 11 A. m. as will hereafter be noticed. One pony will
take the traveller into Ootacamund.

The scenery is beautiful and picturesque throughout ; and
a cascade, below the Bungalow, inspires that delight which
the fall of rushing waters affords in every part of the world,
and to none more than to those who have been long confin-
ed to the parched plains of India, and increases the buoyan-
cy of spirit already infused by the ascent itself.

The Cookoor Pass.

This pass ascends from Meetapollium, in the district of
Coimbatoor, through a deep ravine, to Coonoor, on the edge
of the table-land above. On leaving Meetapollium, the road
passes across a plain, nearly level, for 6 miles ; the ascent then
commences, and continues for nine miles ; the slope averag-
ing about 1 inch in 11 ; but this will soon be reduced to about
1 in 12 by new levelling. The road is no where less than 15
feet wide, and it is intended that it shall be throughout 20
feet to Coonoor, and Ootacamund, and an improved road is
nearly completed ; and then it may be expected that transit
carriages will be established from Meetapollium.

PEELIMIITATIT REMARKS. 21

The scenery throughont this pass is sublime ; and the la-
bours of the ascent are not felt, from the exciting contem-
plation of the ever varying beauties of the surrounding
woods and craggs, some rising to the height of 6000 feet ;
and a stupendous chasm, of equal magnitude, with a cataract
rolling down the centre, completes the grandeur of the scene.

There is an excellent Bungalow at MeetapoUium, and one
at Coonoor.

From Coonoor, the road still ascends, but very gradually,
till it reaches Ootacamund, the principal station ; the distance
being about 10 miles.

The Sispaea or Koondah Pass.

This magnificent pass forms the line of communication
between the western coast, Calicut, &c. and the Neilgherries,
across the "Koondah" mountains. Viewing this latter tract
as one likely to become, before long, of the greatest value and
importance as a producing country, Capt. Ouchterlony, in
his admirable Memoir on the Hills, noticed in the appendix,
remarks " that he should describe the Sispara pass as one to
which the attention of Grovernment should be particularly
drawn." It was originally marked out by Lieutenant now
Lt.-Col. Le Hardy, of the retired list of officers of the Madras
Army, who also marked out and in part completed the " Coo-
noor" pass, and both do great credit to his skill, persever-
ance, and ingenuity. The "Sispara" pass commences at
"Sholaicul" at the base of the Hills on the Malabar side,
where there is a Bungalow, and ascending, through a
thickly wooded ravine, a distance of 11^ miles, reaches the
summit of the Koondahs ; and crossing them, descends upon
the table-land of the Neilgherries, and the road reaches
Ootacamund, 31| miles from the head of the Pass. There

22 FEELIMINABT BEMARKS.

is a Bungalow at " Sispara" the head of the Pass, height
6,742 feet — and another called the "Avalanche Bungalow"
about half way to Ootacamund, height 6,720 feet. The
slope of the Road from thence is so gradual as never to exceed
If inch in 12, and is in many places level.

From " Sholaicul" to "Arriacode," on the Beypoor river,
is 25^ miles, and thence to " Calicut," on the coast, by the
river, (here navigable, at all seasons, for large boats) is
35 miles.

When this road is improved, it will doubtless soon be-
come one of the most frequented, especially by travellers
from Bombay.

The views in the ascent of this splendid pass are grand in
the extreme ; particularly from the Sispara Bungalow, and
the summit of the Avalanche hill, near the Bungalow. The
view from this hill is the ne plus ultra of thie group. This
wild scene is exceedingly striking, and perhaps the most ro-
mantic on the Neilgherries, though rivalled by that from
" Makoortee Peak," about 14 miles from Ootacamund, where
is to be seen the most inconceivably grand mountain scenery
in the hills, formed by the termination, north, of the group
of the Koondahs.

The Goodalooe Pass.

Commencing at the N. W. angle of the plateau, is that
leading from Neddiwuttum, on the Hills, 17 miles from Oota-
camund, to Groodaloor at the foot of the pass, which is 5^ miles
in length, forming the communication between the Hills and
Cannanore, Tellicherry and the western coast towards Bom-
bay, through the Wynaad country, and also with Calicut by
the most direct road which exists to that city ; descending the
Carcoor pass, and passing through Nellumboor, parallel to the

PRELIMINAET EEMARKS. 23

Beypoor river, to Beypoor on the coast. The " Koondah
Ghaut," having, however, obtained a preference over this Hne,
for the journey to Calicut, &c. the tappal runners have lately
been taken off it, and posted along the other ; in consequence
of which, the ferries, by which several large streams are crossed,
are not now regularly attended ; and, through the absence of a
constant and sustained traffic along the line, the jungle is
encroaching and becoming rank and dangerous. The public
bungalows also, along this line, are badly situated as regards
health ; but this will soon be obviated by the erection of new
ones, in open spaces, clear of the encroachments of the jungle,
and free from fever. It is much to be regretted that this road
should be allowed to fall into disuse, as the line is a most con-
venient one for reaching the Hills from the coast by Calicut,
where all invalids from Bombay now land ; and the ghauti
being a short one, and on a very good trace, can be easily and
economically kept in repair.

There is another approach to Goodaloor from the Mala-
bar Coast, by Manantoddy and Sultan's battery, which is
•used ; but, until improvements, now in contemplation, are
made, will be but little frequented.

A third road strikes in at Goodaloor in Mysore ; setting
out from Calicut, it passes by Nellumboor, and ascends the
Carcoor Pass 12 miles from Goodaloor. This is considered
the proper trace for a road to the Water Carriage on the
Beypoor river, and the trace has been ordered by Govern-
ment.

A new approach is projected in this direction, to commence
from the nearest point on the Beypoor river where it is navi-
gable, and to ascend to the Wynaad Plateau by the valley
of the present Carcoor Pass, and thence, (whilst a direct road
will be carried to Uppacadoo, so as to form a communication

24 PRELIM INAllT EEMIKKS.

for traffic between the Mysore country and Malabar,) a
branch will commence to ascend from the neighbourhood of
Nadkarry (at the top of the Carcoor Pass) and, passing
through the valley under and to the west of the Neilgherry
Peak, will reach the summit of the Table -land not far
from Neddiwuttum, where a bungalow will be erected ; from
which place it is intended to follow a more direct route to
Ootacamund than the present road of 17 miles, crossing the
Pykarra river higher up the stream : the gradients on this
road are no where to be steeper than 1 in 25 inches.

The KoTEEGHEEiiy Pass.

In the north-east angle of the plateau of the Hills, at
Kotergherry,is another ghaut, communicating with Meetapol-
lium, in the low country, and thence to Coimbatore and the
Salem road.

This is the oldest road cut for the ascent of the Neilg-her-
ries, at the expense of Government, and it led formerly to the
original sanatarium at Dimhutty. It was constructed in a
very sound and substantial manner originally ; but having
been neglected, and suffered to fall into very bad order, it
was found necessary in 1845 to give it extensive repair
throughout, owing to which it is now in a very practicable
state, though too steep for wheeled carriages.

This, and all the other ghauts, could be kept in repair at
a very trifling expense, if some person were entertained,
whose duty it should be, to go down the entire line once a
month with coolies, to see that no drains or channels had
got choked ; for the interruption of one of these outlets for
the heavy falls of rain, which now and then occur, and which
might, if remedied in time, be done by one man in an hour,
often causes breaches in the road which it takes twenty or

PRELIMINAET REMARKS. 25

thirty men to repair. This ghaut is of considerable import-
ance to the eastern part of the Hills, as a great deal of
traffic, in the produce of the coffee plantations, and of the
Burghers' lands, goes on by it ; and large quantities of low-
country goods are brought up it for sale and barter. It is
also favorably situated for gaining the summit of the Hills
on the eastern side ; as the ascent of a long spur on which
the lower part of the road is carried, is commenced almost
immediately after quitting Meetapolhum, without having to
pass through much low jungle.

But, on reference to the description, which follows, of the
station of Kotergherry, it will appear, that a new pass will
soon be made, commencing at " Seeramogay :" the intended
terminus of the Branch rail, from which Kotergherry will
then be only 12 miles distant.

The Mailoob Ghaut.

The Mailoor or Soondaputty ghaut, appears, in farmer
years, to have been much frequented by travellers journey-
ing from the eastern parts of the presidency, by Coim-
batore, to the Hills, from which town there is a road to
Soondaputty, a village at the foot of the southern part of the
Neilgherries. This ghaut, which gains the summit of the Hills
near " Soondabetta," is now only used by smugglers, and by
the Burghers who cultivate laud about Mailoor and Keel
Koondah, to carry down their produce for barter for clothes,
tobacco, salt, &c. The remains of a very good road still exist
from the top of this ghaut all the way to Ootacamund, but it
has become impassable, in many places, owing to bogs having
formed in the hollows, and closed over it.

For some remarks on the comparative eligibility of the

26 PEELIMINAEY EEMAEKS.

different roads and passes, vide directions introductory of
the tables of Routes.

These observations on the access to the Hills, as at pre-
sent open to travellers, naturally lead to a description of the
different stations, their means of accommodation for visitors,
&c.

CHAPTER III.

DESCHIPTIOIT OE THE SEVERAL STATIONS, &C.

OOTACAMrND.

In the year 1820, the late Mr. Sullivan, then Collector of
Coimbatore, was the first person who called the attention
of the Madras Government to the eligibity of " Ootacamund,' *
the principal station, as a Sanatarium, and by him was erect-
ed the first mansion there, which is built entirely of stone,
and remains to this day the most substantial residence in
the place ; others soon followed his example, and to him
therefore is, due the credit of having established that delight-
ful Sanatarium. But, in the year 1819, Messrs. Whish, and
Kindersly, of the Madras Civil Service, having pursued a
band of smugglers of tobacco up a small pass to the N. E.
of Kotergherry, it is said, first discovered these Hills, and
thus became acquainted with the existence of a table-land
possessing an European climate. Ihe Editor, however, deems
it right to add, that Capt. Burton, in his graphic and inter-
esting account of the hills, which is noticed in the list of pub-
lications in the appendix, states, that in 1814, Mr. Keys, a
sub-assistant and Mr. McMahon, then an apprentice in the
Survey department, ascended the hills by the Danaikencotta
pass, penetrated into the remotest parts, and made plans,
and sent in reports of their discoveries : it is to be presumed
that these plans and reports may be found amongst the
records of the Madras Government.
S 2

28 DESCKIPTION OP THE SEVERAL STATIONS.

Ootacamund is situated nearly in the centre of the table-
land, about 10 miles from the southern edge of the range,
and seven, in a straight line, from the northern.

It is placed directly at the base, and on the western side
of Dodabet, being completely sheltered on three sides by
this mountain, and only open to the W. N. W. It is
elevated 7,400 feet above the level of the sea ; and though
the choice of the situation was, in the first instance,
almost purely accidental, it could scarcely have been bet-
ter selected, after a more minute acquaintance with the
different localities. The climate is decidedly the most
perfectly European of any point of the hills, and, upon the
whole, less affected by the various vicissitudes of monsoons
than any other ; it has plenty of excellent water, and wood
in abundance : while the facilities of access are infinitely
beyond those of any spot of similar elevation yet known.

Hotels.

There are two excellent Hotels : one is called The " Union'*
or " Dawson's Hotel," with a detached cottage, having in all,
ample accommodation for 6 or 7 families : every room is fur-
nished in the most perfect manner, with carpets, fire-places
and handsome furniture of every description, papered
walls, and altogether in the style of good Hotels in Eng-
land. There is also a separate house for bachelors with
accommodation for seven persons, and a public room com-
mon to all, and stabling for 21 horses, coach-houses, and
rooms for native servants. Mr. Dawson is a very superior
well educated gentleman, and the hostess, Mrs. Dawson, the
picture of florid health and good humour. And the editor
is indebted to them for much kind attention paid to him.
The table is always well supplied, and whatever is desired

DESCRIPTION OF THE SEYERAL STATIONS. ** 29

is placed upon it. This hotel is situated at the west end
as you enter the town from the " Seegoor" pass.

Similar remarks will justly apply to " Mrs. Hopley's
Hotel" called " the Victoria ;" which is situated at the eastern
extremity of Ootacamund, as you enter the station from
"Coonoor."

The terms of the Hotels are as follows :

The Union, ob Dawson's Hotel.

For a lady and gentleman, ... 220 to 300 Rs. per mensem,
according to accommodation
required.

Do. Do. for any broken period

in a month, 8 „ per diem.

For a lady or gentleman oc-
cupying two rooms, 200 „ per mensem.

A gentleman dining in the pub-
lic room, 120 „ „

The Victoeia, or Mes. Hopley's Hotel.

For a lady and gentleman, occupying

a suite of rooms, 250 Rs. per mensem.

A lady or gentleman, occupying a

suite of rooms, 150 „ „

A gentleman, with a bed-room only,

and public table, 120 „ „

Grown up children, and European ser-
vants, each 30 „ „

Mrs. Hopley is at all times prepared to reduce her charges,

upon reasonable application, according to the position and

means of her visitors.

30 description of the several stattois^s.

Houses, House-keeping, &c.

The houses composing the cantonment, are, generally,
perched on the top of the small round hills ; grouped along
the base of Dodabet, or in the slopes or valleys between them ;
they are surrounded or approached by the graceful Acacia
tree, not many years since imported from Australia, and which
is propagated by its seed, in great abundance. Each house
has a beautiful garden attached, abounding in every descrip-
tion of European flowers, some attaining a size unknown in
England. One Heleotrope in Mr. Dawson's garden is 10
feet high and 30 feet in circumference, and a Verbena attain-
ing the height of 20 feet, with the branches of a tree. The
time required, and the distance travelled in going from one
house to another, is, in some instances, much greater
than in any cantonment in the low country ; added to
which, the roads leading to them are sometimes steep, and,
after rains, slippery, and in wet weather horses should be
rough shod.

There are at present upwards of 150 habitable houses in
Ootacamund, of every size and description, from the palaCg
built by Sir W. Rumbold, down to thatched cottages with
three or four rooms. Of these, 40 or 50 (besides Sir W.
Rumbold's large house, now converted into the Club House)
are in point of size and accommodation fitted for the recep-
tion of large families, and more than one would, with little
alteration, be large enough for the reception of the Grover-
nor General : The Marquis of Dalhousie occupied the only
upper-roomed House called " Walthamstow" the property of
Major Minchin ; Lord Harris, "Woodcock Hall," beautifully
situated overlooking the Lake : " Bishop's Downs," the pro-
perty of the Bishop of Madras, commands an extensive view,
embracing the Lake, with a Park of upwards of 150 acres

DESCEIPTION or THE SEVERAL STATIONS. 31

tastefully disposed, in wood, plantations and gardens : others
are small, and better fitted for bachelors or small families.
During the present year, there were between 2 and 300
visitors, from the two Presidencies of Madras and Bombay,
resident, at the same time, at Ootacamund ; of which from
80 to 100 were married parties with families, and there are
many permanent residents, Generals and other officers of
rank, with their families.

House-rent varies according to situation, extent of accom-
modation, &c. The large houses let at from 100 to 150 and
250 rupees a month ; the smaller, at from 40 to 70 or 80.
Almost all the large houses are very handsomely furnished, and
all, or almost all, have ample furniture, generally of a good
description. But table requisites, plate, earthenware, glass,
knives and forks, bed and table linen should be taken to
the hills by visitors, intending to keep house ; unless they
would prefer to get any of these articles in the shops, where
every thing necessary for house-keeping is to be had, at
prices not higher than at Madras.

House Agents are numerous — Messrs. Eckersall, Lowry
Senior, Hopkins, Johnston, and several others, who have
charge of the greater number of properties belonging to
absent proprietors, also contract to build Houses and Cot-
tages of every description.

Servants. Good men-servants of any description are sel-
dom to be found at Ootacamund ; but, if enquiries lead you to
rely on the genuineness of the characters they produce, these,
from being acclimatized, are preferable to those from the
low country, who, even when well taken care of, frequently
suffer at first from their own imprudence in exposing them-
selves, sleeping on the ground, &c. All servants who are
brought up from below should have woollen clothes, and coarse

32 DESCRIPTION or THE SEVERAL STATIONS.

flannel under-jackets, and care should also be taken that they
do not sleep on the ground, to prevent which, charpaees, or
country cots should be given to them.

Female servants are seldom to be had, and should be
brought up.

It is customary to make a slight addition to the pay of
servants on the hills, partly on account of their requiring
more and better food, and because rice is somewhat dearer.*
The following is the scale of wages usually paid by residents :
butler, 8 to 14 rupees per month ; cook, 8 to 10 ; maty, 7 to
8 ; dressing and waiting boy, 6 to 7 ; bearer, 7 ; horse-keepers,
7 ; grass-cutters, 4 to 5.

Wood and peat are to be had in abundance : the wood is
brought to your door daily, at variable but low rates, and peat
is sold reasonably by two or three parties who own the Peat
Bogs, and is a good substitute for coal.

Horses and Conyetances. Ponies are more useful and
more hardy than horses, which sometimes suffer from the
change of climate. There is, however, every facility for riding
Arab and other horses, and with proper care and warm cloth-
ing, they thrive extremely well. Messrs. J. Wilson and Co.
have several ponies which they let out on hire ; and as they are
an enterprizing firm, it is to be hoped that they will meet the
increasing demands of society, and add to their numbers and
equipments, and also improve their establishment by having
good conveyances of every description for the convenience
of the public : they would be amply repaid by thus accom-
modating their customers.

Ponies and Horses are always to be purchased j foT there is
a constant departure of visitors, and the prices asked are

* See the Bazar rates of several articles in the appendix.

DESCEIPTION OF THE SEVERAL STATIOITS. 33

always reasonable, and not higher than are paid on the plains
for similar descriptions.

Good grass and straw are daily brought to the door, and are
to be purchased at cheap rates. Gram or a seed resembling
linseed, and well known throughout the Madras and Bombay
presidencies, by the name of " Coultee" is to be had in abun-
dance : it is boiled, and, when cool, given to the cattle, and
they thrive well on it.

A tonjohn is a preferable conveyance on the hills to a pa-
lankeen, which is slow : a set of six bearers costs about 43
rupees per month.

A carriage, phseton or buggy is not in general use ; at
least for those who do not intend to make a protracted stay ;
and a palankeen carriage, or van drawn by bullocks, is always
to be had, for the purposes of day or night-visiting, and for
taking families to church.

A Bachelor may live on 150 Rs. and a married man and his
wife, paying 40 or 50 Rs. a month rent, can keep two ponies,
and their expences need not exceed 200 Rs. a month.

In short, the expence of living on the hills is not generally
beyond what it is in the low country.

Public Buildings, Official Authorities, &c.

A very elegant Church in the Saxo- Gothic style, capable
of holding a congregation of 3 to 400 persons, is the great-
est ornament of the place. Thfere is a resident Chaplain of
the Ecclesiastical Establishment of the East India Company
who holds the appointment for four years.

The present Commandant of the Hills is. Col. Geo. Pau-

lett Cameron, C. B. an officer in the Madras army, who has

distinguished himself, as well in Europe as in India, and

a detail of his varied services and cai-eer, is recorded in the

r

34 DESCRIPTION OF THE SEYEEAL STATIONS.

Madras army list : he is equally respected and admired for
his urhane and gentlemanly deportment towards all classes
of society, and his equanimity of temper, when loaded with
the multifarious and conflicting duties imposed upon him,
occupying him from earliest dawn to the close of day, well
merits the universal approbation he enjoys.

His duties are those of commanding officer over all the
stations ; Joint Magistrate and Justice of the Peace ; Direc-
tor of Police ; Civil, Military and Pension Paymaster ; sta-
tion Staff Officer ; &c. besides which regular official duties, he
has constant appeals made to him by the members of society,
and public in general, to entertain complaints against the
misconduct of servants and others ; to all of which he lends
a ready ear. The editor has annexed in the appendix a
Memorandum, furnished to him by Col. Cameron, exhibiting
the harassing duties he has to perform, and the insufficiency
of the power vested in him, to remedy defects in the law
he has to administer, which are well deserving the serious
consideration of the Government.

To him, every officer on his arrival at any of the stations
is to report himself, and those on sick leave report them-
selves also to the Medical staff.

He sits daily as Police Magistrate : his Office is under
the same roof as the Post Office Establishment.

Upon the hill on which these Offices stand, is placed a
Flag-Staff, and the flag is hoisted when he is present, and it
also intimates the arrival of Pay, and the arrival and de-
parture of the Overland Mails.

Mr. Locke, the Post Master, is a most zealous and valu-
able servant of Government ; and an accommodating and
obliging officer to the public. His salary ought to be increased,
for it is very inadequate to his services, as his duties occupy

DESCRIPTION OF THE SEYEBAL STATIONS. 35

him day and night ; especially when the Overland news
and letters arrive : the editor has frequently known him to be
kept at Office the whole night.

Mr. Ouchterlony, the Principal Sudder Ameen, is a
Gentleman of well known reputation as a man of superior
abilities, and great versatility of talent : a better selec-
tion for the arduous duties he has to perform, could not
have been made by Government. His court, in which the
sessions judge also holds his circuit, is on a conspicuous
hill, adjoining the Commandant's, in a lofty commanding
position : attached to the Court House is also the Gaol.

The Electric Telegraph Office is located immedi-
ately behind the Post Office, and the superintendant most
efficiently performs his office.

The Ootacamund Club, a thriving institution, now
possesses the splendid mansion erected by the late Sir Wil-
liam Eumbold : its rules will be found in the appendix.

The Public Library is situated near " Charing Cross;"
where four roads meet, in the valley near the entrance into
Ootacamund from Coonoor.

There is a small Hospital ; and a Dispensary.

The Botanic and Horticultural Gardens, under the
charge of Mr. W. G. Mclvor, the superintendant, occupy a
beautiful site, approached by a road leading from near
" Charing Cross." Under his fostering care they do great
credit to his taste, skill and thorough knowledge of his pro-
fession : his reports, which he will readily furnish to visitors,
give a list of fruit trees, shrubs, timber and ornamental
trees, choice perennial flowers, ligneous climbers, herbs,
flower and kitchen garden seeds, all of which grow and
flourish in such variety, as fully to maintain the productive
and luxuriant character of the Hills.
r 2 -

36 DESCRIPTTON OP THE SEVERAL STATIONS.

The varieties of the Acacia trees from Australia, which
are now planted in ornamental groups and avenues about
almost every mansion, and the deodars, pines, cypress, and
even English oak trees in the gardens, shew the zeal,
intelligence, and perseverance of Mr. Mclvor, in the dis-
charge of his duties. The gardens themselves are admi-
rably well laid out, and diversified in extensive ranges of
terraces, where the hill and dale afford opportunity for the
display of his excellent taste.

The gardens were once chiefly supported by public sub-
scription ; but, these failing, they are now maintained by
Government alone ; and the sale of trees, plants and seeds
fully reimburses all the expenses, and will, ere long, from
the increasing demand on the spot and from all quarters,
enable the superintendant to improve the gardens greatly ;
and he contemplates introducing glass in aid of his efforts
to advance the perfection of the fruits.

Medical Establishment. — There are two medical officers
in the service of the East India Company resident at Ootaca-
mund, whose appointment extends over a period of four years.
A medical Officer, also in the service, resides at " Coonoor"
and has likewise charge of " Kotergherry."

Seminaries and Schools. — There are several respectable
boarding schools for young ladies, which have been establish-
ed for some years, under the care of Miss Hale, Miss Rigel,
the Loretto Convent, and others : and an excellent seminary
■for boys, admirably conducted by Mr. Frederick Nash. A
prospectus of each of these will be found in the appendix.
Messrs. Eckersall and J. P. Lowry, also attend famihes as
private teachers.

There are also several widow ladies who take charge of
children from a very early age.

DESCRIPTIO]!f OF THE SEYERAL STATIONS. 37

In connexion with the chaplaincy there is a Boys' School
for the sons of the tradespeople and others, European
and East Indian ; supported chiefly by public subscription,
but partly by a monthly fee paid by such of the parents as
are able to afford it. It was established on its present basis
in 1845.

There is also a Girls' school for the daughters of the same
class, which was established in 1850, supported in the same
way as the Boys' school.

There is a Mission Chapel, with an ordained minister of
the Church of England, for the native Christians, having a
congregation varying from 80 to 100. This Mission was
begun in 1852 and is entirely dependant on the voluntary
contributions of the community. It supports two schools
for native boys.

The Ootacaraund Poor Fund provides food and clothing
all the year round, for the native poor, who, either from old
age, blindness, or other infirmity, are unable to work for
their bread. There are at present 40 paupers on the list
who receive rice every Wednesday in the Church compound,
under the superintendence of the Poor Fund Committee.

Itinerants receive some small assistance from the fund, to
enable them to proceed on their journey, but they are not
encouraged to remain in the station.

Shops and Trades, &c.

There are numerous shops admirably well supplied with
almost all that is to be found in the great emporiums of
either Calcutta or Madras : amongst these are the extensive
buildings of Messrs. J. Wilson & Co. who, as has already been
mentioned, keep Livery Stables ; and Messrs. Edwards & Co.'s
premises: these, and the shops of five or six Parsee Mer-

38 DESCRIPTIOIf OF THE SETERAL STATIONS.

chants, abound with articles of clothing as well for Ladies as
Gentlemen, suited to the climate, or for dress in the mildest
weather. All the^e persons import varied investments from
London direct : and silver and plated ware, glass, earthen
ware, cutlery, &c., and all kinds of wines, beer and spirituous
liquors are abundant, and good in their several stores.

Monsr. Etienne, a highly respectable Frenchman, who has
long been established here, is a first rate tailor, and has a
large shop supplied with articles of dress and jewellery ; and
his wife is an excellent milliner : there are also two other
milliners, Mrs. A. T. and Mrs. J. P. Lowry.

There are remarkably good native tailors in great
numbers ; but no Shoe-makers, Silver-smiths, or Jewel-
lers except inferior workmen ; but very fair native Joiners,
Carpenters, and Blacksmiths.

There are two Piano-Forte tuners, and repairers, and
dealers in Pianos, and other musical instruments, and music ;
and two excellent establishments for the hire of Transit
Carriages ; and two or three Coach-makers.

A Printing Press has lately been undertaken by Mr. A.
T. Lowry.

Markets and Bazar.

The large market-place and a well arranged covered build-
ing, are shewn in the panoramic view, where a market is held
every Tuesday. Sheep and bullocks are brought to the bazars
from the low country. Poultry, eggs, fruit, and a large
supply of every kind of vegetable, potatoes, cauliflowers, peas,
beans, turnips, carrots, &c., are exhibited in the market-place,
chiefly the produce of the Hills ; which confirms all that
has been said of their inexhaustible productiveness and
capabilities.

DESCBIPTION OF THE SETEEAL STATIONS. 39

Beee and MrTTON are daily brought from the bazars to
the door ; and are generally very fair meat.

There is an excellent European bakee, who resides at the
watermill at the end of the lake ; and his bread is much
preferred to that of the natives, although their' s is fully equal
to that of the natives of Calcutta.

Milk and buttee of superior quality is daily brought
to the door ; but, if a cow is hired by the month and picketted
on the hill on which the house stands, you secure as good
milk as you could wish to have, and thus only can you guard
against the risk of adulteration.

EXCUESIONS, ElDES, &c.

An artificial lake, formed by damming up the opening
between two hills, so as to produce a sheet of water nearly
one and half mile long, and in many places 40 feet deep, adds
considerably both to the ornament and comfort of the place.

An excellent, and nearly level road, leads completely round
the lake, forming a very pleasant ride or drive of from
six to seven miles, including the windings. The roads in
the cantonment, and in fact all over this part of the Hills, are
excellent, and will soon be metalled ; and even now, after the
heaviest rains they become dry in an hour, so little is exer-
cise interrupted by the showers. It would be perfectly
practicable to enjoy a canter of 27 miles, or even to drive a
phaeton in a straight line, with scarce an interruption, from
Coonoor to Neddiwuttum ; and a day may be spent in a
diversified ride or drive to any extent over hill and dale,
through ever varying scenery, uninterrupted by any obsta-
cle ; and if, perchance, a heavy shower is encountered, the
rider has only to return to his house, change his dress, and
again remount his horse, and resume his ride : the Editor

40 DESCRIPTION OF THE SEYEBAL STATIONS.

has constantly done this, and has known the fair sex, who
all seemed to be accomplished and fearless riders, enjoying
the showers, and never suffering from the exposure.

There are several places to visit which picnic parties are
frequently formed, namely, Mateemund ; Fair Lawns ; the
summits or slopes of Snowdon and Dodabet ; Kaitee, and
its neighbouring water- fall atKATAiRT; and other lovely spots
near at hand ; and the ride round Elk-hill from Bishop's
Downs, up to Dodabet, is as varied and magnificent, and
enjoyable at all hours of the day, as any perhaps in Europe.
Another almost equally attractive ride commences from the
road leading to the Botanic Gardens, diverging to the left,
and making a circuit round to Snowdon and Dodabet ; but
the varieties of picturesque rides are so numerous, that it
would be in vain to attempt to describe them.

Then, Coonoor to the East ; and the Avalanche, and
SisPARA Bungalows to the S. W. from which, scenery as
grand and sublime as the eye could desire to behold, is to be
seen, totally differing from the quiet and repose of that
around Ootacamund. In visiting these in succession, you
experience the fullest sense of. the enjoyment to be derived
from air and exercise, and the pleasurable emotions of view-
ing the beauties of nature, in every form of endless variety.
We must not omit to mention "Makoortt Peak" about
14 miles to the W. it is about 8,500 feet high ; from whence,
and around it, as already described, magnificent scenery
is beheld : it is a spot held sacred by the Todas, as the
residence of a personage whom they believe to be the keeper
of the gates of Heaven. " Orange Valley" should also be
mentioned, lying to the N. E. and distant about 10 miles,
■where oranges grow wild, the climate being 6° higher than
that of Ootacamund.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL STATIONS. 41

Kaitee is distant about 3 miles from Ootacamund : a
Government farm was established in the valley in which it
stands, about the year 1831, in the expectation that all
European products would succeed well from its sheltered
position. The project, however, was eventually abandoned,
the return having proved far less than was anticipated. The
Bungalow at the farm was afterwards occupied, for some
time, by the Grovernor of Pondicherry.

At a subsequent period, Lord Elphinstone, then Governor
of Madras, fancied the spot for the erection of a dwelling-
house, and his Lordship obtained the land on the usual lease
of 99 years. No sooner was the transfer concluded, than his
Lordship began to enlarge the old building ; and, in course of
time, converted the property into one well worthy of a noble-
man's residence. The house was magnificently furnished,
the exquisite taste of the late Count D'Orsay having been
called into requisition for this purpose ; the grounds were
tastefully laid out ; and the whole assumed the appearance
of a beautiful English Manor house.

In 1845, or about that time, the property was purchased
by the late Mr. Casmajor, of the Madras Civil Service, for
15,000 Rupees, and about 10,000 rupees more were expended
by him in alterations. At his death, he left the greater part
of his property to the Basil Mission, of which he had been
a liberal supporter while living, but the house itself was
advertised for sale ; it was purchased by the Basil Society
for 10,000 Eupees. The Neilgherry branch of the Basil
Mission is supported by the interest of the money realized
from the sale of the property ; that sum having, in accord-
ance with the late Mr. Casmajor' s will, been invested in the
funds for that purpose.

No sooner had Kaitee become the property of the Basil
a

42 DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL STATIONS.

Miss^ionary Society, than orders were sent from Germany to
dispose of such of the fittings and furniture as were unsuited
to a Mission House. Carpets, curtains, marble chimney-
pieces, and other decorations were therefore sold at public
auction, and about 4,000 Eupees only were thus realized.
Such was the result which, in the course of a very few years',
followed the enormous outlay expended upon the property
by the late Governor of Madras. The house was a good
deal altered during Mr. Casmajor's time, and now but little
remains, to remind the visitor of the gorgeous mansion of
former days.

COONOOE

Is situated at the South extremity of the range, close to
the edge of the hills, and at the head of the Coonoor pass : its
elevation is about 6,100 feet above the level of the sea ; and
the mean annual range of the Thermometer is about 65" of
the Barometer about 24° ; and rain about 55 inches. It is
milder than Kotergherry, but, from its situation, is subject
to fogs at particular seasons, which come sweeping up the
Ghaut : these however soon disappear. On the other hand, it
has the advantage of being on the direct road to Ootacamund
from MeetapoUium, from which it is distant 15 miles : it is
distant from Jackatalla about two miles, but an improved
road will soon reduce the distance to about one mile : from
Ootacamund it is distant 10 miles ; and from Kotergherry
12 miles at present, but a new cut will reduce it to about 8
miles.

There is a good Government Bungalow here, comprising
several rooms, where visitors may remain for 10 days, if
desirous of doing so : a butler, cook and other servants are in
attendance, and provisions are always to be had j but if better

DESCRIPTT01!T OF THE SEVERAL STATIONS. 43

fare is required, there is the excellent hotel kept by Mr. and
Mrs. Davison close at hand, from which all the luxuries even
of the table can be procured ; and they are most attentive
and obliging persons.

The hotel consists of 4 detached Bungalows, beautifully
situated near the church, which is a handsome structure, in
which a clergyman of the Established Church performs service
regularly, but his residence is at Jackatalla.

The Bungalows are elegantly furnished, each consisting of
a dining room and two bed-rooms, with dressing rooms and
baths attached to each, provided with every comfort.

At this hotel, visitors may be assured of always having an
a bundant table, well supplied with the finest beef, mutton
aTid fowls. Mr. Davison is a well educated man, and a
first rate gardener and botanist, and can place on the table
oranges, peaches, nectarines, plums, (apples amongst which
is the new-towR pippin) and pears, all equal to any that
Co vent Garden exhibits; and his gardens are filled with trees
loaded with these fruits, and a great variety of splendid
flowers.

A medical Ofiicer in the Company's Service resides here,
his appointment being as those at Ootacamund ; and he attends
Kotergheny also once a week or oftener, if required.

There are 24 well built, and well furnished houses and
cottages at this station. General Kennett, Colonel Woodfall,
and others are permanent residents, and the rent of the other
houses varies from 120 to 50 or 30 rupees a month.

The shops are all kept by natives, and are but ill-supplied
-with general stores ; but as Ootacamund is so near, all that
visitors require can be readily sent to them from that station ;
and from thence, also, servants must be procured, as few are
available on the spot.
G 2 '

44 DEscRipno>" or the seteral stations.

Ponies or bullock-carriages are procured from Ootacamund,
whenever wanted.

The most striking object in the beautiful scenery around,
are the remains of a Hill Fort called " Hulliculdroog," in a
Tery commanding position, on the highest peak in the neigh-
bourhood, which appears in the sketch of that station ac-
companying this work ; to this hill pic-nic excursions are
made, and the ride to it opens out a succession of splendid
scenery, which, seen from the summit, amply repays the toil
of the ascent.

KOTERGHEEET

Is situated in the north-east angle of the plateau, im-
mediately overlooking the low country, and at the head of
the Kotergherry Pass, about 14^ miles distant from Ootaca-
mund, 12 from Coonoor, and 10 from Jackatalla.

Ponies, when wanted, must be sent for from Ootacamund ;
and as yet there is no carriage road to any of the other
stations.

When the rail-road is extended to the foot of the Hills, the
distance of Kotergherry from the intended terminus at
*' Seeramogay," will be only 12 miles ; and a good road will
be cut to it through the Ghaut at that point.

The elevation is about 6,500 feet above the sea-level ; and it
is very favorably protected from the violence of the S. W.
monsoon by the Bodabetta range, which stands out like a huge
wall to screen it. The average fall of rain, the chief part of
which occurs on the hills during the monsoon, cannot be called
excessive, especially when compared with the visitations in
this respect experienced in the neighbouring province of Mala-
bar. This average may be taken to be 50 inches, while at
Coonoor it is estimated at about 55, and at Ootacamund
60 inches. The mean annual temperature is about 63°.

DESCEIPTION or THE SUVEEAL STATIONS. 45

Whatever difference may appear between the meteorologi-
cal Tables in the Appendix, will easily be accounted for by
the degree of accuracy of the observers or the instruments
at their command.

The climate possesses many advantages over Ootaca-
mund and Coonoor : it is drier than the former, and much
cooler and fresher than the latter, for a north wind prevails,
when there is little or none at Coonoor. But, on the other
hand, neither of these stations has the bracing, invigorating
effects of the more lofty parts of the table-land, and persons
in tolerably confirmed health, give a very decided preference
to Ootacamund.

Kotergherry was preferred to either of the other stations
by the Marquis of Dalhousie, who resided there for six months,
in the principal mansion called " Koter-hall :" this house was
built in 1830 ; and the station may date its claim, from that
period, to be considered the great rival of Ootacamund. Lord
Dalhouisie was so much pleased with his residence that he
laid out a large sum in improvements. This property formerly
belonged to Bishop Spencer, afterwards to Greneral Gibson,
and now belongs to Major Briggs, his son-in-law.

There are eight other excellent houses at Kotergherry,
besides cottages.

The Church is small, but could be easily enlarged.

There is no resident clergyman here. The station com-
mands, perhaps, the most exquisite view to be obtained any
where in the hills, of the plain, and of a range of hills called
"Lambton's range" with its ever-varying hues: beautiful
rides are found in every direction amidst the most lovely
scenery.

The orange does not thrive here ; but at Coonoor both
it and the peach do, and ripen to perfection: pears are

46 DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL STATIOTfS.

abundant, and apples come to perfection at Kotergherry
when cultivated. All the vegetables and flowers of a temper-
ate climate grow and flourish in great profusion.

DiMHiJTTT close to Kotcrglierry, no longer exists as a
station, but the climate is superior to the latter for the cul-
tivation of fruits. Oranoe-valley is about 6 miles distant,
and more sheltered than either ; and admirably adapted for
the cultivation of oranges and all the more delicate fruits.

Jackatalla.

The Editor is indebted to Dr. Macbeth of H. M. 74th
Highlanders, a wing of which Regiment is stationed at Jacka-
talla, for much of the following account of that Cantonment ;
and his reports on the topography and medical statistics of the
station, will, we trust, be published by order of the Madras
Government. Captain Francis has also furnished the infor-
mation regarding the intended new roads, as after described,
and other particulars.

Dr. Macbeth remarks, that after giving a fair and unbias-
sed consideration to all the natural advantages of the differ-
ent localities, he is decidedly of opinion that no other, in
every respect equally eligible, could have been found on
the hills.

The height of Jackatalla is about 6,100 feet above the sea
level. The mean annual range of the Thermometer is about
64'*-8"; of the Barometer 24°; and rain about 70 inches.

It is distant about two miles from Coonoor ; but by in-
tended improvements will be one mile ; 9 miles from Ootaca-
mund ; and 10 from Kotergherry. The vegetation is almost
incredible : three and even four crops of potatoes may be
raised in twelve months ; and in a month or five weeks
after planting, their produce may be taken up : the same

DESCEIPTION OF THE SETEKAL STATIONS. 47

remarks apply almost equally to the other stations. All other
European vegetables are luxuriant, and produce all the year
round ; and every kind of English fruit tree bears and flour-
ishes to perfection, as at Coonoor ; and ornamental trees, pines,
deodars, willows, &c., thrive admirably.

At Jackatalla they suffer comparatively little from the S.
W. monsoon ; and the sanatary condition of the station is
shewn to be most satisfactory by the fact, that out of 531 men,
the average strength of the wing, the fatal cases, amounting
altogether to 17 during the year 1854-55, occurred (with
one or two exceptions) from the effects of previous organic
disease, contracted before the troops came to Jackatalla, and
before they had any chance of benefiting by the climate.

The Bazar is well supplied with beef and mutton : the
coffee grown on the hills is excellent and cheap. Fruits
and vegetables are abundant, and springs of excellent water
are on all sides.

There are, as yet, only about eight private residences, but
two of these. Dr. Macbeth' s, and Captain Francis', occupied
by Colonel McDuff, are splendid mansions ; and the station is
rapidly connecting itself with " Coonoor," from which it is
only separated by a narrow gorge ; and houses are being erect-
ed in every direction : a Clergyman of the Established Church
resides at Jackatalla and does duty also at Coonoor.

A handsome range of Barracks, is nearly completed at
Jackatalla ; and it is to be hoped that the Marquis of Dal-
housie's expectation, that at least a whole Regiment would
soon be located there, will speedily be realized ; and, at no
very distant period, perhaps, it will become a station for more
than one Regiment of H. M.'s service.

The valley of Jackatalla takes its title from the principal
of a cluster of villages, higher up the valley, towards Doda-

48 DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVETIAL STATIONS.

bet, which derives its Canarese name from the prevalence
of a species of barberry.

The climate bids fair to be one of those most preferred on
the Hills : it does not differ much from that of Coonoor, and
it escapes the fogs which prevail there for several months in
the year. These white mists, which roll up the Coonoor
ravine about 10 o'clock in the forenoon, and obscure the
whole landscape, draw off towards the north-west and extend
themselves up the same valley to Kantari, leaving Jackatalla
clear and bright. It has been proposed, and the proposal has
met with the approval of Government, to form a direct com-
munication between the cantonment of Jackatalla and the
new Coonoor and Ootacamund road, by means of an embank-
ment across the valley, by which a large ornamental sheet of
water will be formed, about 35 feet deep.

When the branch of the railroad, now in progress of execu-
tion, is carried to the terminus at " Seeramogay," a new pass
from thence will be constructed up the Ghaut at that point,
and will be of easy gradients ; and much improvement will be
made on the plateau leading to Jackatalla, from Kotergherry,
from which the terminus will be only 12 miles.

There is abundance of game of different descriptions in the
woods and ravines about Jackatalla. A pack of hounds is kept
by the Officers of the Regiment, and the jackal affords excel-
lent runs when they throw off in the neighbourhood of
Ootacamund, and other tolerably level parts.

Tigers sometimes approach near to Jackatalla : in August
1856, Lt. Thackery of the 74ith, shot a tiger, 12 feet 6 inches
in length from the nose to the tip of the tail.
Tenure oe Lands.

Land is held by European settlers on the Neilgherries,
under a puttivm or grant from Government for a term of

DESOBIPTION OF THE SEVERAL STATIONS. 49

99 years,* but renewable in perpetuity, so long as the regulat-
ed assessment is paid. The Todars hold their land by
right of immemorial occupation, alleging that their ancestors
came to the Neilgherries before there were any kings or
sovereign rulers in Southern India, and that they never paid
tax or tribute to any one ; but Grovernment, under the orders
of the Court of Directors, has declared the rights of the
Todars to be only those of pasturage over the hills ; allowing
them to retain their present locations ; and their numbers
are gradually decreasing.

* See " Manual of Instructions as to Tenures" in the Appendix.

CHAPTER IV.

TOPOGRAPHY.

The Neilgberry hills are situated between the parallels of
IP 10' and ir 32' N. latitude, and 76« 59' and 77« 31' E.
longitude from Greenwich. Their greatest extent, in an
oblique direction, from S. W. to N. E. is about 50 miles, and
their extreme breadth 25 miles, measuring from the bottom of
the Ghauts at each extreme ; and the plateau may be consi-
dered as being 30 to 40 miles in length, and from 8 to 15 in
breadth. Taking into account the great undulation of the
surface, and the circumstance of the breadth, above stated,
being pretty constant throughout, their superficial extent
may be fairly estimated at about 700 square geographical
miles.

The area of the plateau as defined on the north-west,
north, east, and south, by the crest of the mass of moun-
tains, and on the south-west by the outline of the " Koon-
dahs," is found by a late survey to comprise 268,494 square
acres in its geographical extent : but owing to the ceaseless
undulations prevailing over the whole surface, a far greater
amount of land is actually available for cultivation.

Of this quantity only 23,772 acres have been brought
under cultivation, leaving 244,772 acres either entirely waste,
or appropriated for grazing cattle by the various Hill tribes.

TOPOaEAPHT. 51

They form the abutment oi* termination of the immense
table-land of central India, commencing with Hindoostan
and the Dekkhun, and continued through Mysore, bounded
on the W. by the Western Ghats, and on the E. by the less
strongly marked line of the Eastern Ghats. From the table-
land of Mysore, with which they are connected by a narrow
neck of land, about 15 miles wide, they rise to the height
of 3,500 feet, and are divided from the E, and W. Ghats by
a deep fissure on each side, of not less than 15 miles in
width ; on every other side they rise abruptly from the
subjacent plains of Malabar and Coimbatoor, in one vast
precipitous mass, to the height of from 5 to 6 or 7,500
feet. Their isolated situation, completely separated from
the surrounding country, is one of the most remarkable
features in their position, and may serve to account for
many of the peculiarities of climate found to exist upon
them.

Tliey are composed of three distinct ranges, or groups of
hills, closely connected together, but which, though nearly
of the same general elevation, vary considerably in their
aspect, connection, and grouping.

The range to the westward, though forming a continuous
line, bears two distinct names. The northern part, forming
a narrow line, commencing at the Goodaloor Pass, being
called the Neddimulla hills ; and the southern division,
composing a very distinct and remarkable group, being
known as the Koondahs. The central or principal range
is entirely formed by a continuous chain of hills, rising
gradually on each side to the summit of Dodabetta, the
highest of the whole group, and the loftiest point, yet dis-
covered, south of the Himalaya, being 8,760 feet above the
sea level. The station of Ootacamund is situated directly
H 2

52 TOPOGRA:fHT.

at its base, on the W. side, and it is still more important
to observe, that it forms the line of separation between the N.
E. and S. W. monsoons, the whole of the range to the W. of
Dodabet being chiefly affected by the S. W. or Malabar
monsoon, and that to the eastward by the N. E. or Madras
monsoon.

The division to the eastward, having received no distinct
appellation, may be distinguished as the Kotergherry range,
the station of that name being situated on it. It contains
fewer peaks, and is inferior in elevation to either of the
other two.

The elevation of some of the principal points on the dif-
ferent ranges, above the level of the sea, as well as some
neighbouring stations in the low country, will be given in
the appendix.

No point on the hills, it will be observed, is less than 700
feet above fever range, (assuming the latter to be about
4,500 feet, the limit generally assigned,) and most of them
from 1,500 to 2,900 feet beyond it.

The base of the hills is completely surrounded by a belt
of dense jungle of various breadth, and rising in general to
the height of from 2,500 to 3,500 feet on their declivities.
The line of demarcation is very strongly marked, there being
generally an open space from 1^ to 2 miles wide, nearly
destitute of trees all the way round. Above this space the
character of the vegetation is completely changed, and the
forests assume the appearance of woods in temperate climates,
besides being nearly destitute of underwood. The breadth
of the belt of jungle is very various ; it is, however, nowhere
greater than 20 miles, (between Mungalum and Groodaloor
on the Mysore side, where it joins the Wynaad jungle,)
and in many places it does not exceed six, as at Matepollium,

TOPOGBAPHT. 53

where it is crossed by the great road to Ootacamund by the
Coonoor Pass.

The surface of the table-land on the summit of the hills
is much undulated, and presents various characteristics in
the different divisions. The only circumstance common to
the whole is, the occurrence of swamps, of various extent,
in the valleys formed by the undulations. The soil in these
swamps is of considerable depth, and very rich ; in some it
forms large beds of peat bog, from which Ootacamund is
abundantly supplied with an excellent substitute for coal.
The vegetation on the surface, however, is generally luxuriant,
and they are always traversed by a stream of water, which,
after percolating through them, issues forth as clear, pure,
and as fit for use as if just taken from the spring. Nothing
like miasm or exhalation exists in or near these swamps ;
as a proof of which, Todarmunds or villages are frequently
found in their immediate vicinity, and the nature of the
vegetation is entirely different from that which characterizes
swamps in the low country.

The Koondahs, towards the W. or Malabar side, rise very
suddenly from the plains below, and terminate in immense
rocky precipices, presenting some of the grandest and most
romantic scenery to be found in the world. This is particu-
larly remarkable at the junction of the Nedimulla hills with
the range of the Koondahs, properly so called. The outline
of the summits forms an immense circular basin, bordered
with precipices, every where perpendicular, in many places
overhanging, and of such a height, that a stone dropped
from the edge, will in many places descend at least 6000
feet, at one bound, before reaching the bottom ; the crests of
the rocks being at the same time broken into the most
irregular and fantastic forms. A minute examination of the

54 TOPOGRAPHY.

whole of this line presents only one accessible point, the site
of the new Koondah Pass, which has been more particularly-
described.

The table-land above, is broken into a number of long
rounded ridges, with narrow v.alleys interposed, and richly
wooded in the more sheltered spots. A striking peculiarity
of these woods, common in fact to the whole hills, is, their
being nearly destitute of underwood, and having their bor-
ders so well defined as to resemble the ornamental planta-
tions of a gentleman's park ; so complete is the resemblance,
so artificially are they disposed, and so perfect is the keeping
of the scenery, that in many parts one is tempted to look
round for the castle or seat to which they belong.

The base of one hill rises close to that of another, leaving
but a small interval between, so that a true valley is very
rare, and a level surface of any extent, almost unknown,
except on the roads round and between the hills, where you
may ride or drive for any extent amidst ever varying scenery.
It is difficult to find appropriate terms to convey an accurate
description of these singularly smooth, rounded and undulat-
ing hills ; they present truly a " surging scene" to use an
expression of Coleridge, resembling the billows of the sea
suddenly stilled, solidified and fixed, while in their full career
of heaving commotion. This is more applicable to the lower
hills, but many upwards of a thousand feet high have the
same rounded contour. The valleys, or ravines at the foot
of these hills are uniformly wet, sometimes having a rivulet
running through them, but more often being marshy, there
being no exit to admit of drainage. From these moist
places, commence the beautiful clusters of wood, called Sho-
lahs, which form a peculiarly striking feature in the scenery ;
and the whole surface of these verdant hills, from base to

TOPOGHAPHT. 65

summit, is bespangled with a variety of the most beautiful
wild flowers, of every diversity of colour ; the trees, among
which appear the crimsonRhododendronand awhite camelia,
varying in shade and richness of foliage ; and some covered
with moss, assuming all the hoary appearance of winter ;
while the banks of the rills and streamlets, that meander at
their base, are lined with the dog-rose and jessamine ; and
all around are seen the strawberry, blackberry, toparra, and
numerous other wild fruits, flourishing in spontaneous luxu-
riance.

Several of the little streams here mentioned, meeting at
one point, fall into a natural basin, which confined at its
south-western extremity by a strong mound of earth, forms
the lake, of five or six miles circuit. This beautiful piece
of water, which, in some parts, spreads out to a consider-
able width, and in others winds in a serpentine course
among hills, gently rising from its banks, and clothed with
the softest verdure, has, as already mentioned, a public car-
riage road surrounding it, affording one of the most scenic,
healthful, and agreeable drives of which Ijidia can boast.

On the table-land of the Neilgherries, there are properly
speaking no rivers, but the streams which pour down on all
sides, to form the Bowany and Mayar, which wash the base
of the mountains, are very numerous. The Pycara is, how-
ever, a considerable stream, and flows down the N. W. angle
to join the Mayar ; and the waters of the lake, and the
mountain rills to the N. of Ootacamund, become a torrent,
which rushes down the gorge, from Kulhutty to Seegoor,
forming the source of the Mayar.

The waters never accumulate in a sufficienj; body to form
cataracts of much magnitude or sublimity, but the falls at
Katary and Kulhutty are picturesque ; as are also those of

56 TOPOGEAPHT.

the tributaries of the Bowany river in the Koondahs ; and
there is a considerable fall or weir, in the Pycara river.

The soil of the Hills is exceedingly rich, and covered with a
short close green sward, which is maintained in a constant
state of verdure by the abundant supply of moisture.

The Bowany river takes its rise in the Koondahs, flowing
through a deep fissure till it reaches the S. W. angle of the
range, when it makes a sudden turn to the eastward. It is
joined by a great number of tributary streams, each of the
lateral valleys having its own brook of beautifully limpid
water. Several of these rise within a few feet of the edge of
the precipice, bordering the hills on the west ; but with
scarce an exception all flow to the eastward. The edge of
the Koondahs, towards Ootacamund, is broken into a number
of valleys nearly filled with wood, and interspersed with patches
of verdure.

The steepness of the sides of the valleys on the Koondahs,
and the loose nature of the soil, has given rise to a number of
what are called in French ehoulements, or earth avalanches,
the earth having shipped down in large masses, leaving a cir-
cular vacuity in the edge of the hill above. One of the most
remarkable of these took place about 33 years ago, and is easily
recognised at the distance of 12 or 15 miles ; it is close to the
point at which the new road ascends the Koondahs. The
cause was probably the bursting of a water-spout immediately
above the spot, the earth having been in all probability pre-
viously loosened by the filtration of water through the sub-
jacent strata.

Towards the lower part of the valleys, which is still encum-
bered with rocl^s, trunks of trees, masses of earth, &c., a chaly-
beate spring is found issuing from below the debris, and ming-
ling with the rivulet, to which it imparts an ochrey tinge.

TOPOaRAPHT. 57

This spring was examined and analysed (as far as our
utter want of nearly all the necessary instruments would
admit) by Dr. Glen and myself. We found it to contain a
considerable portion of red oxide of iron, held in solution by
carbonic acid gas, and from its great strength, its purity,
and its freedom from unpleasant taste and smell, we were led
to conclude that it may prove highly useful in cases of debi^
lity of the digestive organs, &c., but as yet no opportunity
has occurred of putting this conjecture to the decisive test
of experiment.*

A considerable stream, rising at the angle of the Koon-
dahs, flows close along their base, and descends the Keiloor
Pass to join the Bowany ; it forms a sort of boundary be-
tween them and the next or Dodabet division of the range.
The Neddimulla hills, commencing at the N. angle of the
Koondahs, run along in a N. N. E. direction as far as Ned-
diwittum, at the head of the Goodaloor Pass, where they
terminate abruptly. They are of considerable elevation, and
contain one or two remarkable peaks ; Makoortee, for in-
stance, which has already been described, is distinctly visible
from the sea coast near Calicut, and from Ootacamund. The

* Numerous springs, contaiuiing salts of iron, are found in almost
every part of the hills, but the one above-mentioned is much the strong-
est and purest yet examined, and probably not the least of its recom-
piendations is, its situation in an accessible spot, surrounded by beau-
tiful scenery, and near the bungalow erected for the accommodation
pf travellers by the Koondah road. It may also not be irrelevant
to mention, that being situated in a hollow, nearly surrounded by
Julls, and considerably lower than the general level of the table-land, the
climate during the winter months, js milder and niore equable thau
that of Ootacamund,
I

58 TOPOGIIAPHT.

ridge is narrow, and generally rather rocky and bare ; on the
Malabar side, it presents, like the Koondahs, an almost
continuous line of precipices, the scenery being bold, grand,
and romantic. They are separated from the central table-
land by a considerable stream called the Pykarra river,
which, descending the N. face of the hills by a succession
of falls, joins the Mayar, and sweeping round the whole
N. and N. W. sides of the hills, runs into the Bowany
near Danaikencottah in Coimbatoor. Like all the rivers
on this side, its bed is intersected, every here and there,
by transverse ridges of sienite, having a considerable dip,
with soft soil in the intervals, which is worn away by the
force of the stream, so as to form deep pools resting on
the ridges.

The scenery in the vicinity of the Pykarra, is in many
places exceedingly beautiful, being bordered by rounded hills
well wooded, and sinking alternately into green grassy
glades.

The next or central division is, in extent, as in other re-
spects, the most important of the three. The portion of it
adjoining the Koondahs and Neddimulla hills, of nearly the
same general elevation throughout, is broken into an im.
mense number of little round hills, like tea-cups bottom up-
wards, with valleys of various dimensions interposed. Some
of these hills are clothed with wood to their very summits,
and most of them have more or less wood round their bases,
or in the deep hollows between them and the next hills.
The southern part of the table-land is highly cultivated,
and very populous ; there are also numerous villages on
the southern slope towards Billycull ; but the rest of the
surface, where not wooded, is entirely occupied by pasture
land, and is the head-quarters of the Todar population,

TOPOGRAPHY. 59

whose munds or villages are found scattered over it, ge-
nerally in the most sheltered nooks, and always close to a
wood.

The Dodabet range rises at the N. extremity of this divi-
sion, and crossing it obliquely (forming its eastern boundary)
in a direction from N. N. W. to S. S. E. terminates in bold
overhanging rocks beyond Coonoor. The range, when re-
garded from a distance, seems to form one vast pyramid with
a very wide base, running in the direction above stated, and
having consequently very gradually sloping sides. The in-
clination, however, on the E. and W. faces is greater, and the
ascent rather abrupt. The summit 8,760 feet above the
level of the sea, and 1,344 feet above Ootacamund, is com-
posed of a round hummock with a flattened top, (on which
the Observatory has been erected since Dr. Baikie's time) and
commanding a most extensive view in every direction, except
the W. where the horizon is shut in by the line of the
Koondahs, of nearly equal elevation with itself. Directly
at its base on the W. side is situated the Station of Oota-
camund, in a basin formed by the body of the mountain on
one side, and two extensive spurs on the N. and S. so that
the only opening is towards the W. Though, as already
mentioned, originally chosen almost by accident, the site of
the Station appears to possess almost every advantage of cli-
mate, shelter, accessibility and command of fuel and water,
and though last, not least, its position, in the centre of the
table-land, at about eight miles from the verge of the hills
on either side, ensures it against even the suspicion of miasm,
or impure atmosphere.

CooNOOB (as already described), is situated at the S. E.
extremity of the range, close to the edge of the hills ; and
is chiefly remarkable, as being placed at the head of the
I 2

60. TOPOe^RAPHf.

inagnificent Ghat of the same name, which forms the great
road to the whole S. and E. of India.

The Ghat runs up a deep fissure, betwixt the rocks ter-
minating the Dodabet range and a long projecting spur,
thickly clothed with wood, and distinguished by three or
four rounded eminences, on the outermost of which is situ-
ated the hill fort called Hulliculdroog, in a very command-
ing situation, the roclts descending almost perpendicularly
into the low country on every side, except that on which it
is approached from the table-land. The remains of a similar
fort are to be found on a high rock opposite BillycuU, and a
third at a place called Atra, beyond Kotergherry. It is diffi-
cult to conceive for what purpose these forts were intended,
the more so, as considerable labour and expence must have
been incurred in their construction, while their isolated
position and excessive difficulty of access must have made
them nugatory, as regards any object of defence or protec*
tion : still less could they be intended to command the passes
of the hills, none of which are sufficiently near. The only
plausible conjecture is, that they were intended as state pri-
sons or repositories of treasure. They are said, I know not
on what authority, to have been constructed by Hyder
Ally.*

The line of separation betwixt the central and eastern
range is not so well marked, as between that and the
Koondahs.

The N. E. face of Dodabet descends with a very sudden
slope, the hollows being filled with wood, and the bottoms
of the interjacent valleys occupied by swamps. After cross*

* Captain Harkness gives a different account of their origin. See his
■work, noticed in the List of Publications i— Ed*

TOPOGEAPHY. 61

ing one or two of these valleys, the range becomes broken
into a succession of small conical rocky hills, at some distance
apart, and surrounded by a sort of table^land, on which
Kotergherry is placed. The country in its neighbourhood
is covered by bushes, has but few trees or forests, and is
neither so picturesque nor so varied as on the opposite side
of the hills. It is intersected by numerous deep valleys, de-
scending gradually from the centre, and debouching into the
low country. One of the most remarkable of these is known
as the Orange valley, from the number of wild orange and
lime trees found in it. It commences at the N. E. angle of
Dodabet, and makes a sweep round the base of the Kotergher-
ry table-land, till it arrives opposite the Guzzlehutty Pass,
when it descends abruptly into the low country. Its general
level is much below that of the table-land, probably not ex-
ceeding 4,500 feet above the sea, from which circumstance, and
its being shut in on both sides by steep hills, its average tem-
perature is much higher than that of any neighbouring point
on the hills. The soil in the bottom of the valley is exceed-
ingly deep and rich, and the character of the vegetation ap-
proaches the tropical, or at least that of the southern por-
tions of the temperate regions.

DiMHiJTTT is situated on a plateau between Kotergherry
and the Orange valley, lower than the former.

Beyond Kotergherry, the hills run out into a number of
long narrow ridges, gradually descending into the low coun-
try of Coimbatoor, but, though in some places rocky, scarce-
ly any where so precipitous as the western face of the hills,
and the scenery is consequently less grand and striking.
Immediately opposite the termination of the hills in this
direction, and separated from them by a deep valley filled
with dense jungle, is the Guzzlehutty Pass, leadhig from

62 TOPOGUAPIIY.

CoimLatoor into Mysore; formerly mucli frequented, but
now nearly deserted except by the market people. Beyond the
Guzzlehutty Pass, rise the Bella Runjum Hills, or Bulgher-
ries, so named (I believe) from a celebrated temple ; they
are of considerable height, but nearly unexplored from the
difficulty of access and the want of supplies.

CHAPTER V.

CLIMATE.

On this very important subject, I may be excused for en-
tering at some length, and as what I shall have to state is
the result principally of my own observations, closely direct-
ed to its nature and effects, during the whole of a residence
of nearly three years, I have no hesitation in claiming for my
statements the merit of accuracy at least.

There are three circumstances connected with the Neil-
gherries which must have a material effect on their climate.

The first is, their elevation above the level of the sea, and
their being placed between two seas.

The second, their position near the line of demarcation of
the two monsoons.

The third, their isolated position, at a great distance from
mountains or table-land, of equal or nearly equal height.

I. The temperature of the air, as has been ascertained by
a number of experiments, and elaborate calculations founded
thereon, undergoes a regular and graduated diminution, as it
becomes more rarefied in ascending from the surface of the
earth, owing, as is well known, to its increased capacity for
caloric. A variety of formulse have been given for calculat-
ing the exact reduction of temperature at given heights, but
it will be sufiiciently accurate for our purpose to say, that at

64 C LIMA-IE.

heights not exceeding two miles, the difference is 1° of Fah-^
renheit for every 300 feet of ascent.

Now the mean annual temperature at the level of the
sea in the latitude of the hills, according to the formulae
of Mayer, as corrected by Playfair, is 83°*, and the height
of Ootacamund, above the level of the sea, being 7,416 feet,
the calculation will be as follows '^-^^z=.2^^.^2' the theoretic
difference of temperature between the level of the sea and
Ootacamund, consequently 83° — 24°.72'==58°.28, mean an,
nual temperature of Ootacamund. And it will be seen here-
after that the annual temperature of Ootacamund, deduced
from the mean of 25 months' observations, is 58o.68, so that
the difference between this, the observed mean, and that de-
duced from theory, is only 0^.40, which, trifling as it is, is
perhaps to be accounted for by the fact of the observations
alluded to not being for consecutive months : the mean for
some of the colder months being wanting.

The next most obvious effect of the elevation of these
regions is, the increased power of the sun's direct rays, in
proportion as the conducting power of the medium is dimin-
ished ; in other words, as the air is rarefied. This effect is
further increased by the smaller absorption of heat in its
passage to the surface, the thickness of the stratum of air
through which the sun's rays have to pass, being diminished
by the amount of the elevation above the level of the se^.
No exact formulae for calculating this effect of the sun's
rays have yet been given, owing partly to the want of good
photometrical observation^, and the number of disturbing
causes to be taken into account.

That such is the fact will, however, be evident from con^
suiting the annexed meteorological tables, where it will be
* iPrewpter's Edin. Encyclop. Article Meteorology,

CLIMATE. 65

seen that tlie photometer at 10 a. m., in the dry season,
frequently indicates 120° (12o centissimal), when the ther-
mometer, in the shade, only shews a temperature of 60** or
61** (15-5 or 16*1), or to render the difference more intelli-
gible, when the temperature of the air in the shade is only
60**, the increase of heat from the sun's direct rays would
raise it to 8P6.*

The effect of this increased power of the sun's rays on the
general temperature, and on the soil of elevated regions,
would be very considerable, were it not for certain disturbing
causes, the most powerful of which is the wind, which by
agitation of the atmosphere scatters the heat before it can
accumulate. When moving along the ground at the rate
of eight miles an hour, it diminishes the calorific action of
the hght from the sun and sky one-half, but if it sweeps
with a velocity of 16, 24, or 32 miles in the hour, it will
reduce the whole effect successively to the 3rd, the 4th, or
the 5th of its standard.f The impression made on the
ground therefore, seldom exceeds the third part of the
computed measure, and often will not amount to one-fifth ;
and its effects on the air in the shade are probably nearly
nugatory, from its increased capacity for caloric, and its bad
conducting power. A similar modifying effect is produced
by the ground being covered with grass or plants, the
multiplied surface of which, exposed to the contact of the air,
dissipates the greater part of the heat before it accumulates.

* This leads to a very important caution on the part of Invalids and
others resorting to all mountain regions in tropical latitudes, (at least
during the dry season), viz. to expose themselves as little as possible to
the direct rays of the sun, without some adequate protection. See
Article " Hints to Invalids."

t Encyclop. Britannica, Article, Climate.
K

66 CLIMATE.

A corresponding effect has been remarked with regard to
the impression of cold, but this is only true to a certain
extent, as from the great clearness of the sky in elevated
situations the effect of radiation is greatly increased. It
has in fact been frequently observed on the hills, as well as
elsewhere, that plants, grass, and other substances near the
ground are from this cause, viz. increased radiation, strong-
ly frozen, when the circumambient air indicates a tempera-
ture some degrees above freezing point.

These, and the other less important effects of the relative
altitude will be more evident when we speak of the various
conditions of the atmosphere in detail, to which we will also
refer our consideration of the second modifying circum-
stance, namely, the situation of the hills between the in-
fluence of the two monsoons, and partaking of both ; merely
observing, that the sky being covered with clouds during
the months of June, July, and August, when the sun is
vertical, tends greatly to equalize the temperature, and to
obviate the effects which would otherwise be produced on
vegetation, and on the human body, by the united power of
the sun's rays and the excessive dryness of the atmosphere.

The third circumstance which we have stated, as naturally
influencing the climate of the hills, and certainly not the
least important, is their isolated position at a great distance
from land of equal or nearly equal elevation. This will be
better understood by comparing them with the subordinate
ranges, leaning against the lofty chains of the Pyrenees, the
Alps, Caucasus, or Himalaya. In all these situations it is
found that the temperature is liable to great, sudden, and
rapid variations. The air, when heated in the plains below,
rises to a certain height, but instead of passing over the first
range, it rests there ; producing a considerable elevation of

CLIMATE. 67

temperature, until it is suddenly succeeded by a column of
cold air, falling by its own weight from the tops of the snow-
mountains behind, depressing the temperature several de-
grees, and generally succeeded by a deposition of moisture
(according to the law which guides the capacity of air for
moisture), in the shape of rain or snow. In the warmer
latitudes, the variation is proportionably much greater, it
being no unusual occurrence for a current of air, approaching
in heat to that of a land wind, to be suddenly succeeded by
a blast from the opposite direction as cold as ice. This I
have frequently observed at Teflis, and other places bordering
on the Caucasus, and it is not without reason assigned as one
of the causes of their extreme unhealthiness at particular
seasons. Another consequence of the vicinity of such ranges
to lofty mountains is, the frequent changes of the electrical
state of the atmosphere, indicated by thunder-storms, heavy
falls of rain, &c. &c. All these effects are much modified by
the comparative distance and elevation of the snowy ranges,
but they must always operate unfavourably on the climate
of the lower chains, as regards equability of temperature,
one of the most important points connected with the choice
of a Sanatarium, and we are justified in considering the per-
fect immunity of the Neilgherries from all such disturbing
influences, as one of the greatest advantages of their position.
We shall now proceed to consider the various conditions of
the atmosphere, (in other words, the climate,) in detail, as
exhibited under the modifications of pressure, temperature,
and moisture ; and conclude with a succinct account of the
usual succession of seasons.*

* It is necessary to observe that all the succeeding observations,
except when otherwise distinguished, apply to Ootacamund only.
K 2

68 CLIMATE.

Pressure (Barometer). The greater part of the observa-
tions in the tables were taken at 10 o'clock a. m., it having
been ascertained, by a series of carefully conducted experi-
ments, that the barometer attains its mean daily height at
that hour.

The range of the barometer on the hills appears to be con-
siderably greater than in the same latitude at the level of the
sea. I have no access to any accurate account of the range
on the Malabar Coast, opposite to the hills, but I believe it
does not exceed 0-250 of an inch. Now, on an inspection of
the annexed meteorological tables, it will be seen, that in
January, 1832, the barometer attained the height of 23.375,
the maximum of its elevation since my observations began,
while in the month of September previous, it had fallen as
low as 22*675, (corrected to 32° Fahrt.) shewing an extreme
range of 0*700. This range appears, however, to differ an-
nually ; being for three years as follows :
For 1831, it was 0-560.

1832, 0-539.

1833, 0388, giving a mean annual range
of 0-495.*

As might have been anticipated, the barometer appears to
attain its maximum height in the cold dry weather of
January or February, and its minimum during or immediate-
ly after the S. W. monsoons. It generally begins to sink
gradually about the beginning of April, and continues de-

* Dr. Dahnalioy states the mean range at only 0-245 j but as his
observations only extend to four months, and mine to upwards of 30,
with a very dehcate and accurate instrument, I consider my statement
as approaching more nearly to accuracy. The same observation apphes
to all the succeeding meteorological results, in many of which I differ
sHghtly from Dr. Dalmahoy.

CLIMATE. 69

scending (but with occasional starts) till August or Septem-
ber, when it again rises gradually, till the cold weather sets
in. But here (as is found to be the case elsewhere within
the tropics), I have not been able to satisfy myself that any
accurate prognostication of the state of the weather is to be
deduced from the fluctuations of the mercurial column. I
have seen it rise suddenly before or during heavy showers
of rain, and sink, equally inexplicably, before a course of fine
dry weather. The only agent which appears uniformly to
act in the same way upon it is wind, the mercury always
rising before or during the prevalence of high wind. I have
also occasionally been able to predict wet weather, from ob-
serving the top of the column to be flattened, or concave,
but not with any degree of certainty.

The daily range of the barometer is very trifling, probably
never exceeding '040 or '060 of an inch, and seldom great-
er than -035 ; but on this head, as on that of its horary
oscillations, I am unable to speak confidently, from want of
leisure to make the necessary observations ; the horary
oscillations occur, as far as I have observed, exactly at the
same hours, and in the same succession, as elsewhere all
over the globe ; but according to Dr. Dalmahoy, only to
half the extent observed at Madras, and they are not inter-
rupted during the monsoon, as conjectured by Baron Hum-
boldt.

The mean annual height of the barometer appears to vary
considerably, and to have diminished annually for the last
three years : this may have depended on the situation of the
instrument. The mean of ten months ;
in 1831, was 22-933.

Six do. in 1832, „ 23'067.

Eight do. in 1833, „ 23*054. giving as an annual mean

70 CLIMATE.

for 24 months in .3 years, 23018. This is prohably near
the truth, and Dr. Dalmahoy, in his calculations to deter-
mine the height of Ootacamund above the level of the sea,
assumes it to be 23-005.

Subjoined are the results in a tabular form :

Mean height of the barometer, 23 018

Greatest range, -700

Mean annual range, -495

Probable mean daily range, '040

Greatest daily range, '060

Temperature. The observations from which the sub-
joined conclusions are drawn, are the fruit of pretty close
and continued attention to a number of very good instru-
ments, placed in a situation to be little, if at all, affected by
extraneous circumstances, so that they may be depended on
as tolerably accurate, particularly for the last nine months,
through which they are consecutive.

There are several methods of estimating the mean tem-
perature of a place elevated above the level of the sea.
One is, by taking the temperature of copious springs near
their sources. Another, by supposing the heat to decrease
uniformly at a certain rate, ascending from the level of the
sea ; and a third, by taking the mean of the observed tempera-
ture. This last is of course by much the most accurate,
but we shall find that it agrees in a remarkable manner
with the other two.

According to the calculation already given, in discussing
the effects of elevation on temperature, the mean tempera-
ture of Ootacamund should be 52<»28.

There is some discrepancy of opinion as to the correct
method of ascertaining the mean observed temperature. The
author of the able article, Meteorology, in the Edinburgh

CLIMATE. 71

Encyclopedia, after an elaborate consideration of the various
proposed methods, gives the preference to the mean of the
daily extremes. According to this calculation, the mean of
the daily extremes for 25 months is SS'^-GS which we there-
fore assume as the mean annual temperature of Ootacamund.
The next most important consideration is the diurnal range
of the thermometer. From what has been stated of the
calorific power of the sun's rays, and the contrary effects of
radiation of great elevations, we must expect this to be con-
siderable. Accordingly, we find that it occasionally is as
much as 24°, (January, 1832,) precisely in the season when
the above causes operate most powerfully ; and that in July,
when they come least into play, it is still 10°. Subjoined is
the daily range for nine months of this year, which may be
considered as an average season :

January, 2040 June, 15 59

February, 20-33 July, 10*29 Minimum.

March, 23*33 Maximum. August, 15'22

April, 19-73 September, 11-73

May, 16-48

Giving a general mean of 17-01.

The greatest observed annual range (but in different years)
appears to be 38° (viz. between 39° and 77°.) The mean
annual range for part of three years is as follows :
For 1831, 15-20

1832, 18-33

1833. 1701

It is important to remark, that this range is still betwixt
two points, which occur frequently in temperate climates, and
is certainly less than what prevails in most of them. The
maximum observed is 77 , only 2° above what is assumed as
summer heat in England, and the minimum 38° is much

72 CLIMATE.

above what frequently occurs even in the mildest parbs of
Europe.

In stating the observed minimum at SS^, it must be re-
collected, that the observations were taken at a point raised
above the lake, and about half way up the hill bordering the
station on the south.

In the valley below, from the combined effects of radia-
tion, evaporation, and the descent of the colder columns of
air by their superior weight, which are moreover compara-
tively undisturbed by the wind, the temperature frequently
falls below freezing point, and ice is often found in the dry
season half an inch thick. Hoar frost is commonly seen
extending half way up the hills on every side, disappearing
as the power of the sun's rays gradually increase. The
difference is most evident in descending into the lower
valleys on a dark clear and still night, when the sudden im-
mersion into the column of air next the ground, cooled by
its contact with the radiating earth at the bottom of the
valley, strikes one with a sudden chill. As a consequence of
the same cause, the lower valleys are frequently filled with a
dense fog, while the stratum of air immediately above is per-
fectly clear and transparent.

So powerful is this effect of radiation from the earth, that
a cup of water or milk, placed on the ground, even in the
higher situations, instantly freezes, while a thermometer,
elevated three feet above it, will only indicate a temperature
of 38°, 39°, or 40°. This fact leads to some important con-
clusions, both as to the situation of houses, and of ground
selected for horticultural or agricultural purposes. In a clear
bright day, the thermometer generally attains its maximum
at about 2 or I- past 2 p. M., but this is, to the feelings, by
no means the hottest part of the day, owing to the constant

CLIMATE. 73

current of wind prevailing, from one quarter or another, at
that time. About ^ past 8 or 9 A. M. is the time when the
sun's rays appear to have most power, the air being then still,
and its capacity for heat having been diminished by the in-
crease of density arising from the cold of the succeeding
night. This it is important for invalids to observe, as well
as the sudden chill produced by the sinking of the sun below
the horizon in the evening, when the column of rarefied air
next the surface rises aloft, and is rapidly replaced by a colder
stratum from above.

The minimum generally occurs about ^ an hour before
sunrise, when, as before observed, the lower valleys are gene-
rally filled with fog.

During the monsoon season, when the sky is covered with
clouds, at once diminishing the power of the sun's rays and
obstructing the effect of radiation from the ground, the tem-
perature is remarkably equable, the range seldom exceeding
12° or 14<* in the open air, while in rooms, without a fire, it
is under 4° or 5° . The thermometer attached to one of my
barometers, kept in a small sleeping room without a fire-place,
(though the house itself was rather exposed,) during the
months of May, June, July, August, and September, 1831,
never fell below 59°*5, nor rose above 62<*. This is, therefore,
notwithstanding many drawbacks, much the most favorable
season for invalids, and should be selected, when a power of
choice exists, as the period for ascending the hills.

Photometer, The effects of the radiation of the sun's rays
appear to have attained their maximum on the 18tli January,
when the photometer indicated 126, that is, the calorific
effect of the sun's rays was equivalent to 22*'*68 Fahrenheit.
The minimum appears to have occurred on the 27th August,
when the increase of temperature was only equivalent to 9",

L

74 CLIMATE.

giving a mean of 15°-84. The monthly mean appears
hereafter.

The observations on radiation with the sethrioscope are
not yet in sufficient number to afford any data from which
to draw accurate conclusions.

Moisture. Next to the impressions of temperature on
the human body, the most sensible effects are produced by
the relative moisture of the air. The laws which regulate
this condition of the atmosphere are not yet so accurately
investigated as those of pressure and temperature, and it is
more difficult to render their operation generally intelligible,
from the circumstance of the phrases in common use to
express its variation, convening in many instances ideas in
direct opposition to their philosophical meaning. For in-
stance, what is generally called damp or moist air, by no
means infers its containing more moisture than another
column which gives a feeling of dryness, but only that it is
more ready to part with its moisture, from some peculiarity,
either in its own constitution or that of the body with which
it comes in contact. Without entering into an elaborate
disquisition on this somewhat complicated subject, it will be
sufficient to observe, that the capacity of air for moisture,
in other words, its dryness, depends on its relative density
and temperature ; rarefied air dissolving more moisture, i. e.
being dryer than denser air, and heated air more than cold
air; consequently when two columns or strata of air, of
different density, or (which is almost a necessary conse-
quence,) different temperature are mixed, the result is almost
uniformly a deposition of moisture in the shape of fog or
rain, from the capacity of the mixed column of moisture
being so much diminished, that it can no longer hold the
aggregate quantity of water in solution ; the quantity of the

CLIMATE. 75

deposit, that is, the heaviness of the shower, being deter-
mined by the disproportion between the relative density
and temperature of the two strata, and their being each
nearly saturated, or not, with miosture. An example will
render this more distinct. Let us suppose that a current
of air at the temperature of 25° (disregarding density for
the sake of brevity,) meets another current of the tempera-
ture of 15°, and that both are fully charged with moisture.
When mixed, their mean temperature will be 20°. Now, it
has been ascertained by experiment that air, (i. e. a cubic
mass of it 40 inches each way) at 25° can hold in solution
317*5 grains of moisture, and at 15° 200 grains, the mean
of which is 258*75 ; but at the mean temperature of the two
currents, viz. at 20°, air can only contain 252 grains ; there-
fore 8"75 grains must be precipitated either in the form of
clouds, fog, or rain. Saturation of the air with moisture,
so as to produce deposition on any further diminution of
heat, may also be produced by a simple reduction of the
temperature of the column below the point at which it can
hold its moisture in solution. Thus, a column of air at the
temperature of 15° with 180 grains of water in solution, if
reduced by any cause to the temperature of 12*8, does not
deposit any moisture, being still capable of dissolving 180
grains ; but if a further reduction of 2° take place, a deposi-
tion of 35*3 grains ensues.

Upon these simple facts are founded a number of curious
experiments and observations, such as the quantity of mois-
ture contained in the air at the time of observation, its dry-
ness or the quantity of moisture required to saturate it, and
thirdly, the reduction of temperature required to produce
saturation, and consequent deposition, or the dew-point, as
it is called.

L 2

76 CLIMATE.

These phenomena, however, have not yet been sufficiently
investigated to lead to any certain practical conclusion, and
a very condensed statement of the results is all that is
required to prepare us for a consideration of the hygrometric
state of the air on the hills, as regards the quantity of rain,
and its time of falling.

The air during the month of January, February, and
March is intensely dry, the point of saturation, (or tempera-
ture to which the air must be reduced to deposit any part
of its moisture,) being occasionally as low as 13*^, the tem-
perature of the air being 60°. In April, it begins to fluctuate,
and in May, the quantity of moisture increases very percep-
tibly, being accompanied by rapid changes of the electrical
condition of the atmosphere, indicated by thunder-storms
and heavy showers, but of short duration. During June,
July, and August, it is nearly charged with moisture ; in
September, it is again fluctuating ; in October and Novem-
ber, moist ; and in December, it begins to re-assume its
dry state.

In close connection with the above statement we find,
that there is little or no rain in the first three months, some
showers in April and May, a good deal of heavy rain at
times in June, July, and August ; the month of September
varies, as does that of October ; in November, there are
sometimes heavy falls, and in December, the weather again
becomes dry. This will be more distinctly seen in the table,
jn which is given the fall of rain in each month during the
greater part of four years, as observed by my friend Dr.
Glen, of the Bombay establishment ; the mean annual fall,
as deduced from this table, is 44*88 inches, or 13-58 inches
greater than the mean fall in England, as stated by Mr.
Dalton.* The following table will probably be interesting,
* Edinbitrgh Encyclopedia, Article Meteorology.

CLIMATE. 77

particularly to invalids, whose comfort depends so much on
the capability of taking exercise : it pi-esents the actual
state of the weather for 366 days, from 1st March, 1831, to
29th February, 1832, which, from all I can learn, may be
considered an average season :

Number of days of heavy rain, 19

Do. occasional showers with fair intervals, 81

Do. cloudy, 28

Do. clear and fine, 238

366

It is moreover satisfactory to be able to state, that on a
great majority of the days marked showery, the showers
occur at intervals, generally in the afternoon, and that the
state of the atmosphere in the morning at least, is generally
such as to afford every facility for taking exercise either on
foot or horseback.

The course of the seasons is subject to considerable varia-
tions, so that it is not easy to give an exact account of them.
The following, however, may be considered as a pretty fair
statement of their usual succession.

The month of January, is uniformly fair, clear, and dry ; the
nights are very cold, and it often freezes in the valleys, while
in the morning, before the wind has risen, the rays of the
sun are very powerful. Towards 10 or 11 a. m., a current
of cold air begins to blow from the E. or N. E., and gradu-
ally increases to a strong breeze, sharp and intensely cold.
The united action of the sun and this wind acts very un-
pleasantly on the skin, particularly of the face and lips,
which it blisters like a frost at home. It is also rather
trying to the more delicate classes of invalids, before they

78 CLIMATE.

become acclimatizecl ; and such of them as have it in their
power, should seek shelter in the milder atmosphere of
Kotergherry or Coonoor. To those in restored health or
whose convalescence is somewhat advanced, its effects are
bracing, tonic, and exhilarating in the highest degree.

Mean pressure in Jan. 23'134 Mean of photometer, .. . 118'5=21°'73

Mean temperature, ... 53°* 10 Mean fall of rain, none.

Mean do. of the day,... 59'*"72 Mean dryness of air, ... 119*2

Mean daily range, 20^ "4 Mean quantity of moisture, 79 " 2

The same remarks will apply to February, except that
the frost is stronger during the nights, and the wind less
violent during the day. The valleys are covered with hoar
frost, and the herbage, from the united effects of congealation,
and the heat radiated by the sun, becomes parched and
brown. The sky is cloudless, and the nights brilliant and
clear beyond description.

Mean pressure in Feb. 23*004 Mean of photometer,... 117'6=21-16

Mean temperature, ... 56° Mean fall of rain, 0*47 inches

Mean do. of day, 62° Mean dryness of air, .. . 121-3

Mean daily range, 20° 33 Mean quantity of moisture, 95*5

Towards the end of March, the frost disappears, the wea-
ther gets gradually milder, and there are generally a few
heavy showers.

Mean pressure in March, 23*167 Mean of photometer,... 104*6=18*83

Mean temperature, 62® Mean fall of rain, 1*02 inches.

Mean do. of day, 69° Mean dryness of air, ... 218*4

Mean daily range, 23°*33 Mean quantity of moisture, 44*1

In April, the weather assumes quite the feelin g of spring
in the more temperate parts of Europe ; there are frequent
showers, followed by bright sunshine ; the air is mild and
balmy, and vegetation, hitherto kept in check by the frost,
springs up rapidly and luxuriantly. Towards the close of

CLIMATE. 79

the month, the wind hitherto steady from the N. E. begins
to be variable, and finally settles in the S. W.

Mean pressure in April,... 23-109 Mean of photometer, 82o-66==14-85

Mean temperature, 63° Mean fall of rain, ... 4*00 inches

Mean do. of the day, 68° Mean dryness ofthe air, 144*7

Mean daily range, 19°'73 Mean quantity ofmoist.108'4

May is our warmest month, and occasionally before rain
there is a feeling of closeness in the air, which is also fre-
quently obscured with clouds gradually becoming denser
and heavier. Heavy thunder-storms generally usher in the
monsoon, which sets in at the end of this month, or begin-
ning of the next ; the rain, however, which falls is very par-
tial, often descending in torrents, intermingled with hail, at
one side of the cantonment, while it is perfectly fair at the
other. It is, however, upon the whole, a delightful month,
and the robe of verdure which covers the hills, with the
fresh green of the foliage in the forests, adds much to the
beauty of the scenery.

Mean pressure in May, .. 23'018 Mean of photometer, 72"26=13-06
Mean temperature, ..... 62° Mean fall of rain, . . 6*50 inches.

Mean do. of day, 66*'"38 Mean dryness of air, 82

Mean daily range, 16*'48 Meanquantityofmoist. 157

On the setting in of the S. W. monsoon, which generally
occurs early in June, (following the course of the Malabar
monsoons, only that it is 10 days or a fortnight later,) a
heavy bank of cloud settles itself on the Koondahs and Neddi-
muUa hills, from which detachments, as it were, are sent
off towards the central range, enveloping every thing in a
dense fog, with occasional showers of light driving rain.

The rain is, however, by no means constant, and seldom
lasts for more than two or three days at a time, the intervals
being very agreeable, from the perfect equability of tempera-

80 CLIMATE.

ture. The only drawback to exercise is the sHppery nature
of the soil, which renders the roads unsafe for a short time
after the showers have fallen ; the rapidity with which they
dry, however, is extraordinary, and it is rare for an invalid
to have his exercise interrupted for more than a day or two
at a time.

Mean pressure in June, . . 23'015 Mean of photometer, 64!*04=11°"52

Mean temperature, 60°*18 Mean fall of rain, .. 6*50 inches.

Mean do. of the day, .... GS^'SB Mean dryness of the air, 57"8

Mean daily range, 15°'59 Mean quantity of moist.l67"23

The monsoon continues with greater or less constancy
throughout July and August ; but fortunately for those who
suffer from the damp, or the occasional deprivation of exer-
cise, the weather, at this period, is comparatively dry and
fine at both Coonoor and Kotergherry : the brightness of the
weather at these places, being only occasionally interrupted
by a passing shower. In fact the monsoon appears to expend
its violence on the Koondahs, and the other hills bordering
the table-land on the west, where it rains pretty constantly,
attended with violent gusts of wind, the rain becoming less
and less heavy as you approach the central range ; on passing
which you are suddenly transported into another clime, with
bright clear sunshine, and a soft mild temperature. And it
must be held one of the great advantages of our position
that you can thus, by shifting your quarters only 16 miles,
almost entirely beguile the only unpleasant weather an
invalid has to dread.

Mean pressure in July, 22*944 Mean of photometer, . . SS'ST^lO^'Vl
Mean temperature, . , 58° '77 Mean fall of rain, .... 4'27 inches.
Mean do. of the day,. , 58° '2 Mean dryness of the air, 49*7
Mean daily range, .... 10° '29 Mean quantity of moist. 150*3

CLIMATE. 81

Mean pressure in Aug. 23*045 Mean of xjhotometer, , , 65"06=lP'7l

Mean temperature, . . 58o"6 Mean fall of rain, .... 4"00 inches.

Mean do. of the day, . 62* '7 Mean dryness of the air, 69*8

Mean daily range, l5<'-22 Mean quantity of moist. 129

September, and October, are uncertain months — if the S.
"W. monsoon has begun early, and exhausted itself, they are
fine, warm and pleasant ; but if there has been any deficiency
in the previous falls of rain, there is generally a good deal of
fog, and drizzling rain

Towards the end of September, the wind again shifts round
to the north, and it becomes sensibly colder.

Mean pressm*e in Sept. 22-785 Mean pressure in October, 23-056

Mean temperature, .. 56**- 5 Mean temperature, 58°

Mean fall of rain, .... 6*36 in. Mean fall of rain, 6'51 inches.

November, all over the northern hemisphere, is an un-
pleasant month ; but, with the exception of a few heavy bursts
of rain from the N. E. monsoon, then prevailing at Koter-
gherry, and the N. E. parts of the range, it is generally dry
and equable.

Mean pressure in November, 23-070

Mean temperature, 56°

Mean fall of rain, 3*52 in.

In the early part of December, there are some foggy days,
and, occasionally, heavy showers, at the winding up of the
monsoons, but the middle, and end of the month, are almost
always cold, clear, and fine.

Mean pressure in December, 23-174

Mean temperature, « 52°'50

Mean faU of rain, 1-73 in.

Such is, what I believe to be, a fair resume of the climate
and seasons ofOotacamund ; and, after considerable experience
of the climate of almost every country in Europe, and some

M

82 CLIMATE.

few in Asia, I can safely say, that there is not one, in which
there is more to praise, or less to blame ; none in which less
inconvenience is suffered, from extremes of heat or cold, mois-
ture or dryness ; in short, none in which I could more easily
make up my mind to pass the evening of my days, than the
lofty regions of the Neilgherries, could I forget the ties of
home and country.

The Climates oe " Coonoob," Kotergiieeet, and Jac-
EA.TALLA, havc been fully described, in the accounts of those
stations.

The editor has been favored with the following remarks by
his friend Professor Oldham, after a careful examination by
him of Dr. Baikie's, and Mr. Eoss' Meteorological Tables,
abstracts of which are given in the appendix, and these re-
marks, and some others that follow on the different climates
of the hills, will, not inaptly, be introduced here.

Professor Oldham observes ;

" It is much to the regretted that there is no means of
ascertaining the degree of accuracy, with which the observa-
tions of Dr. Baikie and Mr. Ross may be trusted. They were,
as will be seen, taken by different observers, with different
instruments, and at an interval of twenty years. That they
are not strictly comparable, is therefore obvious ; and to any
one who knows the very great defects, which, almost invaria-
bly, accompanied maximum and minimum Thermometers,
until within the last five years, the sources of error will be
evident.

" Notwithstanding all these causes of error, the observa-
tions may perhaps be taken, as about relatively equal in value,
and some interesting results appear to be fully established by
them.

CLIMATE. 83

" One of the first questions of interest, in comparing obser-
vations after such an interval, would be, to trace the occur-
rence of any marked change in the mean temperature, at the
place of observation. For the causes we have mentioned, these
observations are not sufficient to prove this fact. From a
comparison of the whole series, (supposing them of equaj
value), there would appear to have been, a diminution of the
mean maximum temperature by more than five degrees,
accompanied by a slight decrease, also, in the mean minimum
temperature, (not more than 1°.) But these are quite within
the limits of error of the observations.

" Disregarding minor differences, the most striking fact,
proved by the concurrence of all the observations, is, the very
remarkahle equability of the climate at Ootacamund. The
peculiar position of that station, placed at a considerable
elevation between two great seas, and subject therefore to
the equalizing influence of both, the Bay of Bengal on one
side, and the Indian Ocean on the other, would, a priori^
have led us to anticipate, that the climatal conditions would be
insular, rather than continental, that the extremes would be
moderated, and, that the great variations, observable in other
places, within the intertropical limits, would be less marked
here, and these observations fully confirm this view.

" The range of the temperature of the air, during the hottest
hours of the day, or at its maximum, throughout the whole
year, appears to be, not quite 9 degrees, at the coldest hours
of the night ; or, at the minimum, only 9°-15 degrees ; that
is, the hottest hours of the day, whether in summer or in
the depth of winter, do not vary more than nine degrees.
The extreme variation from the hottest day temperature,
to the coldest night temperature, during the whole year,
(average of 7 years) was only 21°*25.
M 2

84 CLIMATE.

" The hottest months of the year are March, April and
May ; the coldest months December, January and February.

" The extreme average range, between day and night tern*
perature, was, about the same as the extreme annual range,
or 21*150. The mean daily range for the whole year (from
7 years' observation), was 16° 17 degrees.*

" The observations, however deficient in extreme accuracy,
separately, all concur in their results, and they may there-
fore be admitted as tolerably well established."

The following observations on all the tables in the ap-
pendix, taken together, will be read with interest.

*' From the tables of temperature on the hills, it will appear,
that the mean temperature of the year, the mean maximum,
and mean minimum, bear about the same relation to each
other, as in England, but are about 10^ degrees higher, while
the daily range is somewhat less. The highest observed
temperature, and the lowest in England, are greatly above
and below, respectively, the corresponding points on the Neil-
gherries, that is to say, the extremes are greater.

" The power of the sun's rays, another most important point
in estimating the effects of exposure, is, also, considerably less

* As far as published observations enable a coniparison, the follow-
ing gives the extreme ranges of the mean monthly temperature of
several Indian Hill Stations.

Simla elevation 8000 from

40O to 80-9 or a

range c

)f40°-9

JfaineeTal, „ 6200

»

42-1 to 69-6

}>

27°-5

Dugohai, „ 6000

}>

42-00 to 72-00

?>

30°-00

Kussowlie, „ 6400

5>

42-00 to 77-20

»

35*'-20

Darjeeling, „ 7000

J»

40-90 to 64-30

}>

23<'-40

Cherra Poongee, 4200

})

53-70 to 72-40

»

18''-70

Ootacamund,, 7400.

»

51-26 to 60-33

»

9°-07.

CIiIMATE. 85

on the Neilghen-ies than in England, tKe maximum and
mean being both lower.

" To sum up, the climate of the Neilgherries is more tem-
perate than that of Grreat Britain, its whole range being also
within the limits, considered, by all authorities, most favor-
able to the European constitution.

" The number of days in which rain falls in England, (ex-
clusive of snow), greatly exceeds the corresponding number
on the hills, there being only 160 fair days, in the one case,
and 237 in the other ; which is important, as shewing, that,
although the quantity of rain is nearly double, the oppor-
tunities for taking exercise are more frequent in the pro-
portion of 24 to 16, or l-3rd.

" There is also a greater equability of temperature, the daily
range being less than in England, and the extremes much
lower, viz. 77°, and 38**, on the hills, instead of 90°, and 11°,
in England.

The Editor has also been obligingly favoured with the
following observations, on the climate of the Hills generally,
in a letter addressed to him by Dr. A. Grant, of the Bengal
Medical Service, who was the personal Surgeon of the Mar-
quis of Dalhousie, and accompanied his Lordship to the
Neilgherries in 1855, and which the Editor introduces here,
as a valuable adjunct to Dr. Baikie's remarks ; confirmatory,
as they are, of all that the latter has advanced. The opi-
nion of such an authority, will give the greater confidence
to intending visitors from this side of India, where Dr.
Grant is so well known, and his professional character so
highly appreciated.

" Your list of memoirs, and works of reference, is the most
complete I have seen ; and as your narrative will be drawn.

86 CLIMATE.

not only from these sources of information, but from per-
sonal observation, and official documents, I have no doubt
the public will have something practically useful. The
want is much felt. When about to proceed to the Neil-
gherries, last year, I could get but conflicting opinions re-
garding the routes, accommodation, climate, &c. and no copy
of Baikie was procurable at any of the Book -sellers.

" It is surprising, that the advantages of the Blue Moun-
tains should have been so long overlooked, in a country
where European health is so precarious, and the necessity
of a change to a cool climate, is, so frequently, and so urgently
called for : in Bengal, they have scarcely attracted attention,
otherwise, how many invalids might have been saved a trip
to Australia, or the Cape, or even to England.

" You wish for some remarks on " Kotergherry" and
" Coonoor." I would observe, that these are the fittest for
many classes of patients, on first ascending the hills, and
this adaptation of different stations, in the Neilgherries, to
different diseases, and to different stages of the same disease,
is a great advantage : they have also an atmosphere more
completely oceanic, than that of any other mountain range,
which renders them beneficial for a large class of invalids.

" Those, capable of taking exercise in the open air, are in
the condition to derive the greatest advantage from the dim ate,
hence, the impropriety of sending patients, in an advanced
stage of disease, for they rarely do well. It is not so much
the natwre of the disease, as the stage of it, that is to be
considered.

" In the second year of residence, the invalid may try
the more elevated, and bracing regions about Ootacamund.

" The situation of Coonoor is rather confined, but it is
a pleasant, retired, and pretty summer residence, well shel-

CLIMATE. 87

tered from the S. W. monsoon, and easily accessible : there
is a great variety of beautiful rides, and one excellent car-
riage drive, and the scenery presents an assemblage of wood,
rocks, water, and ravines, singularly picturesque.

" The climate is very mild, and rather humid, consequently,
relaxing, but soothing, and best adapted for old Indians,
with whom a soft and mild climate agrees best. It is most
favorable for cases requiring, simply, a reduced atmospheric
temperature. The mild soft air is good in bronchitic affec-
tions, and in incipient pulmonary consumption. If the liver
be affected, or there is bowel-complaint, the first season
should be spent at Coonoor, the humid cold of Ootacamund
being prejudicial. The mild and equable climate of Coonoor,
also, improves the general health in rheumatism ; and affords
a prospect of recovery, after the failure of all other means.
Asthmatic cases, which bear an elevated situation, often do
well here. Delicate, and sickly children, are often sent from
Ootacamund to Coonoor, and with good effect.

" Kotergherry presents a medium climate between Coo-
noor, and Ootacamund, and, judging from my own observation
and personal enquiries, it is the best of the three, when a
selection of one is to be made.

" The extreme, and daily average range of the Thermo-
meter, is less than at Ootacamund, and the nights are not
so cold. During the summer months of 1855, my Thermo-
meter, in the shade, used to range from 62° to 65° at
Kotergherry ; and from 65° to 70° at Coonoor.

" There was, occasionally, heavy rain, but, upon the whole,
the station is well sheltered from the S. W. monsoon, while
the soil is so porous, and the drainage so excellent, that no
water lodges ; and the air is not long charged with moisture.
There is less deprivation of exercise than at Ootacamund,

88 CLIMATE.

and, if the climate is not so bracing and invigorating, it
wants the cold sharpness of the more elevated locality.

*' The scenery at Kotergherry, is tame, and altogether less
grand than Ootacamund, but it possesses much beauty, where
it borders, and overhangs the plains : there is a want of trees'
the hills being either covered with grass, or a low bushy
jungle, where they are not cultivated.

" The great drawback to the station is, the want of a resi-
dent Medical Officer, and a good bazar, there being only one
market-day weekly.

" It is to be observed, also, that the limited accommoda-
tion at Coonoor, and Kotergherry, has much prevented their
being resorted to by invalids, but each will soon be improved
in this respect.

" For pale, and weak children, the climate of Kotergheny
is well suited, especially when they are growing rapidly —
they can be much in the open air, and soon gain strength.
It is also well adapted for women, whose systems are much
relaxed, and feel the severity of the moist cold of Ootacamund.

*' Kotergherry, is much preferable to Ootacamund for per-
sons who have been long subject to the oppressive and re-
laxing heat ' of Bengal ; who suffer from dyspepsia, constipa-
tion, and weak health, arising from too much, and long con-
tinued mental exertion, and the cares and anxieties of offi-
cial life.

" I may add one other advantage that the Bengal invalid
has, in proceeding to Madras — and that is, the medium cli-
mate of Bangalore, where he may make a short stay, with
much benefit."

CHAPTER VI.

GEOLOGICAL FORMATION.*

Mt acquaintance with the science of Geology, is so slight,
that I have little information to give on this head. ^J'ho
formation of the whole range is decidedly primitive, consist-
ing, almost wholly, of sienite. Numerous nodules of a
species of conglomerate, approaching to what is 'known, on
the Malabar coast, as laterite, or soap-stone, are found in the
vicinity of Ootacamund, and Kotergherry ; and in several
spots, betwixt the latter place and Coonoor, there are indica-
tions of large beds of this substance. M}^ lamented friend
Dr. Christie, pointed out to me several considerable beds of a
whitish earth, which is used for white- washing, and which he
considered, to be decomposed felspar, nearly approaching to
the famous porcelain earth of Limoges. Quartz, in a state
of considerable purity, but partially decomposed, is also found '
in great quantity, in detached blocks, near the Koondah
Ghat, and below BillycuU.

The sienite, composing the basis of most of the rocks, is of
a very hard description, and, but for the difficulty of working

* For the fullest information on the Geological formation of the hills,
generally, see Capt. Ouchterlony's Memoir, and the several othei"
Memoirs and reports noticed in the list of publications, which concludes
the appendix. — Ed.

N

90 GEOLOGICAL FORMATION.

it, would be a valuable building material, in situations where
durability is a desirable requisite. Many portions of it con-
tain crystals of garnet, and iron is very abundant in many
places, though I have not observed any specimens deserving
the name of ore. It would appear, that gold is contained in
many of the rocks on the western side, as all the streams,
descending into the great valley of Nellumboor, carry down
detritus containing sensible portions of gold dust, which is
washed out by the poorer natives in that quarter. An
officer was formerly appointed to examine this valley, with
the view of ascertaining, the probability of working mines
regularly, with advantage to Government.

Subsequent observations, and experiments have shown,
t^iat, except by slave-labour, in the hands of natives of pro-
perty and power, no good has resulted from the washing of
the detritus. No lime has been found on any part of the
liills, and the clay, in general found, is not well suited to the
manufacture of bricks, tiles, or pottery, though this arises
from want of skill on the part of the manufacturers, as very
good bricks and tiles are now produced, in considerable quan-
tity, at many places on the hills, when superintended by
Europeans.

The water found on the hills is occasionally hard, and
•sometimes contains iron, but there is no want of springs of
beautifully soft water.

CHAPTER VII.

SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.*

The soil, over the whole extent of the table-land, is, nearly
without exception, of the richest description, but many cir-
cumstances of situation, exposure, command of water, and
others, less obvious perhaps, have contributed to confine the
cultivation to the slopes next the extreme range of the hills,
on the S. and E. sides of the range. f The country, for some
miles in the segment of a circle, commencing at Mailcoondah,
at the base of the Koondahs, continued through Coonoor,
Kotergherry, and the Orange Valley, to Billycull, is almost
entirely occupied by the villages of the Boodigahs and.
Kothurs, each village being generally placed on a small hill,
or slight slope, surrounded with numerous patches of cultiva-
tion, which are kept remarkably clean, and free from weeds j
they are protected, in the proper season, by deep ditches, and
hedges formed by boughs or small sticks, from the depreda-
tions of the elk, hog, porcupine, and other wild animals. The-
villages themselves, generally, consist of a single row of houses,
with a low, very broad pent roof, carefully thatched, and a
considerable space, in front of them, is provided with a bed of

* For a most minute, and comprehensive account of the soil and pro-
ductions of the hills, see the valuable Memoir of Captain Ouchterlony,
from which extracts are given in the appendix.

t Since Dr. Baikie's time, the cultivation has spread over various
other quarters.
N 2

92 SOIL AKD PRODUCTIONS.

hardened elay, beat smoothly down, so as to form a sort of
barn-floor for threshing, cleaning, and winnowing the grain.

The most ordinary articles of cultivation are :

"Wheat, barley, and oats, in considerable quantities. A sort
of small grain, called Keeree-mow,* growing on a thick fleshy
stalk, the head, containing the grain, being, when ripe, of a
blood-red or bright crimson colour, and closely resembling
the plant, called in Europe, prince's feather, or " Love lies
bleeding." This grain, when ground into meal, the Boodi-
gahs appear peculiarly fond of ; it is usually eaten raw ;
sometimes the seed is broiled, and ground into flour, mixed
with a little cold water, occasionally with milk, and appears
to form the staple article of their subsistence.

Poppies, are cultivated in considerable quantity, and the
old men are rather addicted to the use of opium, procured
from them.

Garlick and onions are continually cultivated for sale : the
onions, though small, are mild, and pleasant to the taste.

Fruits, and an immense variety of vegetables have been
introduced by the European visitants. And almost every
description of esculent vegetable, to be found in Europe, is
now cultivated on the Hills in abundance. The list extends
to potatoes in great quantity, and first-rate quality ; cabbage,
cauhflower, savoys, French beans, spinage, peas, lettuces, beet-
root, radishes, celery, turnips, carrots, Sea^kale, asparagus,
and tomatas.

Fruits, do not ripen well at Ootacamund ; but at Coonoor,
Kotergherry, Jackatalla, Dimhutty, Billycull, and Orange
Valley, oranges, plums, peaches, nectarines, apples, pears,
citrons and loquats are, as has been before particularly
mentioned.

* Amaranthus tristis.

SOIL AKD PRODUCTTOKS. 93

Of the wild products of the hills, the most remarkable are
the Brazil cherry, known in Bengal as the Topara, growing
in a curious leafy case, on a small prickly shrub : the fruit
when ripe is of the size of a cherry, of a yellow colour, and
an agreeable subacid taste ; it is found in immense profusion.

The hill gooseberry, so named from its strong resemblance
in taste, though not in appearance, to a ripe gooseberry ; it
grows in prodigious quantities on a small branchy shrub,
with short thick dark-green leaves, and makes an excellent
preserve.

A small green fruit, very much resembling, in appearance
and flavour, a caper, is used by the burghers as a sort of
pickle.

Strawberries, and raspberries, are in great abundance. The
latter, in certain situations, is uncommonly well flavored.
Black, or bramble berries, are also very common.

The Orchis Mascula, from the root of which the well
known Salepi Misree is obtained, is found in considerable
quantities on the NeddimuUa Hills, and near Neddiwuttum.
Several other plants, resembling the genus Orchis, and with
roots of the same description, are found in and about Oota,
camund.

Of forest trees, there are an immense abundance, and
variety, many doubtless valuable, but very few of them have,
as yet, been turned to any account.

The camphor tree, according to Baron Hugel, is to be
found near Orange Valley — if in any quantity, it must prove
valuable.

A considerable forest of Teak, was discovered in the Coo-
noor Ghat, and was reserved for the use of Government, but
has since been worked out.

The Chumpanee, a small tree with crooked stem, and long

94i SOIL AT^D PKODUCTION'S;

lanceolate leaves, disposed in bunches, furnishes, when sea-
soned, a very hard, tough, and solid wood, of a bluish white
colour, with deep blue streaks ; it appears to possess all the
valuable qualities of teak, and is commonly used for rafters,
door-frames, bitels, and other similar purposes ; it is unfor-
tunately not very common.

The Darchenee,or bastard cinnamon, which is very common,
and grows to a large size, furnishes a great quantity of very
useful wood, though not equal in strength or durability to
the last ; it is of a pink or pale reddish colour, and may be
had in beams of any size.

A third species, known to the natives by the name of Bil*
loo, furnishes a wood of a deep red colour, very heavy and
solid, but easily worked ; it is said to be less affected by
moisture than either of the two former, and proof against
insects.

The barberry, which is sufficiently common, produces a
wood of a rich golden yellow colour, which takes a good
polish, and though only found in small stems, would be very
well adapted for ornamental furniture, such as chairs, music-
stands, &c. the bark of the root is thought to be the base of
" Warburg's fever drops."

As intimately connected with this subject, a few observa-
tions on the capabilities of the hills may not be misapplied.-

Every description of European vegetables, fruit, and grain,
are advantageously cultivated on the hills. Potatoes in any
quantity; oats for feeding horses; barley for brewing* beer^

* No hops have yet been discovered on the hills, but I have seen
them growing wUd in immense abundance, in a soil and chmate nearly
analogous, in the province of Kaklietia in GTeorgia. See extract from
Captain Ouchterlony's Memoir as to his successful experiments in mak«
iiig Beer. — Ed.

SOIL ATfD PKODUCTIOT^^a. 95

or distilling ; Mangel-wurzel, and turnips for feeding cattle,
and all other vegetables.

Coffee is cultivated on the slopes of the valleys, and, to a
great extent, about Coonoor and Kotergherry, and even more
near to Neddiwuttum to the West — from one plantation, in
that quarter, 600 acres produced 250 tons of Coffee, which, in
1856, sold in the London market for 70s. the cwt. and some
for 78s.

Baron Hiigel found, in considerable abundance, near Coo-
noor, the Camellia Japonica, which is said to affect the same
soil, climate, and exposure, as some of the more valuable
descriptions of the tea-plant, from which, and other circum-
stances, he inferred, that the latter might be cultivated
with advantage. My friend the late Dr. Christie, had come
to the same conclusion, and commissioned some plants from
China, some of which came into my possession after his
death, and have been distributed to various parts of the hills
for trial. It is now cultivated at Coonoor, and even near Oota-
camund, but suflBicient attention has not been bestowed upon
it at any place.

Lucerne, and Fiorin grass, and Italian rye and other grasses
imported by Mr. Mclvor, thrive remarkably well.

Tobacco, of a very superior description (said to have been
sown by a Todar) was discovered by two gentlemen of my
acquaintance (Messrs. Ashton and Stephenson) on a small hill
not far from Ootacamund.

If a proper selection of ground were made at Dimhutty,
Orange Valley or Billycull, and walls or espaliers erected,
fruit of any kind, and in almost any quantity might be
raised. As now at Jackatalla by Dr. Macbeth, and at Coonoor
by General Kennett, Mr. Davison and others.

The cultivation of medicinal plants, such as rhubarb, Co-

96 SOIL AT^D PRODUCTIONS.

p

nium maeulatum, Hyoscyamuf? niger, &c. would undoubtedly
be highly advantageous. The simple apparatus, described in
Arnot's Physics for Evaporation sub vacuo, might be adopt-
ed with great advantage, for preparing the extracts of these
and similar other plants,'now procured at great expense from
Europe.

It appears extraordinary, that no enterprising individual
has thought of curing salt-provisions, on a large scale, on the
hills. The climate is undoubtedly favorable, and the cir-
cumstance of water-carriage being within 28 miles of the
Koondahs by the new pass and especially the extension of
the rail-roads, would facilitate the procuring the necessary
quantity of salt, as well as exporting the manufactured
article. Hams, tongues, briskets, humps, bacon, &c. of very
good quality, cured on the hills, are sold in considerable
quantity in the bazar, as well as prepared in private fami-
lies, for home consumption ; but it would require the assist-
ance of experienced persons to conduct it on a large scale.
The animals, (cattle and swine), might be procured, in
any quantity, in the low country round the hills, and might
be at first driven up as required, until a proper breeding and
grazing establishment were formed.

I am hardly sufficient master of the subject to say whether
the breeding of horses might be advantageously pursued.
Even under the most favourable circumstances, this is a
precarious speculation ; but judging from the temper, spirits,
and condition of those which have been imported, they
thrive to admiration.

Breeding cattle and sheep, is liable to the same objection
of uncertainty, but not to an equal extent, as the very fine
breed of buffaloes, found on the hills, is a proof that they can
be naturalized j European sheep, require much care at first,

SOIL ATfD PRODUCTIONS. 97

to preserve them from the wet, but after a short acclimatisa-
tion, thrive very well. The use of salt, mixed with their
food, is found to be an admirable preservative against the
moisture of the climate.

The late Dr. Christie, had made preparations for manu-
facturing ice on a large scale, storing it, and afterwards
conveying it to Madras, Bombay, and Calcutta. His
calculation was founded on the supposition, of a certain
quantity being equivalent to so much saltpetre, in cooling
wine, beer, &c. and he expected to sell this equivalent quantity,
at two-thirds of the price of the saltpetre, and, all expences
paid, to realise a profit of 15 per cent. If ice sent from
America to Bengal, returns a profit, it appears almost certain
that such a speculation, on the Neilgherries, could not fail of
success.

The above-mentioned speculations present only a question
of probable profit or loss to the individuals undertaking
them ; but there are many other points, connected with the
capabilities of the hills, which involve considerations of great
moral, and political importance. To these 1 shall do no
jQQore than allude, in the hope that the subject, may be taken
up by those who are better qualified to do it justice.

To say nothing of the eligibility of this climate and posi-
tion for the location of European troops,* and the instruc-
tion of European recruits, it has occurred to many of our
more intelligent visitors, that a considerable portion of the
daily increasing Indo-British population might be, with ad-

* Since Dr. Baikie wrote, Jackatalla has been established as a
Military Station. In the appendix is given an extract from the Cal-
cutta Eeview of Sept. 1851, " On the mortality of European soldiers in
India," a subject to which the attention of the Grovernments, and the
Commanders-in-Chief in India cannot be too often drawn. — Ed.

98 SOIL AT^B PEODrCTIONS.

vantage, disposed of on the hills, where their intelligence and
activity might be turned to account in a variety of ways, for
which there is little or no scope in the low country.

In the various discussions, which have lately been entered
into, on the difficult subject of colonization of Europeans in
India, it has been frequently stated as an objection, that the
climate is unfavorable to the exertion of skill and enterprise,
from its physical effects on the European constitution. It
appears to my humble judgment, that as regards the south
of India, at least, this objection might be got over, by the
colonists establishing their head-quarters on the hills, to
which they might retreat for repose and refreshment, when
their presence was not required in the low country — and
where their families at least would enjoy an European cli-
mate, and the benefit of an English education.*

The location of pensioners on the hills is attended with
many difficulties. The habits of this class of men are not
the best in the world, and but rarely offer an example of in-
dustry, or sobriety, while the effects of their long residence
in the low country, added to their (generally) advanced age,
render them, in most instances, insensible to the advantages
of the change.

* See Prospectus of diiferent Schools, in the Appendix.

CHAPTER VIII.

BOTANY.

The Botanical productions of the hills are of the richest
and most varied description, but they are a field, in a great
degree unexplored. From the peculiar nature of the climate,
and their position betwixt a tropical and temperate zone, they
partake of tlie advantages of both ; and plants of the most
opposite descriptions, from the luxuriant produce of a rich
soil, under the influence of a tropical sun, up to the small
Alpine shrub, which niches itself in an angle of the bare rock,
all may be found in the compass of a single day's journey.
Another difficulty in the way of a collector, whose leisure
does not admit of his passing a considerable time on the
hills, is, that there are plants coming into flower every month
of the year, and it would require the labour of many sea-
sons, added to indefatigable industry, to exhaust the Flora.

In the Appendix will be found a catalogue of plants exa-
mined by my friend the Reverend Mr. Schmid, extending to
upwards of 400 new species.

The following observations, on the general character of
the vegetation, are from the pen of my friend Baron Hiigel,
an officer of the Imperial Austrian Army, who has travelled
very extensively over all Europe, and great part of Asia, in
the pursuit of Botanical knowledge, and who paid the hills a
o 2

100 BOTATfT.

hurried visit. It is much to be regretted, that his ulterior
plans did not admit of his making a longer stay, as he
found much to interest him, and we had reason to expect
some valuable information, on the capabilities of the hills,
from this talented individual, who, to a profound know-
ledge of the technicology of Botany, unites an intimate ac-
quaintance with the practical application of the science to
Horticulture, and all other useful purposes.

"Having been only a few weeks on the Neilgherry Hills,
although during that time I traversed them in all directions,
1 should not be able to give an account of the hill country I
liave explored, without the kindness of the Kev. B. Schmid,
who, having resided at Ootacamund a long time, has put his
Herbarium at my disposal. Unfortunately, the greatest part
of the plants being new, or described only of late, more time
and books would have been required than a traveller pos-
sesses, in order to pronounce on their species, without the
risk of exposing myself. The following pages contain there-
fore only general remarks on the vegetation, and families of
plants :

" In every part of the globe, the vegetation, considered as
a ' tout ensemble,' has its peculiar characters, or, as I would
say, physiognomy, which usually changes only at great
intervals, and one part of the features of which forms a
portion of the physiognomy of the next. Thus we see some
species, remarkable for their size, even in Norway, and in the
uttermost northern boundaries of vegetation, form a part of
that of the centre of Europe ; whilst the plants, which most
frequently inhabit these woods, are found in the north of
Italy, and some of them even both in Italy and in Sicily,
countries which, notwithstanding, differ from each other in-
finitely in their pliysiognomy.

BOTANY. 101

" The same is the case, and even in a higher degree, with
respect to tropical countries ; the plants change more accord-
ing to the soil, and the earth on which they grow, than
according to the distance. To prove this, I would mention
India, in which country, wherever the same soil is found, one
may be sure to find, not only the same families, but also the
same species. I forbear mentioning instances, as they would
prove too numerous. The high mountains, throughout the
globe, possess a vegetation entirely different from that of the
low country, and even from that of the lower mountains ; but
which present every where not only the same species, but
often the same families, and always the same forms.

" It was very interesting to me to examine the Neilgherry
Hills, which perhaps cannot be classed among the Alps of
our globe, but which have a vegetation quite Alpine, embel-
lished, and enlarged by the tropical sun, and the perpendicular
beams of light ; nearly all the forms of plants of the Euro-
pean Alps, with few exceptions, are found also here. A great
number of families, and genera are similar, but not one single
species, which I had occasion to observe, is the same, with the
exception perhaps of Viola canina, which might be one of
those subvariations, as Viola canina, Alpina, Pyreniana, neg-
lecta, &c. which I have not sufficiently compared. Berberis,
so similar to B. communis, differs from it ; it is perhaps B.
vulgaris Nigra, of the Levant. Most other plants, as Bubus
fruticosus, Fragaria silvestris, &c. have been called so, by
persons who suffered themselves to be deceived by a super-
ficial (slight) resemblance.

" It would be very difficult for me, without an Herbarium
without books, and even engravings, to speak positively, and
to state, that the Neilgherries have no species, in common
with any other part of the globe. For instance, I think the

102 BOTANY.

Mahonia D. C. which grows there, is the Fascicularis of
America, &c. ; but the difference in the physiognomy of vege-
tation is as great, as between that of Tornsea in Sweden, and
that of Naples.

" The family of the Compositse, is pretty numerous in the
Neilgherries, as is the case on all high mountains, particular-
ly the genus Gnaphalium ; the family of the Fricese verse, is
found only in those genera which approach nearest to Vae-
cinium ; some species of lianuncularia : two of Clematis ; one
Magnoliaceae, (I think of the subdivision of Michelia, but not
Champaca ;) some fine species of the Cruciferse : I can only
say, that with regard to all these, the plants which I had it
in my power to examine, and compare, are different from simi-
lar species found elsewhere.

" A remarkable conformity exists between the Neilgherry
plants and those of the table -land, and on the mountains of
Newera Ellia in Ceylon : this last place has many species
entirely the same with those of the Neilgherries ; many are
but subvariations of the same species, that is. Rhododendron
Arboreum differs but little ; the Corolla is always of one
colour, a deep red without the least spot.

" Ficarrae, none ;* UmbeUiferse, some splendid species ;
Caprifoliacese, some species : two Gentianese, one of them
with a beautiful blue flower, Exacum bicolor ? Bignonia in
the valleys, a beautiful species. Instead of the Cistinese of
our mountains, we have here beautiful Melastomacea, which
crown the highest mountains. Drosera, onef ; Malvacea
some species ; Geraniacese, nonej ; some species are found on
Newera Ellia ; Hypericea, three. The Leguminosa are not

* One in Orange Yalley since found. (S.)

f About Ootacamund we have two. (S.)

X One common about Ootacamund. (S.)

BOTANY. 103

numerous, and the genus Crotaleria, so abundant in India,
producing here colossal plants, comprehends two-tliirds of all
the Leguminosa. A fine species of Rosa, with large white*
flowers. One Passiflora ; beautiful Cucurbitacese ; a beautiful
species of the Crassulacea. A colossal species of Solanum ;
some species of Labiatse ; a few Verbenacea, and Euphorbia-
cese. Of the Urtica family, only one, but in several beauti-
ful varieties. None of the Coniferse ; One Salix ; some beau-
tiful and well distinguished Orchidea, bulbous. No Ama-
ryllidese. Few Asphodelise. One Tulipacese. A beautiful Li-
lium, with one flower ; several species of the Commelinea.

" The season being unfavourable for the Graminse, when
I was on tlie Neilgherries, I can say nothing of them ; but,
on the contrary, nothing can be finer than the Filices, the
species of which are endless, from the fern tree to the small-
est plants. Fungi do not exist at all here.f

" To come back to the physiognomy of the vegetation,
it is beautiful, smiling, flourishing j its expression is that
of health, of a reproductive vigour, which, strong as it is,
remains always noble, and elegant.

" Having descended the Neilgherries on all sides, as far
as the tropical regions, I have found a very singular thing,
■ viz. a middle region between the Neilgherry Hills, and the
usual vegetation of Malabar, or Mysore, and which takes the
place of our Sub-Alpine vegetation ; I have found there
several magnificent plants often of colossal size, and which
vary greatly in the diflerent passes of Groodaloor, of Koter-
gherry (or Orange Valley), Coonoor, and Koondah; in short,

* A fine red species also.

t Baron Hugel saw none, at the season he was here, but they are
common at other times of the year.

104 BOTANY.

the Botanist finds in this wonderful country, attractions
which few other parts of the eai'th can offer him, and which
a delightful climate permits of his procuring, at the expence
of excursions which would be fatiguing even in Europe, but
which here only add to his enjoyment."

CHAPTEE IX.
ssooLoor.

This branch of natural history, as illustrated on the hills,
offers several peculiarities to the lover of the science, but
my limited opportunities, and want of leisure to collect and
observe, prevent me from offering more than a very rouo-h
sketch of the Fauna Neilgherriensis.

Of the larger animals, The Elephant, though numerous in
the surrounding jungle, and occasionally seen in the passes, is
not found on the table-land.

The royal Tiger is an occasional visitant, and is, as usual,
destructive, but they seem to lose part of their ferocity in
this cold climate, and in general fall an easy prey to the
sportsman.

Cheetas are more numerous.

Jackals are very numerous, and wild dogs* not uncom-
mon ; neither wolves nor foxes are met with.

An animal, nearly resembling the Martin, is sometimes
seen ; as also the Polecat.

* I am informed by competent judges, that the animal, so called on
the hills, is not a genuine wild dog, but a sort of nondescript, partaking
of the dog, the wolf, and the fox, all of which it resembles in one or
more points. They are frequently seen hunting elks, deer, &c. in packs
of8, 10, orl2.
P

106 ZOOlOGfY.

Bears of a large black species are frequently met with ;
they appear harmless, though sufficiently fierce when wound-
ed, or otherwise roused. They are most common in the
early part of the monsoon, when they ascend in pursuit of a
large brown beetle, then very numerous ; they also feed on
roots, and the ground is often turned up by them to a con-
siderable extent.

Under the head of Game, may be classed the following :

Wild Hogs, at certain seasons, to be met with in plenty,
but neither so fat nor so well flavored as the sugar-cane hog
of the low country.

The Samber or Elk, as it is universally called, though
belonging to the deer tribe. It is the Cervus AristoteHs,
or black Rusa of Cuvier, and attains a considerable size,
the antlers of a specimen now before me being three feet
long. It is a large, bulky animal, rather heavy to appear-
ance, but moves with considerable rapidity. The flesh is
coarse and tasteless, but the head makes excellent soup.
They are met with in considerable herds, and generally fre-
quent the larger woods ; when caught young, they are easi-
ly domesticated. The usual way of hunting them is, to beat
the woods with dogs or beaters, and the sportsmen being
posted at equal distances round the outskirts of the wood,
they are shot, when they break, to make their escape from the
dogs. They are very tenacious of life, and often carry off 8
or 10 balls, when not struck in a vital part. The skin is ex-
cessively tough and thick, and, when properly prepared, makes
excellent mocassims, or mud boots.

The Bison is to be found near Kotergherry, and affords
excellent sport.

A singular and rather rare animal is known under the name
of Jungle sheep, which is, however, a misnomer, as they are

ZOOLOGY. 107

true deer, and of the sub-genus Styloeerus ; they evidently
belong to the tribe described in Cuvier under the name
Muntjakjbut I am at a loss whether to class them as Cervus
Muntjak (Kijang) or Cervus moschatus (Nepaul Muntjak.)
The principal peculiarity is, a sort of process, 2 or 3 inches
long, growing out of the skull, covered with the skin ; and
into which the horns are inserted, the process being continu-
ed down to the nose. They are rather scarce, being found
in pairs, and very shy, and difficult to approach. Their flesh
is very dark-coloured, and very delicate eating, partaking of
that of hare and deer, but superior to both. It approaches
more nearly, in appearance and flavour, to that of the wild
sheep of Persia, than any other game I have met with.

Another animal, not usually met with nearer than the
Himalaya, is the Chamois, as it is called, but which is a spe-
cies of Ibex : not having seen a specimen of the male, except
at a distance, I am unable to pronounce upon its exact spe-
cific name, but it appears to approach more nearly to the
Capra Caucasica, than the Capra Ibex of Cuvier. The speci-
men in my possession is a female, three feet three inches high,
with annulated horns, 10 inches long, of a triangular form ;
the acute angle forwards, the base of the horns above the
orbits nearly approximated, then bending upwards, outwards,
backwards, and downwards, in a regular curve. The hair
long, mixed with wool of a deep ash-grey colour throughout,
darker on the back, which has a black streak down the centre,
and lighter on the belly, with a whitish streak down the hind
part of the shanks ; the hooves strong, deeply divided, and
supporting a strong upright pastern.

The male, at a distance, appears at least six inches taller,
nearly black, with very large knotted horns, and a long black
or brown beard. They are met with, in large herds, in the
p 2

108 zooLoar.

most inaccessible parts of the Koondahs ; are exceedingly
swift and agile, bounding down the almost perpendicular
faces of the rocks with the utmost ease, and are very shy and
difficult of approach. The flesh is dark-colored, and though
fine grained, very tasteless.

Hares are numerous all over the hills, principally among
the bushes ; and, in the cold weather, approach the gardens
and enclosures in the Station. They are dark-coloured, and
very large, quite as much so as an English hare, and are ex-
cellent eating.

Porcupines are exceedingly numerous, and very destructive
to gardens ; they differ considerably from those found in the
low country, are much larger, and the flesh remarkably
well-tasted.

The Otter has been seen in the Pycarra river.

Of domesticated animals, the only one which merits notice
is the Buffaloe, which is kept in great numbers and of a fine
breed, principally by the Todars. The common Cow is of a
very small breed.

Sheep do not thrive well at first, probably from the wet,
and change of pasture, but, after being acclimatized, become
very fat and well-tasted.

Of the feathered tribe, the most remarkable are :

Woodcocks, which, though not very numerous, afford ad-
mirable sport to those acquainted with their haunts ; they
are not large, seldom exceeding 11 ounces, but are excellent
eating. They come in at the end of October, or beginning of
JN^ovember, and disappear in March. Cocks cannot be flush-
ed without Spaniels. Dogs, of every description, appear quite
at home on the hills ; the Newfoundland, in particular, ac-
quires great size and beauty, and retains all his noble facul-
ties in perfection. Greyhounds and Foxhounds are useful,

ZOOLOGY. 109

the former for coursing and the latter in following large
Game. In short, all lovers of sport, should be well provided
with dogs.

Snipes are large and well-flavored ; they are not numerous,
but a tolerable shot will kill five or six brace in a forenoon.
They come in September, and are seldom found after April.
That beautiful bird, the solitary snipe (Scolopax major), is
occasionally shot on the hills.

Jungle fowl are very numerous, and very delicate, as are
spur-fowl. Quails are common all over the hills.

An immense variety of Hawks, are every where to be met
with, two of them are particularly beautiful, one milk-white,
with a large black mark between the wings, and one of a
cream colour. A large black Eagle is occasionally met with ;
an immense horned Owl, and many species of a smaller size
may be numbered among the predatory birds.

The English Black-bird is very common, as is the Thrush,
the wren, and the lark, and a great variety of woodpeckers.
I have also observed a very beautiful kingfisher. The im-
perial pigeon, and blue wood-pigeon, and dove, are common,
as are sand larks, and a species of green plover, or peewit.

Of Fish 1 have never seen any but a very small species, but
I am informed that some of considerable size have been caught
near Mallkoondah, in the deep pools of the river skirting the
Koondahs. Crabs are common in all the brooks.

Reptiles are not in great variety — a very pretty small
green snake, (perfectly harmless), is common in the dry wea-
ther, and some suspicious-looking species, said by the natives
to be poisonous, have been seen about the Grliats. Scorpions
and centipedes are unknown. Frogs and toads are common,
as also one or two small species of lizards.

Insects are fortunately rare, and not in great variety. Mos-

110 ZOOLOGY.

quitoes are occasionally seen, but never bite. A large brown
beetle is very common at certain seasons — their larvae are
very destructive in the gardens. White ants are unknown,
except at times showing themselves at Coonoor, and the black
ant is only found about the Ghats. The only animal of this
tribe, which is at all troublesome, is the flea, which is very
numerous in the early part of the monsoon. They are put to
flight by an infusion of the root of a plant called by the natives
Wassumboo, (Acorus calamus,) which is indigenous in the
hills.

CHAPTER X.

POPULATIOT?".

There are at present about 500 Europeans, settled at
the three stations of Ootacamund, Coonoor, and Kotergherry,
of whom about 400, reside at and near Ootacamund — and
the East Indians amount to upwards of 200. The following
is the last estimated census of the native population, prepared
for the Editor by Colonel Cameron.

Estimate of the Native Population of tJie Neilqlierry Hills.

Names of the Villages.

Males.

Females.

Total.

12,300

2,967

45

22

10

5,500

1,000

7,000

2,493

49

27

10

4,500

500

19,300

5,460

94

49

20

10,000

1,500

Boothenuthuiii, .,

Sucubanuthum,

Seegoor,

Parunganaari, Coonoor, Kotergherry, .
Jackatalla ••.# ••••>••.••

Totals, . . .

21,844

14,579

86,423

Ootacamund^ 2Srd Auc/ust, 1856.

G. POULETT CaMEEON,

Joint Magistrate.

After the minute, accurgcte, and comprehensive account of
the native inhabitants of the Neilgherries, already laid before

112 POPULATION.

the world by Captain Harkness,* it would be presumptuous
to offer any remarks on this subject ; and to his valuable
work, therefore, we beg to refer our readers, for full informa-
tion with regard to the different tribes, particularly that
most singular, and once interesting people, the Todars, who are
undoubtedly the aborigines of the soil, and in every point of
view, one of the most extraordinary races to be met with in
India. But, of late years, their original simplicity of charac-
ter has sadly deteriorated, and they are now only like the
generality of the native inhabitants. He enumerates four
other classes, the Boodigahs or cultivators, the Kothurs, who
are the artisans of the hills, and the Erulars and Coorumbars,
who inhabit the jungles on the slopes of the bills, and are lit-
tle better than savages, in the very lowest stage of humanity.

* " Description of a singular aboriginal race, inhabiting the summits of
the Neilgherry Hills," by Captain H. Harkness, Madras Army ; noticed
in the Hst of Publications given in the appendix, and from which an
Extract is also introduced. See also a very interesting account of this
tribe in the Madras Christian Herald of July 30, 1856, and following
Numbers ; also noticed in the list of publications. — Ed.

CHAPTER XI.

EFFECTS OF THE CLIMATE ON THE EUEOPEAN CONSTITU-
TION, SOUND AND IMPAIRED.

EFFECTS ON THE SOUND CONSTITUTION.

FfiOM the preceding account of the climate, it follows,
almost as a matter of course, that it should be perfectly-
congenial to an European in sound health. Such is in fact
the case. The principal inconvenience experienced by persons,
on first ascending the Passes, is, a slight degree of tightness
in the chest, and oppression of breathing, caused by the rare-
faction of the air ; but this is neither universal, nor of long
continuance.

Some people are also at first affected with sleeplessness,
occasioned by the nervous system being too highly stimu-
lated, principally by the repulsion of blood from the surface,
and possibly also by its being in a higher state of oxy-
genation (?).

The difference of temperature, is seldom complained of by
any but such as, from a long residence in a warm climate, have
become so Indianized in their feelings, constitution, and
habits, as to be unable to bear the slightest approach to an.
European climate.

Individuals, so unhappily circumstanced, have little com-
fort to look for at home, and can scarcely hope to benefit by
the hills, the charm of which is their close resemblance to
Q

114 EFFECTS ON THE SOVISB COJTSTITUTlOir.

England. A very short residence, generally, perfectly re-
conciles people in health to the change, and one of the most
remarkable effects of it is, the capability of bearing fatigue.
Men who, in the low country, though having nothing to
complain of, were in such a state of relaxation, as to feel their
morning " constitutional" a task and a bore, think little of
being eight or ten hours in the open air on the hills, and that
for several days in succession, the only effect of the exercise
being, an increase of appetite and spirits, and capability of
exertion.

If any proof indeed were wanted of the perfect adaptation
of the climate to our constitution, it would be sufficient to
look at the European children, whose rosy chubby cheek*,
sparkling eyes, and buoyant spirits, form a pleasing contrast
with the pale, languid, irritable-looking little wretches one is
so often doomed to see, dying by inches in the low country.

Females are sometimes less favorably impressed with the
climate than those of the other sex. The indolent habits of
life acquired by them in the low country, the almost univer-
sal derangement of their system, consequent upon exposure
to a constant high temperature, and the susceptibility of
atmospherical impressions, natural to their highly mobile
temperament, sufficiently account for this circumstance j
though, I fear, it must, now and then, be attributed to the
moral effect of a quiet secluded life, as contrasted with the
brilliant, though heartless society they are accustomed to, at
most of the large stations in India. Allowing, however, a
longer period of acclimatization, they become quite recon-
ciled to it in the end ; and the effect on their health, ap-
pearance, and spirits, is quite as decided as in the stronger-
marked, but less impressible characteristics of the other sex.
It not unfrequently happens, that residents in the low coun-

EFFECTS 0?^^ THE SOTJT?-D COliTSTITUTION. 115

try, who visit the hills for a short time on business or plea-
sure, are disappointed in their pleasurable anticipations, and
form an extremely unjust and unfavourable opinion of them.
Many circumstances contribute to this hasty judgment ;
making no adequate preparations for the great and sudden
change of climate, they find themselves very uncomfortably
situated as regards clothing, houses, servants, and the thou-
sand etceteras essential to comfort in a cold climate ; and,
without giving themselves time to form a more accurate opi-
nion, they leave us unfavorably impressed with every thing
they have seen. Upon the whole, we can scarcely be sur-
prised at this, when we every day see our brethren returning
from Europe with complaints of the discomfort and annoy-
ance they have undergone, from the complete change of
habits, feelings, &c. forced upon them while at home ; and I
would protest against all such ill-grounded and hastily-formed
opinions, as much in the one case as in the other.

Let visitors prepare themselves, by proper clothing, for the
change to a cold climate, take care to get themselves settled
in a comfortable house, and see to the comfort of their ser-
vants, &c. and I will answer for their quitting the hills with
only one wish, that of revisiting them as soon, and for as
long a period, as possible.

The Editor can fully confirm the above remarks as to the rud-
dy and joyous appearance of the children : and, as respects
the fair sex, he can, with equal truthfulness, affirm, that their
complexions were as bright and clear, their spirits as gay
and buoyant, and their eyes as sparkling and beaming with
animation as if they were enjoying the fresh mountain breezes
of the Highlands of Scotland ; while their dashing and fearless
riding over the hills, was at a pace that would astonish the
jnost accomplished of their sex in Hyde Park.
Q 2

116 ON CHANGE or CLIMATE.

EFFECTS ON CONVALESCENTS AND ON DISEASE.*

A DIEEICULTT naturally presents itself in discussing thd
effects of the climate on the European constitution, when im-
paired by disease or long residence in India, to avoid tech-
nicalities, and render a subject, so purely professional, inter-
esting, and instructive, to the general reader. With a view*
to avoid as much as possible this difficulty, I shall content
myself, after premising a very few general observations and
hints to invalids on their first arrival, with very briefly stat-
ing the results of my experience in the more important In-
dian diseases, and, as immediately deduced from this, with
making a classification of those which are likely to benefit
by immediate change to the hills, as distinguished from
others which require the premisal of a sea-voyage.

Section 1. — Geneeal Obseeyations.

On change of climate.

The effects of change of air in disease are too well known,
and too generally admitted, to require discussion here. We
are as yet totally ignorant of the manner in which the fa-
vourable change is operated, and in the present state of our
chemical knowledge, unable, as we are, to detect the difference
between the heated impure steam of a crowded hospital, and

* These remarks, with a few additions and corrections, are extracted
fi-om a paper read before the Medical and Physical Society of Calcutta
in 1831. Further experience has fully confirmed the views therein ex_
pressed, and has enabled me to speak with more confidence on certain
points.

OTf CHANGE OF CLIMATE. 117

the health-inspiring breeze of the mountain top, we are likely
to remain in ignorance. Whether the cause be, an actual
difference in the chemical constitution of the air, or merely
that there has been a change made, from the self-defiled at-
mosphere, surrounding the sick couch, to one as yet free from
the exhalations of disease, are points which we are yet una-
ble to pronounce upon, though we see it every day proved by
the fact of a change, even though from a lower to a higher
situation, from a purer to a less pure atmosphere, operating
the most miraculous cures in cases, to all human appearance,
hopeless. Much must be doubtless attributed to the moral
effects, of a removal from the contemplation of objects asso-
ciated, in the mind of the patient, with images of suffering
and death ;* but still, so decided is the benefit derived, that
we are compelled to acknowledge, though unable to account
philosophically for the cause, that change of air is one of the
most powerful curative means we possess. And when this
change involves a variation of temperature, and moisture, (two
conditions of the air, for the agency of which we can fully
account) to any considerable or remarkable degree, we are
justified in anticipating the most marked advantage from it.
The effects of a change, to an atmosphere of nearly the same
condition, are, at best, transitory, and after the system becomes
liabituated to it, a relapse is generally the consequence. When,
however, the transition is so great, as to produce a general
re-action of the system, we may hope, not only to find the
diseased action checked, but permanently altered : and this
is, for many reasons, still more decidedly the case, when the
condition of the new atmosphere approaches to that habitual

* As, for instance, in a change of rooms, which, in sickness, is often
felt as a great relief from gloomy associations, and the ennui always
attendant on long confinement*

118 ON CHANGE OF CLIMATE.

to the patient ; in other words, to that of his natal air.
That the change from the low country to the mountain air
of the Neilgherries, is nearly equivalent to that of a return
to Great Britain, will scarcely be questioned, on perusing the
preceding account of the meteorology of the hills ; and we
are therefore bound to anticipate as good effects from the one,
as from the other, provided we make allowances for the
countervailing effects of the suddenness of the transition.

In returning to Europe, besides the inappreciable moral
influence of a return to friends, home, and country, the pa-
tient has the benefit of a prolonged sea-voyage, a curative agent
in many instances of first-rate importance, and he has the
further advantage, of a gradual and twice-repeated change of
climate. While, in ascending the hills, he has to undergo
the transition, from the temperature of Madras to that of the
south of England, in the course of a single day, sometimes of
a few hours, much as if he were to ascend from the Coro-
mandel Coast in a balloon, in the afternoon of a red hot day
in May, and land, in the course of five or six hours, on the
coast of Devonshire.

This sudden transition, where the constitution is prepared
for it, has its advantages in a great majority of cases :

1st. By exciting a healthy re-action in the system.

2nd. By exciting a new action, which overcomes the dis-
eased one.

3rd. By restoring the healthy powers of the constitution,
and the general tone of the viscera, particularly the diges-
tive organs.

4th. By removing the eternally recurring causes of irrita-
tion, in the low country, such as heat, moisture, closeness, &c.

5th. By breaking the habit of disease ; a consideration
of vast importance in some of the most obstinate forms of

OK CHAN^GE or CLIMATE. 119

Indian disease. Fever is the best illustration of this fact ;
the tendency to a recurrence of febrile paroxysms, is increased,
by repetition, to a degree totally unconnected with the debi-
lity, or extent of organic lesion produced, and only to be ac-
counted for, by the all-powerful influence of habit on the con-
stitution. In one of the most obstinate forms of this disease,
Intermittent Fever, it is frequently sufficient to put off, or
change the period of access, to produce a speedy cure, and in
most cases, the transition from one type to another, from a
Tertian to a Quotidian, for instance ; in other words, " the
change of habit," is considered a salutary indication.

On the other hand, when the constitution has not suffi-
cient power to produce this salutary re-action, or what is worse,
when the sudden change of distribution of the circulating
mass, throws an unusual load on internal organs, unfitted by
disease for sustaining the shock, the effect must be propor-
tionally mischievous, and cases of this description, come un-
der the category of diseases which are not curable by a sudden
change of climate ; or, at least, not until the diseased action
is checked, and the powers of the constitution restored by a
sea-voyage, or residence on the sea-coast.

These positions will perhaps be better understood, when
treating of the effects of the climate on Indian diseases, in de-
tail. I have dwelt the more on them, because I conceive, that
a want of attention to them, or, more correctly perhaps, the
general ignorance of the necessity of attending to them, has
been the cause of much unnecessary disappointment, and de-
preciation of the curative and restorative powers of the cli-
mate. Many cases have been sent to us for treatment, in the
last stage of organic disease ; others, in which functional de-
rangement had proceeded to such a pitch, that the slightest
shock was sufficient to overturn the balance of the constitu-

120 OTf CHAT^^GE OF CLIMATE.

tional powers ; and not a few, in which low country habits,
and length of residence in a hot climate, had paralyzed or
altered the original European form of the constitution, and
rendered a transfer to this climate, nearly as uncomfortable to
the feelings and detrimental to the feeble remains of vitality,
as that of a trembling ship lascar, from the hot moist climate
of the sea-coast of India, to the chops of the English Channel.

In such cases, it is needless to say, that all hopes of a cure^
in other words, of a miracle, were futile, and could only end
in disappointment ; and though, increasing acquaintance with
the nature and power of the climate, is fast leading to a bet-
ter and more rational selection of cases, it appears somewhat
extraordinary, that the simple and obvious expedient of con^
suiting some qualified person on the spot (at least in doubt-
ful cases) should not sooner have been had recourse to. With
a view to supply this desideratum, I have subjoined a classi-
fication of diseases,* proper to be transferred to the hill cli-
mate, and which, though far from complete, will, I trust, be
found correct as far as it goes, and, as such, to possess some
share of utility.

We shall now notice another important general considera-
tion ; the length of time required for the climate to operate
beneficially. Here it must be recollected, that the object in
all such cases is, not only to check or cure the existing dis*
ease, but to remove, as far as possible, the tendency to relapse,
unfortunately one of the invariable concomitants of all Indian
diseases. This can be effected by time alone. Long after
all symptoms of actual disease have disappeared, the tendency
to relapse, on the re-application of the exciting causes, will re-
main ; and time alone, by restoring the tone of the constitution
generally, and the weakened organs in particular, can remove
this proneness to a return of the original disease.
* See Sec. IV.

ON CHANGE OF CLIMATE. 121

It is not easy to fix a period for this consummation of the
cure, even in the most general terms, so much must depend
on the nature of the individual case, and of the disease, the
time it has lasted, the age, sex, and constitution of the patient ;
as a general rule, however, it may he laid down, that a patient
who resoi-ts to the hills, convalescent from any of the more
serious forms of Indian disease, should not quit the hills,
until he has been, at least, six or seven months free from all
symptoms of actual disease.

An important consideration, as connected with the hills,
but which has not yet met with the attention it deserves, is,
the prophylactic (preventive) powers of the climate. No
axiom in medicine is more firmly established, than that of
" Venienti occurrite morbo," and I shall be disappointed, if
this is not hereafter discovered to be applicable, in the most
extended degree, to the Neilgherries.

It must have occurred to even the most casual observer, to
have seen numerous instances of young men on their first ar-
rival in the country, attacked by some of the common Indian
complaints, which yield readily to the usual means, but are
sure to re-appear at the end of a very short time ; until, after
a succession of similar relapses, the unlucky subject is either
forced to quit the country, to recover his health, or perhaps
finds a release from reiterated sufferings, in a premature grave.
It is by these slight, but repeated attacks, in particular, that is
laid the foundation of a whole catalogue of visceral diseases,
parabysmic enlargements, organic derangement, scirrhus, &c.
and, even under the most favourable circumstances, such a
case can rarely, if ever, be converted into an efficient soldier.
Were he, however, after his first or second attack, transferred
to a cool healthy climate, and left there, till the natural powers
of his constitution had overcome this predisposition to disease,

122 OTT CHANGE OF CLIMATE.

are we not justified in the expectation, that his amended
health, and, in the case of a private soldier, improved habits,
might enable him to resist exposure to the same exciting
causes ? I have seen numerous examples of young officers,
whose early period of service was a series of constant illness
and suffering, but who, having been sent to Europe, before
the formation of distinct organic disease, have returned to
India with constitutions completely renovated, and have
afterwards proved to be among the most zealous, active, and
efficient soldiers, of whom our ranks can boast. Of this fact,
(without, however, pretending to the credit of the last part of
the exemplification) I may cite my own case, as one of the
most striking examples.

I am, I confess, sanguine as to the result of a similar ex-
periment, made in incipient disease, by sending young men
to the Neilgherries for a time, with the view of checking the
predisposition to disease, so often manifested shortly after
their first arrival in the country ; and I consider the plan par-
ticularly applicable to the cases of young European soldiers,
for whom the alternative of being sent to Europe for their
health is nearly, if not wholly, out of the question.

. Section 2. — Hints to Inyalids.

The first most obvious effect of the climate of the hills on
an invalid is, to repel the blood from the surface. It appears
from the preceding remarks on climate that the average tem-
perature of Ootacamund is 58°, while that of the low country
on the Coimbatoor side is probably 86°, or 88°, and on the
M3^sore side, 82®, or ^4P ; consequently, the difference of tem-
perature is, on the average, from 24i° to 30°. But if we sup-

ON CHANGE OF CLIMATE. 123

pose an invalid to arrive in the dry season at Groodaloor, or
Meetapollium, in the morning, he will find the thermometer
at all events 88**, probably 90°, and the same evening, on reach-
ing Ootacamund, it will descend to 45<*, perhaps to 42°, making
a vicissitude of from 43° to 46°. The immediate consequence
of such a decided change of temperature, aided by the supe-
rior dryness of the air in the higher situation, will be, to con-
strict the vessels of the skin, to check perspiration, and trans-
piration, and throw the blood on the internal organs ; and,
should any of these be weakened by previous disease, the con-
sequence will be, a greater or less degree of accumulation of
blood in the weak viscus, or congestion, as it is technically
called. From the close sympathy between the skin and liver,
the latter is the organ most frequently affected in this way ;
but the bowels, head, and lungs frequently partake of this
unequal distribution of the circulation, the effect being added
to in the lungs, by the difficulty of respiration produced by
the rarefaction of the air.

When no actual organic disease exists, and when the con-
stitutional powers are not permanently debilitated, nature soon
restores the balance : a re-action takes place ; the liver se-
cretes more bile, the superfluous fluid is carried off from the
bowels by a mild diarrhoea, and from the lungs by copious
expectoration, more particularly if this salutary process is
assisted by care on the part of the invalid himself, warm
clothing, &c. and by the exhibition of mild aperient remedies,
such as the Plummer's pill,* which has the invaluable pro-
perty of exciting the action of the liver and bowels, and de-
termining to the skin at the same time.

It is only in cases of actual organic disease, or, when the
debility of the constitution is so great as to prevent re-action,

* Composed of calomel in small quantity, antimony, and guaiac.
E 2

124 ON CHAKGE OP CLIMATE.

that any serious or permanent mischief is to be dreaded fronr
the congestion of the viscera. Cases of the former descrip-
tion should not approach the hills at all ; and the latter
should, if possible, premise a sea-voyage or residence on ther
sea-coast, until convalescence is somewhat advanced : and in;
these, as well as the more aggravated cases of what is called^
by medical men, functional derangement of the viscera, the
time selected for ascending the hills, if a choice exists, should
be in April or May, when the comparative warmth and mois-
ture of the air naturally lessens the risk of a check to th&
action of the skin, and consequently of internal congestion.
In all such cases also, it is prudent to try the effect of a
short previous residence at Kotergherry or Coonoor, the mild-
er climate of which renders the change less abrupt, and will
generally be found, for many reasons, to agree better with de-
licate invalids. Under the most favourable circumstances,
those who are unable to take much exercise in the open air
will derive more benefit from the climate of Kotergherry or
Coonoor, where the temperature, throughout the year, is so
mild, as scarcely to necessitate the use of a fire.

The next point, requiring the attention of invalids at first,
is, the circumstance of their digestive powers seldom keeping
pace with the increase of appetite, produced by the change.
This is especially the case with vegetables, a tempting array
of which is placed before the stranger, and, but too often, in-
duce him to forget the laws of diet, laws as immutable a»
those of the " Medes and Persians," and any infraction of
which is sure to be followed by retributive punishment, in the
shape of a violent attack of dyspepsia, succeeded by colie
diarrhoea, and not unfrequently dysentery. Luckily the cause
is here within reach, and a little prudence at first is suffi-
cient to obviate all mischief.

ON CHANGE OF CLIMATE. 125

Invalids generally suffer, in a greater degree, from the
sleeplessness before mentioned, and are relieved by the same
means as those recommended to obviate congestion ; should
these prove insufficient, a little Hyoscyamus may, with ad-
vantage, be added to the Plummer's pill.

Headache, is by no means an unfrequent complaint on
the part of strangers ; when it depends on undue determina-
tion of blood to the organ, much caution is required. Koter-
gherry, or Coonoor, is in such cases to be preferred to Oota-
camund, and no time lost in consulting a medical man. In
ordinary cases, a little aperient medicine, moderate diet, and
avoidance of any cause which accelerates the circulation,
such as violent exercise, ascending hills, and exposure to the
sun, seldom fail to remove all unpleasant feelings in a few
days.

Persons who have suffered from fever, should be cautious
to avoid passing through the jungle at the foot of the hills
during the night ; and, if imluckily detained in them after
sun-set, they should on their arrival submit to a course of
purgatives, followed by Quinine in small doses.

In every instance, of whatever description, warm clothing
is of vital importance. Medical men are now generally
agreed, that even in the low country a light flannel banian
is of service in maintaining the action of the skin, preventing
cJiills^ &c. and a fortiori, it is indispensable on the hills j*

* The best ^protection is, a quick plunge into a cold bath, or sponging
the body rapidly with cold water, immediately on getting out of bed,
rubbing well dry, dressing quickly, taking a glass of cold water and a
long walk before breakfast. The Editor regrets that his friend Dr.
Baikie is not here, to revise much that he has written on the course to be
pursued by invahds, because, since his return to England, he has be-
come a convert to Hydropathic treatment, and now practises it, most
successfully, in conjunction with Homoeopathy, All intending visitors

126 ON CHANGE OF CLIMATE.

every invalid should be provided with a good stock of flan-
nel banians, cummerbunds, drawers, and woollen stockings,
in which he should proceed to array himself from head to

to the HiEs are recommended to read the works of Drs, Q-ully and
Johnson on Hydropathy, as the climate of the Hills is admitted to be
equal to that of " Malyern" for the exhibition of the cold-water system.

The Editor, having experienced in his own person, and witnessed in
others, the wonderful power of the agency of cold water, in the efficient
cure of dyspepsia, and of long continued suffering from headache,
fend in strengthening and invigorating frames debilitated by long resi-
dence in the plains, is induced to mate an earnest appeal to
those who have so suffered, to lay aside all prejudice, and to read the
books adverted to — and judge for themselves, whether the rationale
is not convincing, and elucidated, by the innumerable cases cited of the
surprising effects of the system pursued by the authors ; and he calls
attention to the following emphatic language of the writer of the first
mentioned treatise, a man of acknowledged abiHty, and a regularly ma-
triculated Physician of extensive practice.

Dr. €rully, in his preface, thus expresses himself :

" My hope is, that this book may open the eyes of all who read it,
to the destructive tendency of the drugging and unnatural stimulation,
on which such numbers of the Enghsh pubHc maintain & feverish vita-
lity for a few years, to sink at last into the condition of hopeless vale-
tudinarians.

" The past history, and present state of many such, who are under
my observation, are perfectly terrific. It is no affectation to say, that
my mind has been oppressed, weighed down, by accounts which invahds
have given of the process by which they became the shattered beings
they were ; a process almost invariably including years of monstrous
drugging, and its unvarying accompaniment, intense suffering of mind
and body.

" Most sincerely do I hope, that these pages may be the means of
effectual warning from that destroying plan of treatment, even though
they should fail to estabUsh the more rational system which they pro-
fess to teach.

" But almost every case, of every practitioner of the watee cfee, is
estabhshing it daily on a broader and deeper basis ; and the once most
sceptical^ are now obliged to acknowledge that, at least, it is a vast
addition to the remedial art."

O^ CHANGE OF CLTMATE. 127

foot before ascending the Passes. Too much cannot be said
in praise of the flannel cummerbund. I have seen obstinate
bowel-complaints cured by its adoption alone, and it is no less
essential to females.

Cold feet is a very general complaint among new comers,
particularly ladies ; the remedy is simple : the adoption of
lamb's wool stockings, which ought to form part of the stock
of every visitor, whether in good or indifferent health.

A stock of stout shoes and boots, should not be forgotten.
In the wettest weather, a person watching his opportunity,
and armed with thick-soled shoes, may always contrive to
get a dry walk in the intervals between the showers, not
forgetting, however, the precaution of changing both shoes
and stockings on his return home.*

For some time after arriving on the hills, invalids should
avoid exposure to the night air, and should indeed never be
out after sun-set. The reduction of temperature, which fol-

At page 118 of the fifth edition of his valuable work, Dr. Gully
expresses himself in the following energetic terms, as to the power of
Hydropathy in the cure of dyspepsia.

" However strong, however general the prejudice, and however true
it may be, that in diseases of organs, distant from the stomach, medi-
cation may be curative ; I cannot but repeat the strong conviction I
have, that medication never did, never will, never can, cure a case of
chronic dyspepsia, and that, short of organic change, the hygienic water
treatment seldom, if ever, fails to cure it. — Ed.

* It is not a httle remarkable that most people who adopt this, or
similar precautions, are but Httle affected by the wet on the hills, though
unable to bear it in the low country. When lately in Europe, for the
recovery of my health, I never had my feet wet for however short a
time, without an attack of diarrhoea. On the hiUs, it often happens that
I am unavoidably wet through, twice or thrice a day, during the mon-
soons ; but, taking the precaution of shifting my clothes as speedily as
practicable, I have never suffered the slightest inconvenience.

128 ON CHANGhE OF CLIMATE.

lows the disappearance of tlie sun, must be felt, to be under-
stood, and no one who values his health should expose him-
self to the risk of cold, in quitting a crowded room or an even-
ing party, to return home after night-fall. In the low country,
one is compelled to be up with the sun, to get a mouthful
of fresh air ; but on the hills, in an European climate, this
is neither necessary nor prudent, and the invalid should wait
till the sun has attained sufficient height to drive away the
cold and moisture of the night, before he ventures out, taking
care, however, to return in time to avoid the powerful effects
of the sun's direct rays, which are greatest about 9 or |^ past
9 A. M.

The diet of invalids, on the first ascent, must of course in
a great degree be regulated by circumstances, depending on
the precise nature of each individual case. In general, how-
ever, they ought to adhere to light animal food, with bread
or biscuit, eschewing vegetables, pastry, cheese, &c. : for
drink, port or sherry is preferable to the lighter wines ; beer
is unnecessary, and only loads the stomach. As a general
principle, invalids ought to diminish the quantity of
stimulus* in the shape of wine, spirits, or beer, until com-
pletely acclimatized. It is an undoubted fact, that a com-
paratively small quantity of any of these articles produces
head- aches and other febrile feelings, probably from increas-
ing the existing tendency to accelerated circulation of the
blood.

In regulating their hours, regard must of course be had to
their previous habits of life ; most residents have gradually
adopted English hours, as most convenient, and allowing
more time for business ; but invalids will do well, for some

* Cold water is the best stimulant, and Dr. Gully proves it to b«
80.— Ed.

ON CHAT^GE OF CLIMATE. 129

time at least, to breakfast early, dine at 3 or ^ past 3, and
finish the day with tea, or something equally light.

Exercise, is another essential part of regimen. Invalids
should, at first, be cautious to avoid exposure to the sun, and
exercise should be taken so as not to produce fatigue, but
only to excite a gentle action on the skin. Riding, as being
less exciting, and less fatiguing than walking, is to be pre-
ferred at first, and a pony to a horse, on the same principle.
Walking has another disadvantage, that it accelerates the
circulation, and increases the feeling of tightness and con-
striction in the chest ; it also increases the liability to chills,
as after toiling up a steep ascent, and getting well heated,
one is frequently met by a current of cold air, producing im-
mediate constriction of the vessels of the skin. When the
invalid has become acclimatized, he should gradually increase
his quantum of exercise ; and when fairly recovered, should
pass as much of the day in the open air, as his strength will
admit.

The effects of the different seasons on diseases are by no
means unimportant : very few invalids can bear with impu-
nity the great difference of temperature between day and
night, and the excessively dry atmosphere of the cold season,
especially during the prevalence of the strong N. E. winds.
Exposure to the sun also, at this season, is generally attended
with bad effects. Upon the whole, the monsoon season (not-
withstanding its comparative dampness) is, from its greater
equability of temperature, the absence of cold winds, and the
cloudy sky, admitting of exercise being taken at every dry
interval, infinitely the best season for commencing the treat-
ment of a chronic complaint, and, where circumstances admit
of a choice, I should prefer April as the period for ascending
the hills. As the succession of the seasons differs considera-

180 EFFECTS OF THE CLIMATE

bl}^ at Kotergherry and Ootacamund, it is possible by well-
timed changes from one to the other, to avoid much of the
unpleasant weather at both. I am in the constant habit of
transferring the more delicate classes of invalids to Koter-
gherry or Coonoor, whenever I perceive that they are retro-
grading, or stationary, at Ootacamund ; and the benefit derived
has been of the most marked description, particularly at the
commencement of the monsoon, when the highly electrical
state of the atmosphere occasions much suffering to a ma-
jority of our patients.

Section 3. — Effects of the Climate on Indian
Diseases, in detail.

The following observations are the result of my experience
in more than 300 cases, of the most varied description. Of
these, 129 were European soldiers, treated in the con-
valescent depot, and 132 were officers, civil and military.

The time, at which the sanative effects of the climate
begin to appear, varies considerably in different diseases, and
in different individuals labouring under the same disease.
In some, the restoration is immediate, and permanent ; in
others, it is followed by slight relapses, and in a great many
cases, there is little or no amendment for many months.
This is particularly the case with females, upon whom the
climate is much longer in producing an effect, than on the
other sex, and they derive decidedly more benefit at first
from the milder climates of Kotergherry, and Coonoor, than
of Ootacamund. If the accommodation were sufficient, I
should be disposed to send all ladies, and a considerable pro-

ON IN^DIAIT DISEASES, IN DETAIL. 131

portion of the severer cases among officers, to Kotergherry,
for the first three months.

Sudden changes of weather have, as might be expected, a
considerable effect on all the more delicate classes of invalids.
Bowel-complaints, and dysentery, are peculiarly affected by a
transition from dry to wet weather, but the effect is for-
tunately in general only transitory, and the monsoon is, upon
the whole, the most favorable season for invalids, probably
from its great equabihty of temperature.

The electrical condition of the atmosphere, exercises a very
marked influence on most invalids on the hills.

Rheumatism, cephalalgia (head-ache), and nervous com-
plaints, are most sensible to its action, and patients, affected
with these, or similar complaints, can generally foretell the
approach of a thunder-storm, producing a general feeling of
uneasiness, and a temporary aggravation of the pains.

The influence of the phases of the moon on the paroxysms
of periodical disease, has been much disputed, and is still
^^ sub lite.'' I must confess myself convinced of the truth of
the popular opinion, though not to the fullest extent perhaps.
Scarcely a case of intermittent fever, contracted in the low
country, has come under my observation here, which did not
undergo a decided aggravation at the full and change ; if the
paroxysms were regular at other periods, they were severer,
and of longer continuance at this ; the cold fit being always
strongly marked, though often scarcely perceptible in fits
occurring in the intervals. The quartan type, is that most
subject to this mysterious influence, as are the obstinate
types known as Seringapatam and Gruzerat fevers. I have
two instances in my eye, at this moment, one, a field officer
.of the army, who for the last 16 or 18 years has had a re-
gular return of fever every full moon, preceded by violent
s 2

132 EFFECTS OF THE CLIMATE

head-ache ; this was originally contracted in Orissa ; the
other, a civilian of rank, who contracted the disease at Seringa-
patam, 12 years ago, and who experiences a relapse at full
and change. Cephalalgia, and hysteria, appear also to be
subject to this lunar influence, though less distinctly, and
in a minor degree.

The diseases of children, are fewer in number, and in-
finitely less violent in degree than in the low country,
Dysentery, is of rare occurrence, as are also fever, marasmus
and convulsions. An idea prevails, that teething takes place
less favorably on the hills than below, but this is decidedly
contrary to my experience, and I consider the mischief, in
one or two alleged instances, to have originated in the child's
having been weaned too early. A similar idea prevails with
regard to vaccination, which is said to be more difficult to
establish here than elsewhere ; this again is entirely owing
to the difficulty of procuring good matter.*

Small-pox, was said to be formerly common among the
aborigines ; it has now nearly disappeared. We have vac-
cinated more than 1,100 of their children within the last two
years, and I have never heard of its occurrence among the
settlers, whether European or Native.

Measles are rare, I have never seen an instance of it, nor
scarlatina. Hooping cough is more common, but generally
mild, and is readily cured by a change to Kotergherry and
Ooonoor, or vice versa. Of croup, I have only seen one case.

* Either from some defect in the packing, or some more abstruse
cause, dependant on sudden change of temperature, vaccine matter
contained in glasses or phials generally spoils in being conveyed to the
hills.

Fortunately, the facility now of procuring a child with vaccine
pustules both in Ootacamund and from Jackatalla obviates this ob-
jection.

0?T INDIAN DISEASES, IN DETAIL. 133

In short, European childi-en are peculiarly healthy, and
thrive most remarkably on the hills.

The effects of the climate on natives of tlie low country,
are somewhat modified ; it being to them nearly as much
a foreign climate as India is to us. They are very subject to
slight ephemeral fever, and bowel-complaint, on their first
ascent, particularly if care be not taken to prevent their ex-
posing themselves to wet, and sleeping on the ground. They
very readily become acclimatized, however, and it appears to
me that they become more muscular, and more capable of
enduring fatigue, than even in their own country.

The general plan of treatment pursued, may be described
in a very few words. In the first instance, I have generally
endeavoured to obviate the effects of the sudden transition,
and consequent congestion of the viscera, by mild aperients,
diaphoretics, warm bath, &c.

The after treatment depends of course on the peculiar
nature of the original disease. If an hepatic affection, a
course of alterative mercurial medicines (Plummer's pill is my
favorite prescription), nitric acid, a mercurial plaster on the
side, and finally tonics of the simple description.

In dysentery, ipecacuanha, in the form recommended by
Mr. Twining, is our sheet-anchor — and has proved equally
efficacious in simple diarrhoea ; sulphate of zinc, sulphate of
copper, and the usual tonics, have also been adopted with
advantage : the former of these medicines, (assisted by tartar
emetic in nauseating doses during the paroxysms,) I have
found highly useful in cephalalgia. Fever, is generally subdu-
ed, by smart purgatives and diaphoretics during the tit, with
quinine in considerable doses during the intervals, parti-
cularly just before the access of the tit. I have, now and
then, been obliged to have recourse to arsenic, in the more

134 EFFECTS OF THE CLIMATE

obstinate forms of fever, and almost always with success.
The enlargement of the spleen, consequent on intermittent
fever, has generally yielded to the spleen mixture recom-
mended by Mr. Twining.* Rheumatism, I have generally
found manageable by a steady course of Sarsaparilla, infused
in lime -water, t Dyspepsia, requires more management, and
generally demands a variation of successive antacid and
tonic remedies ; one of the most useful of these I have found
to be, a light bitter infusion, such as infusion of Calumba or
Cascarilla, with from three to seven grains of carbonate of
potash in each dose.

In female complaints, tartrite of potash and iron has prov-
ed a very useful assistant to the tonics in general use.

As a general principle, my object has always been to obviate
symptoms as they arose, and to assist nature, by the simplest
means, in her endeavours to restore the tone of the constitu-
tional powers, leaving the rest to the climate, in the effects
of which I have never been disappointed.

A few words, on each of the more important Indian di-
seases, will appropriately conclude this part of the subject.

Cholera, has only once occurred as an Epidemic on the
Hills ; this was among the men composing the corps of
pioneers at Coonoor, who had been previously much weaken-
ed by fatigue and exposure, and lost fourteen cases : only
one case occurred at Ootacamund, and one at Kotergherry ;
and on a former occasion, when the Grovernor's camp was
attacked at the foot of the hills, the disease was instantly
checked on their ascending; no new cases occurring, and those,
previoiLsly attacked, rapidly recovering.

* Transactions of the Calcutta Medical and Physical Society, vol. iii.
page 365.

t Sir iJ. Brodie's preparation.

ON IKDIAN DISEASES, IN DETAIL. 135

Fever is unknown on the hills, except when contracted
previously in the low country. In cases which have suffered
from it below, it is, of all other diseases probably, that which
derives the most immediate and decided benefit from the cli*
mate, at least if unconnected with permanent derangement of
the liver. When complicated with affection of the sj)leen,
as in the Seringapatam and Gruzerat fevers, it proves more
obstinate, but rarely intractable. Jungle fever, one of the
most dreaded and intractable of the whole class, is in general
so much modified by the climate, as to lose its formidable
character, as a proof of which may be stated the fact, that out
of some 18 cases, which have come under my observation, we
have lost only one patient.* Fortunately, the circumstance
of this form of fever seldom or never declaring itself before
a fixed and definite period, generally the eleventh or twelfth
day after exposure to the miasm, we are enabled to apply
precautionary measures so as frequently to arrest the attack
altogether, or at least weaken its force considerably. Among
other striking examples of this fact, the following is not the
least remarkable : — In 1831, a party of 27 European con-
valescents, under charge of Lieutenant Croft and Dr. Au-

* This was In every respect a most unfortunate instance, as being
that of a gentleman of distinguished talents, of the most amiable man-
ners, and the most unwearied zeal. Circumstances having induced him
to devote much of his time and talents to subjects connected with the
improvement of the Neilgherries, his loss fell with pecuhar weight
on us.

I allude to the late Dr. A. T. Christie, who contracted the disease
while passing through the Goodaloor jungle, on his way to Ootaca-
mund : being naturally much predisposed to febrile derangement, the
morbid action took such hold upon him, acting as a poison on the ner-
vous system, that medicine proved completely inert, and he sank
without a struggle on the sixth day after the first accession.

186 EFFECTS OF THE CLIMATE

chinleck, while on their march to join the depot here, owing
to some misapprehension of the Quarter Master G-eneral's
instructions, passed a night in the middle of the jungle at
the foot of the Grhat. The moment I ascertained this fact, I
placed all the Europeans under a rigid system of surveillance,
and they were each well disciplined, and took considerable
quantities of Quinine, with other ordinary precautionary
measures. Lieutenant Croft, being subject habitually to
fever, was subjected to a similar course of treatment, and all
these escaped without a single imtoward symptom ; but Dr.
Auchinleck, relying on the strength of his constitution, neg-
lected the precautions recommended to him, and the con-
sequence was, that on the eleventh day he was attacked by
the fever, in its most marked and aggravated form, and only
escaped by the adoption of the most active and decided
treatment.

Dyspepsia, or Indigestion, when unconnected with serious
derangement of the liver, is another of the diseases which be-
nefit, in the most marked and decided degree, by the climate.
When we recollect that this Protean malady often baffles the
highest order of talent and professional experience in Europe,
it is no small proof of the efficacy of our climate to say, that
dyspepsia is rendered even manageable by its influence.*

Debility, in whatever degree, and particularly when occur-
ring as the result of long residence in the low country, with-
out being connected with decided disease, seldom or never
fails to yield to the influence of our bracing air, aided by pro-
per diet, exercise, and regimen. The only exception to this
is the case of those who, by such residence, have become In-
dianized in their habits and feelings ; to them, the cold and

* If not, then the cold water system will succeed, and no medicine
"wiU prerail. — Ed.

o:n- ii^diat?^ diseases, iif detail. 137

wet are serious and insuperable obstacles, and they suffer so
much discomfort in this way, as nearly to neutralize any
benefit their health may derive.

Habitual constipation, in the low country a very obstinate
complaint, yields at once on the hills. The additional quan-
tity of fluid thrown into the bowels assists this effect at first,
and the restored tone of the stomach, bowels, and digestive
powers in general completes the cure.

Local, and cutaneous diseases, of every description, sores,
ulcers, affections of the joints, fractures, injuries of the head,
and all other affections of this class, yield to appropriate re-
medies with, at least, as great facility, as under the most
favorable circumstances in Europe ; convalescence being in
all of them incredibly rapid and perfect.

Pulmonary disease, being of comparatively rare occurrence
in India generally, is not often the subject of treatment here ;
where it has occurred in its earlier stages (the only circum-
stances under which it is manageable in any part of the
world), it has presented no difficulty whatever.

The host of diseases peculiar to females, acknowledge the
influence of our climate in a remarkable degree ; they are
often extremely obstinate, and are very generally rendered
more so by the impatience of restraint, and unpardonable im-
prudence of the sufferers themselves, but nevertheless, almost
always, yield to time, and the gradual effects of the climate.

Diarrhoea, though requiring much care on the part of the
medical attendant, and much self-denial on the part of the
patient, from the liability to relapses consequent upon atmo-
spherical changes, and slight errors in diet, has not in a sin-
gle instance resisted the effects of judicious treatment ; it is,
however, a most obstinate disease, and in common with the
next to be noticed requires a long freedom from attacks ; in

T

138 EFFECTS OF THE CLIMATE

other words, a prolonged residence on the hills, to secure the
sujQferer from relapses, on returning to the low country.

Dysentery, whether acute or chronic, is so seldom met
with, unconnected with derangement of the liver, as to fall
more properly under the next head. Under whatever form
it occurs, it is justly considered as one of the most formi-
dable and fatal of Indian diseases, occasioning a greater loss
of life among the lower ranks of Europeans in particular,
than any other complaint — Cholera not excepted. Upon
the whole, our practice in the less aggravated forms of the
disease has been tolerably satisfactory, but it always proves
extremely obstinate, from the tendency to relapse from com-
paratively trifling causes, such as slight atmospherical
changes, errors in diet, exposure, &c. and it is rarely over-
come without more or less injury to the constitution. It is
in this, and the next class of disease (hepatic), that I con-
ceive the precautionary measure of a sea-voyage most ur-
gently called for : with this advantage I apprehend that the
results would be completely reversed ; but without it, I am
disposed to think that none but the mildest forms of the
disease should be transferred to the Neilgherries, and that,
in all of them, the patient should be acclimatized by a pre-
vious residence at Kotergherry or Coonoor, until the disease
is fairly subdued, and nothing remains to be done, but to in-
vigorate the constitution, and restore the powers of digestion
and assimilation, by a transference to the bracing climate of
Ootacamund.

The same observations apply, but with still greater force, to
the numerous and important class of hepatic diseases. The
liability to congestion, from the sudden change of temperature,
the mischief arising from the susceptibility of the skin, be-
tween which and the liver there exists the most intimate sym-

ON INDIAN DISEASES, IN DETAIL. 139

patby, to atmosplierical vicissitudes, and the inability to
bear exposure to the sun, all operate unfavorably at first,
even on the mildest cases of liver-complaint. In many of
these, by the adoption of due precautions, and by sending
the invalid to spend the first few months in the milder cli-
mates of Kotergherry or Coonoor, we have been enabled to
neutralize these obstacles, and ultimately to restore them to
health. But as a general principle, it must be conceded, that
the climate of the hills is not suited to hepatic disease, when
of long standing, if of consider able severity, or if complicated
with affections of the howels^ unless the disease has been com-
pletely subdued by a previous sea-voyage. When the affec-
tion amounts to organic disease, leaving little hope of amend-
ment from any climate, it is more likely to have the fatal
termination accelerated than retarded by a residence here ;
and, when a scrofulous taint exists in the constitution, it is
difficult to prevent its running into abscess.

Rheumatism, as a consequence of the abuse of mercury in the
low country, is not uncommon. Though an obstinate affec-
tion, it always yields to general tonic remedies, such as the
infusion of Sarsaparilla above-mentioned, aided by the brac-
ing effects of the climate.

Grout is equally manageable. The cure of this singu-
lar disease is perhaps in every instance impossible ; when
the constitution has the arthritic tendency, all that can be
expected is, to reduce the number of fits, moderate their
violence, and prevent their injuring the general health, all of
which, with but little assistance from medicine, is perfectly
effected by the climate.

T 2

14iO CLASSIFICATION" OF DISEASES.

Section 4 — Classification of Diseases.
I propose to divide this subject into three heads :

1st Class.

Diseases in which I conceive the patient may, with safety
and advantage, be transferred at once to the hill climate, in-
cluding those which would be benefited by a previous re.
sidence at Kotergherry, and Coonoor.

1. Incipient disease, of every description.

2. Fever, if unaccompanied with severe affection of the
viscera.

3. Diarrhoea.

4. General debility, if not dependant on organic disease,
or great functional derangement.

5. All local affections, of whatever description.

6. The milder forms of chronic dysentery ; acute dy-
sentery can seldom, I apprehend, be a proper subject of
treatment in this climate.

7. The milder forms of hepatic disease.

8. Almost all female complaints, properly so called.

9. Muscular rheumatism.

10. Mercurial rheumatism, or periostitis.

11. Incipient pulmonary disease.

12. Dyspepsia, and its concomitants.

13. Neuralgia (pains depending on an affection of the
nerves).

2nd Class.

Diseases which are likely to benefit by a residence on the
hills, provided the patient has it in his power to premise a
sea-voyage, or, in the milder cases, a residence of some
months on the coast, so as to remove, or at least entirely

CLASSIFICATION OF DISEASES. 141

check, the complaint. The duration, or nature of the voy-
age must of course depend on the nature of the complaint,
and other circumstances, to be determined by the judgment
of the medical practitioner advising the change. To persons
coming down from Bengal, or the more distant parts of the
Bombay presidency, the short voyage along the coast will
always be of service, often all that is necessary. In other
and more serious cases, it must be prolonged for two or
three months. Still the advantage of coming to the hills, in-
stead of the long and expensive voyage to and from the
Cape or Europe, the circumstance of being within reach of
one's own office, or business, of whatever description, and
many others, are so evident as to require no discussion.

1. Hepatic disease, not amounting to organic affection.

2. Dysentery of the severer descriptions, with the same
qualifications.

3. Severe mercurial rheumatism, if attended with enlarge-
ment of the bones.

4. Chronic enlargement of the viscera, (or Parabysma, as
it is termed technically.)

5. Debility, the consequence of long residence in the
country, and complicated with functional derangement of
the liver, or any other important organ. The sea-voyage in
this, and the first two divisions, should be of considerable
duration.

3ed Class.

In the first class, or diseases not likely to benefit by this
climate, under any circumstances — I would include,

1. Hepatic disease, if organic or complicated with a scro-
fulous taint in the constitution ; at least if the latter has
declared itself,

2. Dysentery, mider the same circumstances.

142 CLASSinCATION OF DISEASES.

3. Confirmed pulmonary diseases.

4. The atropliy of advanced years, consequent upon long
residence in the country and Indianized habits. To such
unhappy subjects, after almost any degree of preparation,
cold acts as a complete extinguisJier, and the only resource
left for them is, a prolonged sea-voyage in the warmer lati-
tudes.

CHAPTEE XII.

Introdtjctort to the Tables of Routes.

The several routes to the Neilgherries have been so mate-
rially altered since Dr. Baikie's time, as to render it neces-
sary to substitute the following remarks and Tables for
those contained in the former work.

There are three points which afford the readiest, and in
fact, almost the only access to the Hills, from Calcutta, and
Bombay : — Madras, on the Eastern coast ; Calicut and Can-
nanore, or Tellicherry, on the Western.*

On arriving at Madras, intending visitors to the Hills
generally proceed via Arcot, Bangalore and Mysore, and the
routes (in the Tables,) leading to those places, will guide
them ; and on application to the Post Office at Madras, they
will be furnished with all information necessary as to the
course to be pursued (until the railroad and its branches are
finished) in laying a dawk from Arcot to Salem, or from
Madras to Trichinopoly direct, with routes to those places ;
the Tables shew the routes from thence to the Hills as now
existing.

When the railroad via Arcot, to which place it has al-
ready been completed, is continued (and it is now in rapid
progress) to Calicut, with branches to " Meetapollium" and
" Seeramogay," at the base of the Hills, passing Salem, with
a branch to Bangalore, and one to Trichinopoly (as "shewn
* See the OuUine Map shewing the routes to the Hills.

144) INTRODUCTOET TO THE TABLES OE EOUTES.

in the Map) all travellers will, it may be presumed, proceed
by the rail ; thus rendering any observations on the present
lines of road, except only on that by Bangalore, unnecessary.

When the branch rails to Meetapollium and Seeramogay,
which will commence at or near Coimbatore, are completed,
the distance from Madras to each Terminus will be about
286 miles ; which, at the rate now travelled by the train to
Arcot, namely, 20 miles an hour, will enable travellers to
reach those points respectively in 14 hours.

Coonoor is distant from Meetapollium, as already men-
tioned, 15 miles ; Kotergherry from Seeramogay, may, in time,
be only 12 miles ; and Ootacamundis 10 miles from Coonoor.

The branch rail from Bangalore to the main line, will ex-
tend to about 65 miles, forming its junction about midway
between Vaniembaddy and Tripatoor, about 60 miles from
Arcot ; and the branch to Trichinopoly from the main line
will be about 90 miles ; commencing at Salem, 135 from
Arcot, and passing " Caroor," will nm due east to Trichi-
nopoly.

Allowance must be made for any inaccuracy which may
hereafter appear, in regard to the estimated distances be-
tween the diflPerent places named : as they are merely given
from measurements on the Map, and alterations may be
made in the directions of the lines in the progress of execu-
tion.

From the above observations, it is evident, that, after the
completion of these lines, all travellers will proceed from
Madras, Bangalore, &c. by rail ; and then the present route
to the Hills via Bangalore and Mysore, will be abandoned
and the " Coonoor" and " Seeramogay" Passes become the
high roads to the Hill stations ; and the " Seegoor" Pass be
used only by those who are anxious to see Mysore, Seringa-

INTEODtJCTOET TO THE TABLES OP ROUTES. 145

patam, and other places in the same direction, and who,
having leisure, will be content with the slower, but still
pleasant conveyance of transit carriages from Bangalore.

This leads us to remark on the existing mode of travel
from Arcot to the Hills, via Bangalore and Mysore.

In the first chapter, we adverted to the Establishments of
transit carriages kept by Messrs. Burghall and others, at
Madras : by them travellers will be furnished with printed
tables of stages, and charges generally. We shall give an
abstract of those ; but we recommend the traveller to send
for both kinds of carriage, one for horses, the other for
bullocks, in order to enable him to decide in which he will
travel from Arcot to Bangalore or Mysore, and perhaps to
" Seegoor ;" as it is in the contemplation of Messrs. Burghall
and Co. to extend their horse-transit to the foot of the Hills.

On seeing these carriages, between which there is a great
difference of size, the traveller can arrange as to the accom-
modation which he will require for himself and luggage : if
he should be obliged to change from the horse-transit to
that drawn by bullocks, as at present necessary from Ban-
galore or Mysore, he may be put to much inconvenience, and
be obliged to hire two of the smaller conveyances from one or
other of those places.

The Editor's experience leads him to recommend the hire
of a Bullock Carriage, exj^ressly providing against there heing
any change of carriage, all the way from Arcot to the Hills.
This carriage is much easier than the horse conveyance.
Bullocks travel at the rate of 4| to 5 miles an hour, and
give much less cause for dissatisfaction.

The Horse Transit is of course, generally speaking,
a quicker mode of travelling, averaging about 5 to 6 miles
an hour, but the horses are much jaded when the road is
u

146 INTEODTJCTOET TO THE TABLES OE EOUTES,

heavy, and travellers are numerous, and they do not work
like the more patient and persevering bullock.

It is much to be regretted, that Messrs. Burghall and
Co. and the other proprietors, do not exert themselves more
than they do, to have better horses and stronger bullocks
between Arcot and Bangalore: from the latter place to
Ootacamund the bullocks are larger, and kept in good con-
dition.

The visitor, proceeding from Calcutta, should not take
Patarrahs, these are of no use, as the roofs of the carriages
are rounded so as to prevent their being overloaded. He
should only have Portmanteaus or Trunks, and these should
not be higher than 11|^ inches, as they are put under him in
the carriage, which has boards laid across, and on these is
the bedding, the traveller reclining as in a Palankeen, but,
if he travels light, he may form a seat by taking up two
or three of the boards.

Both the abovementioned carriages have a pocket on each
side for small articles ; but it is absolutely necessary for great-
er comfort, that the traveller should, at his own expence (a
mere trifle), have 4 or 6 more pockets made, of any coarse
cloth, to hold wine, beer, &c (not forgetting a bottle of
brandy), and the many small articles he may take with
him; and we likewise recommend him to provide himself
with a small kettle, teapot, a few plates, &c. in short, all that
he would take to insure independence of the deficiencies of a
dawk Bungalow all over India ; the bungalows, between Arcot
and the hills,are generally not deficient in culinary articles, but
tea, coffee, sugar, and salt, and a good supply of bread, biscuits,
&c. should be laid in at Madras, Hangalore, and Mysore.

Most of the dawk bungalows are good, some very supe-
rior ; especially those built by the liberaUty of General Cub-
bin.

IKTRODrCTORT TO THE TABLES OE ROUTES. 147

If Messrs. Burghall and Co. or others, will not arrange to
send the carriage by rail, packed with the travelling luggage
(which they would find it their interest to do, for the accom-
modation of the public) but will only arrange to have it
ready at Arcot, the traveller should take those additional
pockets, and a packet of tacks and a hammer, and fix them
himself at that place.

At Arcot, there is a very comfortable Hotel ; but the tra-
veller should, after arranging for his transit, write to the
respectable native proprietor of it, intimating his intention
of being there by the train of the day ; and, should Messrs.
Burghall and Co. or the other proprietors of carriages, decline
to send his conveyance from Madras, he should not omit to
include in his letter to the hotel-keeper, directions to have
his transit carriage waiting the arrival of the train ; as the
present hotel is about 5 miles from the Railway station, and
the Terminus is at Amoor, beyond Arcot : and, further, the
traveller should, in order to prevent disappointment, desire
Messrs. Burghall and Co. to instruct their agent at Arcot
accordingly.

A new hotel, however, is in contemplation, to be erected
close to the Terminus ; and then the difficulties which arise,
from the distant position of the present one, will be obviated.

The hire of the different transit carriages is at present as
follows ; but the traveller will receive a printed Table of
charges from Messrs. Burghall and Co., and others, when
he engages his transit ; and these give the stages, and par-
ticulars as to the charges, and existing bungalows on the line.

The Railroad fares for the different class carriages, charg-
es for luggage, and for horses, if any are taken, will be learnt
from the manager at Madras ; but these are all as low as
those of the Bengal railway, if not less.
u 2

ks

INTRODrCTOBT TO THE TABLES OE EOUTES.

The hire of a Horse Transit carriage from Arcot to Ban-
galore, is, Co.'s Rs. 65

Of a Bullock Transit, from Arcot to Bangalore, 30

Of a Bullock Transit, from Bangalore to Ootacamund, ... 48
The expenses at the bungalows on the line, are very tri-
fling ; but it is advisable, in order to secure greater attention
and expedition on the part of the drivers of the carriages, to
give each of them on a change, of which there are only about
four through the whole distance from Arcot to Ootacamund
one or two rupees, and to give the syces and bullock-boys
an anna each, at each stage.

The stages are about five miles apart; and appear in the
Tables ; and in the way-bills furnished by the proprietors of
the carriages.

It is also strongly recommended to the traveller, to visit
the extensive ' Emporium' of Messrs. Oakes and Co. at Mad-
ras, who have as multifarious a display of European goods,
as is exhibited in the Exchange rooms in Calcutta ; and also
the shop of Messrs. Shaw and Co., out-fitters, from these well
conducted establishments he will obtain all necessary infor-
mation as to articles of clothing, &c. adapted to the Hills ;
and he should not omit to take with him the water-proof
clothing, strong shoes, &c. and a most useful land of legging,
or thick gaiter, made of enamelled hide leather, which has
a flat iron plate neatly enclosed at the side, keeping the gai-
ter firm, and the tops covering the knees : this is much bet-
ter than the old mud boot ; or new hunting boot ; and a
friend of the Editor was saved by the plate from a fractured
leg, on his pony falling on slippery ground. These gaiters
are known by the name of " antigropolos" and are patented
in London; and are also made by the boot-makers of Calcutta.
There is a good hotel at Bangalore, where the traveller

INTRODrCTORT TO THE TABLES OE EOTJTES. 149

should rest and there study the Transit way-bills ; and, hav-
ing had the experience of the rate of travelling from Arcot,
should make his calculations for leaving Bangalore at such an
hour as will insure his arrival at the bungalow at Mysore,
87 miles, in about 20 hours, and from thence to that at
" Groondelpet," 27 miles, by midnight.

He should there take refreshment, and put on warmer
clothing, and leave at 4 A. M. or earlier ; and should
have his water-proof coat, boots, &c. at hand, so as to be pre-
pared for mounting his pony on reaching " Seegoor ;" and
ladies, who intend to ride up the pass, should put on their
habits in the carriage, as they approach the village of See-
goor, in order to avoid delay at that place.

Seegoor being about 29 miles distant from Goondelpet,
and almost all the road being an ascent, it will be evident
that the traveller should attend strictly to the advice to
leave the latter place by 4 a. m. and he will thus be
enabled to breakfast at the Kulhutty bungalow, near the
head of the pass.

Persons going to the Hills by the " Coonoor Pass,"
should adopt similar precautions as to putting on warm
clothing, &c. as abovementioned,at Meetapollium; and arrange
to leave that place at day-light, as the journey from thence
to Coonoor is tedious when travelling in a palankeen or ton-
john ; therefore all who can ride should go on ponies.

The same directions generally will apply for the guidance
of travellers from Bombay, before ascending the " Sispara or
Koondah Pass ;" who should make their preparations at the
bungalow situated at " Sholaikul," or at that of " Walakaud,"
at the foot of the Pass.

At Calicut, to which travellers from Bombay are now
conveyed by the Steamers, passing it on their way to Galle,
there is a public bungalow.

150 INTEODUCTORT TO THE TABLES OF ROUTES.

At Tellicherry, and Cannanore also, there are bungalows,
and other accommodations for travellers.

Having given the above directions and information, for
the guidance of travellers, we shall now add the Tables of
routes and distances from each of the places before mentioned,
generally, to and from the Hills.

Since penning the foregoing remarks, the Editor has re-
ceived a communication from a friend in the Public Works
Department of the Madras Grovernment, which he regrets
did not reach him in time to modify the observations made
in treating of the anticipated new road to Kotergherry from
" Seeramogay."

The intimation conveyed to the Editor is, to the effect,
" That a first class carriage road is under estimate to be made
from Seeramogay to Kotergherry, by such easy gradients as
would necessarily extend the distance to 30 miles, but, as it
would be travelled with comfort by carriages, it would be
altogether a more desirable trace then having a tedious Grhaut
to ascend. This new road would be continued to Oota-
eamund, and then, for the first time, a carriage road would
connect it with Kotergherry, a desideratum which has too
long prevented daily intercourse between the two stations.

" There would also be branch carriage roads to Coonoor
and Jackatalla ; and, if this projected road is sanctioned by
the Madras Grovernment, it will be completed by the time
the intended branch line of railroad is extended to Seera-
mogay."

This intimation, however, is accompanied by a remark that
another project is also under consideration, namely, to form
the approach up the Pass to Coonoor by means of an inclined
plane and rails, worked by a water-wheel ; but even then
the carriage roads would be made from Coonoor to Ootaca-
mund and Kotergherry, and from the latter to Jackatalla.

IlfTEODUCTOIlY TO THE TABLES OF EOUTES. 151

With reference to the main line of rail road and converging
branches, the Editor is confirmed in the belief, before express-
ed, that the whole will be completed within two years and
a half; the latest information be has received states, that it
will soon reach Vaniembaddy, and that it is expected to be
carried to Salem in the course of 1857 — ; by which time,
the greatest portion of the line between Salem and Calicut
will also be completed.

152

TABLES OF EOUTES.

TABLES OF ROUTES.

FROM MADRAS TO OOTACAMUND.

Via Aecot and Bais^ galore, according to the Transit

Tables of Stages.

To Ai-cot by Rail

/

Feom Aecot

To Chittoor, or Woorungapally
VincatagTierry
/'i<^^- 'Palmanair
,^ Moolragle

* Colar
Nursapoor
Oooscottah
Bangalore

^.^-S^v . ^- -^ '■ - Feom Bangaioee
"y^7^ t£q Kingery

Biddeedee
Closepett
ChiBnapatam
• Muddoor

Mundium
/ 1^£? ^ Seringapatam

S/i-^x . Mysore

Bungalows

and

M.

F.

Hotels-

• •

B&H

71

0

B

29

0

B

12

0

, ,

B

12

0

B

27

0

B

15

0

, .

B

17

0

,.

B

8

0

B&H

17

0

Total, .

Ms.

137

0

?^^

Feom Mysoee

B

10

7

B

10

4

B

9

5

B

7

5

B

11

2

B

11

7

B

16

4

B

^

4

Total, .

Ms.

87

6

y/j-i^

To Sindhully
Baigoor
G-oondelpet
Bundipoor

Tippacaudoo | j^^ ^^
Seegoor j °

*.yyyJo^^^ Kulhutty
V y^ ^mtj^K, Ootacamund

Four miles of which, to head of;pass

Total distance.

• •

B

9

4

B

9

0

,.

B

8

3

,.

B

11

0

7

5

10

4

,,

B

4

0

xss

H. H

9

0

Total,..

Ms.

69

0

Ms.

364

6

TABLES or EOUTES,

158

FROM MADRAS TO OOTACAMUND

By Abcot, Vellore, Vaniembaddt, Salem, Ayenasht
a:nd Coimbatore.

Bungalows

and

M.

F.

Hotels.

To Arcot by rail,

B. H.

VI

0

Feom Aecot

ToYeUore, ....

B.

13

6

Pallicondah,

.

, .

B.

12

7

Totalum,

,

,

7

7

Amboorpett,

B.

9

7

Vaniembaddy, .

.

.

B,

10

4

Tripatoor,

B.

13

7

Muttoor,

,

,

B.

13

5

Innoomatoor, .

B.

11

4

Darampoory, .

.

,

13

0

Adamancotah,

B.

6

4

Topoor Cboultry,

,

,

B.

11

7

Poojariputty,

B.

8

3

Chalk HiUs,

.

,

B.

11

7

Salem,

B.

4

6

Macdonald's Choultry

.

.

B.

12

7

Sunkerrydroog,

B.

11

0

CoomarpaUiuin, .

•

,

B.

12

4

Sittodoo,

•

,

4

5

Peroondooray,.

•

•

B.

10

0

Chungapully,

B.

12

4

*Avenashy, ...

B.

10

6

Karmottunputty,

B.

8

6

Ramanoojun Chuttrum,

8

5

Coimbatore, . .

B.

8

7

Total miles, .

320

3

* N. B. — See Tables in pages 154 and 156, for the Routes from
Avenashy to Ootacamund, Coonoor, and Kotergherry.

154

TABLES OF EOUTES.

FROM OOTACAMUND TO COIMBATOEE AND
PAULGHAUTCHERY

By the Coonoor Pass and Meetapollium.

Bungalows

■

and

M.

F.

Hotels.

To Coonoor, ....

B.

10

2

MeetapoUimn, . . . .

B.

14

2

G-oodaloor,

B.

11

0

Coimbatore, . • . .

B.

11

6

Muddookurray, . . .

5

6

Walaiyar, . , . .

8

7

Gunjeecotary, . ,

8

4

Paulghautcheiy,

7

3

Total miles, .

77

6

FROM OOTACAMUND TO COIMBATOEE
By KOTEEaHEEET AND MeETAPOLLIUM.

To Koterglierry,
*Meetapollium. .
Goodaloor,
Coimbatore, ,

,

B.

14

6

, ,

B.

11

6

,

B.

11

0

•

B.

11

6

Total miles, .

49

2

* A foot path only, — difficult even for Ponies.

FROM OOTACAMUND TO COIMBATORE
By Koteegheeey and Seeeamogay Pass.

To Kotergherry,

^Uddewarum, or Seeramogay,
Goodaloor, .

Coimbatore, . ,

Total miles,

B.

14

6

B.

12

7

B.

15

3

B.

11

6

54

6

* See remarks at the close of the introduction to these Tables,

TABLES Oi' EOrl:ES.

156

FROM MADRAS TO TRICHINOPOLY

By SaDEAS, AlUMPAIIVA, PoiirDICHEEET, CUDDALOEE
AND COMBACONFM.

Bungalows

and

M.

F.

Hotels.

To Sholunganellore,

13

1

At Wanien Choury, 5i M. .

B.

Tripooloor,

13

1

Sadras Fort,

B.

14

2

Chikanacoopum,

13

3

Alumparva,

B.

8

6

Cooneemode,

13

3

Pondicherry

B.

12

1

Mvuijeecoopum, or Cuddalore, .

B.

11

7

Chonian Choultry,

B.

9

1

Ramalinga or Poodoo Chuttrum,

B.

6

7

Ammaipettah, .

B.

11

1

Sheally,

B.

10

4

Myaveram,

B.

13

1

Teroowallungaudoo, .

B.

9

4

Combaconum, .

B.

12

4

Cavestellum,

B.

9

1

Triviar,

B.

11

4

Poodoo Chuttnun ,

11

3

Anicut,

B.

9

0

Trichinopoly,

B.

11

4

Total mil

es, .

225

2

N. B. — Travellers to Trichinopoly and Salem, should enquire of
Messrs. Tayler and Co. at Madras, as to the means of travelling by
their Transit Carriages to these places.

X 2

156

TABLES OE ROrTE-S.

FROM TRICHINOPOLY TO OOTAOAMUND
By Poodoopalitjm, Caroor, Kangtam, Avet^ashy,

MeETAPOLLIUM and the CoONOOR GrHATJT.

Bungalows

and

M.

F.

Hotels.

To Nungaveram,

B.

12

5

Poodoopollium, , . .

B.

10

6

Munnawassy,

B.

13

3

Caroor, . . . .

B.

10

2

Paramutty, . .

B.

12

4

Yellacovil, . . . .

B.

13

5

Kangyam ....

B.

11

4

Natchipallium, . . . .

10

1

Nelloor S^ miles, .

B.

Tirpoor, . . • . • .

6

4

Avenashy, . . . .

B.

8

7

Unnoor, , ...

B.

12

6

Meetapolliuin, . . . .

B.

12

4

Coonoor, ....

B.

14

2

Total miles, .

149

5

FROM TRICHINOPOLY TO OOTACAMUND
By Avenashy, Seeramogay and Kotergherry.

To Avenashy, see preceding table,
Unnoor,
Seeramogay,
Uddiwaram,
Kotergherry,
Ootacamund,

.le, .

B.

110

1

B.

12

6

. .

B.

11

4

B.

2

1

,

B.

. 12

7

•

B.

14

6

Total miles, .

164

1

TABLES OF EOIJTES.

157

FUOM CALICUT TO OOTACAMUND

Bt watee to Aeeiacode, Sispaea Gthaut and the

Avalanche Bungalow.

-

Bungalows

and

Hotels.

M.

F.

Feom Calictjt bt the Betpooe eiyee

EMBAEKING AT THE BEIDGE,

>

To Arriacode, ...
Yeddamunna, . .
Wundoor, .

Sholaikul, ...
Walakaud,

Sispara, ...
Avalanche,
Ootacamund,

B.
B.
B.
B.
B.
B.

35
7
7

10
5
5

17

13

0
5
3

4

7^

7

4

Total miles, .

103

3

FEOM OOTACAMUND TO CANNANOEE

By Neddiwuttum, Goodalooe, Manantoddt, and the
Peeia Pass.

To Pykarra,

Neddiwuttum, .

Goodaloor,

Nellialvun,

Gunnapuddywuttum,

Punnamurtacota,

Manantoddy,

Dindoomullah,

Peria,

Neddoobooranchalay,

Canote,

Cotiangaddy,

Cannanore,

N. B. — A new road is in progress of execution from Ootacamund to
the Bey poor river, passing Neddiwuttum, and thence by Nadkarry and
Carcoor, as noticed in page 23.

B.

10

6

B.

7

1

B.

4

1

B.

16

0

B.

15

0

B.

15

3

B.

7

7

5

1

B.

9

3

B.

7

0

B.

8

4

9

0

B.

14

0

Total miles, .

129

'

158

TABLES OF EOUTES.

FEOM OOTACAMUND TO CANNANOEE AND
TELLICHEEEY

Bt NeDDIWTTTTJM, GrOODALOOK, Mai^ANTODDT, THE
COTIADDT GrHATJT AND COTAPABAMBA.

Bungalows

and

M.

F.

Hotels.

To Pykarra, ....

B.

10

6

Goodaloor, . . . .

B.

11

2

Nellialmn, . ,

B.

16

0

Gunnapuddywuttum, •

B.

15

0

Punnamurtacota,

B.

15

3

Manantoddy, . . . .

B.

7

7

Poolinjal,

7

6

Matalet, . . . .

8

2

Cotiaddy, ....

B.

11

0

Cotipooram, , . . .

6

4

*Parata Coonah,

8

5

Cotaparamba, . . . .

B.

8

2

Cannanore,

B.

14

3

Total miles, .

141

Hence to Tellicherry, by Panoor is Ms. 9. 2.

FEOM PAULGHAUTCHEEEY TO CALICUT
By Ltickeicotah, Angadipooeam, Munjairt, Aeeiacobe

AND THE BeXPOQE EiYEE.

To Luckricotah,

Cherrapoolcliairy,

Angadipooram,

Munjairy,

Arriacode,

Calicut, by the Beypoor river,

.

B.

15

4

,

B.

13

2

^

B.

11

0

,

B.

12

5

.

B.

11

1

er.

B.

35

0

Total miles, .

98

2

TABLES OF ROUTES.

159

FEOM PAULGHAUTCHEERY TO CALICUT
By Luckeicotah, ANaADipooEAM, ais^d Malliapooram.

Bungalows

and

M.

F.

Hotels.

To Luckricotali, . . .

B.

15

4

Cherrapoolcliairy,

B.

13

2

Angadipooram,

B.

11

0

♦Malliapooram, . . .

B.

11

2

Chairnaud,

12

5

Cuddalwundy, ■ . . .

9

3

CaHcut, ....

B.

10

1

1

Total miles, .

83

1

FROM PAULaHAUTCHERRY TO SEERAMOGAY, AND
DANAIKENCOTTA

To Gunjeecotay,
Walaiyar,
M uddookurray ,
Coimbatore,
Goodaloor,
Seeramogay,
Danaikencotta,

By Coimbatoee.

,

7

3

.

8

4

, ,

8

7

*

B.

5

6

,

B.

11

6

.

B.

13

0

•

10

1

Total miles, . .

G5

3

* This road from Malliapooram to Calicut is tlie best.

APPENDIX.

APPENDIX.

Appendix,
Meteoeological Tables, kept bt Dr Baikie

EOB the i:eabs
Abstract Bepster of the Weather at Ootacamundj

Mpnth.

Tbe months of
Jan. and Feb,
nearly the same
as in the next
Table.

March, ,

April,
May,

June,

July,

August, ...
September,
October, ...
November,
December,

Barometer.

23,290

23,210
23,026

22,940

22,900

22,840
22,840
23,100
23,140
23,220

g

23,060

22,960
^2,940

22,880

32,822

22,800
22,730
23,012
23,000
23,128

%

23,175

23,085
22,983

22,910

32,861

22,820
22,785
23,056
23,070
23,174

a Q

o
61

63

64i

631
63

61

60i

60

59i

57

Thermometer
in shade.

^

62

60i

58

59

56i

58

56

52^

-fa !aO
T5

o

21
66 to 45

21

73 to 52

15

70to55

11
66to55

10
65 to 54

13

67 to 54

8
62to54

14
67 to 53

17
63 to 46

21

63 to 42

2,233
5.745

3,880

2,170

4.103
8.960
7.300
7.400
.460

Mean height of the Barometer, 22,991

i)itto ditto Thermometer attached, 61 y%

Ditto ditto ditto during the day, 67y'g-

Ditto ditto ditto duripg the night, 48y^

Ditto ditto ditto day and night, 57-^

Mean daily range, ^^t%

APPENDIX.

No. I.

AT OOTACAMTIND, ON THE NeILGHERRIES,
1831, AND '32.

on the NeilgTierries^for the year 1831.

ofd

o.
ays

.

1

1

^

Remarks.

1

W.

••

4

3

24

N. N. E.
to N. E.

Weather remarkably clear and fine — sun very
powerful from 8 to 10, and from 12 to 2 —
evenings and mornings clear, cold, and brac-
ing— frost once or twice.

,,

10 3

17

N. N. E.

Weather milder than in March — some Ught

S. E.

showers, but very partial — two thunder-
storms with very large hail.

1

19

11

s. w.

Weather tlireatening — ^several days of frequent
showers — one day very heavy rain — atmos-
sphere close — frequent thunder, and sheet
lightning at night.

11

••

19

s. s. w.
s. w.

Monsoon appeared to set in about the 4th, but
the weather cleared up, and was very fine
during the greater part of the month — tem-
perature very equable.

1

5

'

21

s. s. w.

Usually a rainy month — this year very fine,
having only one day heavy rain — Koondah
Hills covered with clouds, upper portion of
range clear.

3

10..

17

s. s. w.

Disagreeable weather — occasional heavy rain

and fr'equent showers — cold and damp to the
feelings.
Usually a fine month — this year rainy, cold,

5

510

11

S. E. E.

s.w.

and uncertain — occasional thunder and much
sheet lightning.

4

11

16

N.E.

Very variable and uncertain weather, consequent
on the change of monsoon — heavy rain at
Kotergherry, and frequent partial mists here.

5

3

4

18

N.N.E.E.
N. E.

Several days of very heavy and constant rain,
but on the whole a very fine month — some
thunderstorms — air keen.

••

2

4

25

N.N.E.E.
N. E.

A beautiful month — much fog at the beginning,
aftei-wards clear, cold, and bracing — occa-
sional hoar-frost on the hiUs.

Quantity of rain fallen, square inches, 42,250

No. of days heavy rain, 19

ditto occasional showers with fair intervals, 80

ditto cloudy, 28

ditto clear and fine, 179

Add Jan. and Feb. ditto, 59

365 days.

Vf

APPENDIX.

J!^ "gpuTM SutjfrbA^jj

o «
o

£

I

60 ®

.a ^

.-.a

T ^

2 -s"^

cS'

t

II

^^ a a

5 '^

^ -t^ § ® r 2 >;»2 <B

rt 2 s Sr^ brS.a.a a

S' H p^i Pl; ^^

1^' i^i i25 125 OQ

'MV^

•saaAioqg

•saqoui

'WBQfl

•uinxmuTjij

•innuiTx^pf

o *

QJ CO

•UBaj\[

•umunmj\[

•umunx'Bpf

00 i-i o I?? en

!-J CO 1> CTi 00
1? 1> i-I OJ CO*

10 CO r-l CO

»0 lO 10

CO ^ 10 »0'

"■^SJ M rH rH

CO cq'Tji

Tji 05 lO

cq (M cq

(M^ O^ O^

CO CO CO

c* (?*• cq

t

(M CO

U5 CD

o o

CO lO**-

(M lO Q r>

00 CO 00 . H°

eq (m" c«if ' "^

(M 'M (M /^.A^

^

Ji ^ia

^i^

^g^

8^

1

00 (M

.g

1-1 r-4

ss

s

•

00 CO

)jT

i-H CO

rf

ss

■s

00 CD

^

r-l ^

^

§■•

g^

f^

P5

00 00

^

.^S.

^

• 00 g

:rs -<?

1 -

1 1

M

E ^

ii

^

r-»

^

(^

W5 CO

\fl (M CO

00 00 X 00

bn

CO •* 0 »H

«

. . . .

^

?5

s;

1

0

i|s|

1

W

g:g s'a

l^i

H

Mean m
Mean m
General
Mean d

00 rH '^

CO o: 1—1
0 05 0

CO 5<i CO*

(M Cq (M

3 g-aa

saa

APPEKDIX.

I

II

Q CO
S 00

>• So

pq CO

M

o

O

PI

o

H

05

<1

1^

.W

a ^

II

^>

.

gg

p

^^

^

^1

rt

PM

pqpfij^aic^fi^oDt^lP^P

(H °° H

•sqwoT

Oil>(?qcOi-IOOCOi>r-lrHCO
NCOOitNQOvflOrHiOeOtH-*

00

H «_5

_2

t>

H W CO

.3

o3

5 H

^

•saqouj

000^0(XlT}4lO?000'*rM

^

9 c<i

?5S

'saBa^Cj^mq^uom

C»00QO0OCO<MlO«Dr-l(MC:iCO

aXoqM. oq^ joj

rHC01>02i-lt>.CDiXH>t>C0<M

aan:}BJ[adraax UBapj

lOiovowscoioioioiovowaio

•asu-uns %xvq(\6

t^-^oqcoco CMCO »Ot?00

CO

QcoaO'*-rfHco(Mi-Hsq(Mi>TjH

^

COCOCDCDCOCOtDCOCO«OtOtD

•i|i
Hi

•sqWOI

o^SSSgg^SS^gg

t

•saqoui

OOOFHiOTj(cqc005«D'<?0

1— 1

r^^

OX

rHCDooocqcDcdcocDcooico

COCOCOlfl»0'<#Tf('<#Tf(Tj*cOCO

r-i '^

III

as

r^ §^

raoaj

J>t-OCO»O00tH00CqXt-vO

H u

CDCOJ>I>l>CDi>iX't>;DCOCO

•q^uoai

■^ (Si 00(MCO(M0000iX>rH

pa lO .

O-HCDrHrHCDCCCDCDCD-^CO

«o

Mean Temp
June, 183

INCLUSITE

iOxfliOCOCDiaiOiOiOiOiOO

lO

i-iOOOO(MOO'* iX)005<lrH00

X

C00510C0V0OOOOOOT*

^

'Hi. '3. z ^TioqB

00 00 ^ «0 CD rjl (M CO T? rH

05

c6cocdc3o5c<jcO'^ici'vdco(>i

t

S

:

^ m

fl

^

1^ M

; * I ■ * * * « *

O H

f

il|t|i'-?i|ii

h^ [i^ ^ <1 ^ H^ ^^ <^ jg O ^ ft

vt

APPENDIX.

Abstract showing the average temperature, Sfc, throughout the year
184*7, on the Neihjherry Hills, taken from Captain Ouchterlong's
Memoir of that year.

Month.

Mean Tempe-

EATUEE.

^

Bemaeks.

O 03
O Oi
CO tZ2

O o
0-5

January ..,
February . . ,

March

April

May ,

June

July

August .,
September
October ..
November .
December.

64
62
62
62
62
61
60

o

58
60
63
63
63
59
57
57
56
56
55
55

o

21
21
19
14
14
10
10
10
10
10
12
15

Total. 60

Cold North-Easterly winds prevail.

Do. do. do.

Do. and dry do. do.

And dry do. do.

Commences to vary to S. W.
S. W. Monsoon sets in : strong wind.
S. W. and W. winds blow.
Wind begins to vary to W. & N. W.
Wind N. W. and towards end N. E.
N. E. and Easterly winds prevail.
N. E. winds blow, fresh, clear.

Do. do. often violently.

Inches of rain.

Month.

Mean Tempe-

EATUEE.

'I .

o

Bemabks.

8

W o

5-^

January. ..
February . .

March

April

May

June

July

August

September.
October . .
November.
December.

51.5
52.5
54
56

56.5

58

60

60

59

56

54

52

66 60

67 63

67 63

68 |64

68 '64

69 65

70
71
69
68
67
66

65

65

64

63.5

61

60

15
15
13
12

12
11
10
11
10
12
13
14

N. E. and N. W. winds prevail.

Do. do. rain very uncertain.
Winds variable N. E. to S. E.

Do. do. N. E. to E. & S. E. rain
uncertain.

Do. from N. E. to N. W. & West.

Do. from N. W. to S. W. rain var.
S. W. monsoon winds, but light & var.
N. W. winds prevail in this month.

Do. do. veering to W.

Do. do. light and variable.
N. E. winds veering to N. W.
Winds generally from the N. gusty.

Total. 50 Inches of rain.

APPEl^DIX.

Temperature of the Air at !Bomhay Souse, the residence of D. 'Ross,
Esq. at Ootacamund^ nearly 8,000 feet ahove the level of the sea,
heing the results of daily observations noted hy the aid of afxd
patent self registering Thermometer on the scale of Faht.from the
1st of April, 1853, to ^Ist of August, 1856.

Date.

Average
Maximum.

Average
Minimum.

Average

on Mean of

Day & Night.

Mean of
four years.

1853.

April,

May, ,

June, ,

July,

August,

September, ....

October,

November,

December,

1854.

January,

February, ....

March,

April,

May,

June, ,

July,

August,

September, ...,

October,

November, ...,
December, ...,

1855.

January, .,
February,

March,

April, .....

May,

June,

July, .....
August, . .
September,
October, ..
November,
December,

1856.

January, .
February,
March,...,
April, ...,
May, ....
June, ...,
July, ....
August, ,

65.125

68.

64.

59.75

61.

63.

60.5

58.5

60.75

62.75

62.75

66.5

67.5

68.

66.5

60.5

62.5

61.25

62.5

58.5

60.

57.5

60.

62.75

64.5

68.

65,

61.75

61.5

61.5

59.625

59.625

56.5

58.125

60.125

63.6

64.5

61.334

60.

60.625

58.

51.25

53.

51.

48.75

48.5

50.

49.

45.75

42.5

44.5

43.5

48.5

53.5

52.

50.5

49.5

49.

48.5

49.

46.5

43.

42.

43.

43.25

60.

52.

49.875

50.

48.

48.

46.5

43.125

42.334

42.25

43.625

48.6

51.

49.334

47.8

48.25

47.8

58.1875

60.5

57.5

54.25

54.75

56.5

54.75

52.125

51.625

53.625

53.125

57.5

60.5

60.

58.5

55.

55.75

54.875

55.75

52.5

51.5

49.75

51.5

53.

57.25

60.

57.4375

55.875

54.75

54.75

53.0625

51.375

49.417

50.1875

51.875

56.1

57.75

55.334

53.9

54.4375

52.9

rm

APPENDIX.

^

^

^

•sso^ &{ UBapf

•sso'g[ £({ uBaj^

S

^

COOCO-^OCDiOiHt^GOO
OiCqiOCO00iX)J>O5QO00r-l

-aq aSuBJ u^aj^

niniuiui|^ wsQjf^

vntuxnxTsjfiwsQj^

^

•2881

•T88I

^QQS5Soooooo
inpqopOT^c^aspqq

r-lOrHTjtC005Ot^iHa5rH<r>

oONiocqcOi-nqpcDcopN

iHCOI>OOC)6lOCOCOlOCOr-H

loooqooooQooo

rHr-l(MOOXt^OiHXOCOCD

lO o

xO<MOi(MOrHQOC00500vOCO

r-H(?icDrH!HOc505O06lOC<i

COtOCOCDCOCOCOCOCO'

iC (M O O CO iffl

Mqoqcooqc^ioq
cqcoo6rHa5i>o6j>

o o
o q

N CO

<M O O X O

CO CO

q q vo rH CO
CD 06 <X) CO oi

44^

o »o O 10 o

rH i-l O XO

-* 10

CO O C<l o
CO O CO o .

t>. \a \o iD io -iO

O 10 o
i7" *.^ uj uj O U5 \0 10 (M vfS \0 O

CqcqCOt^QOCOONrHG^ioOO
CDgpcocoCDCD'XiCDtDCDiQCD

»0 W5

•^€81

•T88t

•sq^juojil

CO CD CD iO CO CD

eoi>'^

•^l>'^CO'OCD'*COiO
COCDi>l>i>CDCOCOCO

: I

3

w

o

APPENDIX.

IX

^

rA 'i-5rHiHr-5o4i-ic<ic4(?4cq

raoj^

•nitinnuTj\[ uBaj\[

•amnnxBj\[ UBaj\[

raoj^g;

1^

^

•uBaj\[

H -a: 6

•K -a: 8
■K -v 9

•ranTimnj\[ u^apj

•uinunx'Bj\[ UBaj\[

•aan^Bjadniaj;, uBaj\[

•umra

•re-YTi

•K -a: f

CO oi T? o
-^ tJI \o o

CD 00 Ci Oi CO

lX>X>J>C<JiHrH(M05rHrHC0rii;

(?i CO J>^ N

CO CO CO "^

CD -*

CO Tfl

N i-H CO 1> W^ (N

05 o vo \o i> a4

CD t> CD »0 Tfl T^

(MCOVOiOOrHNt^OCO

OtHrHrHrH05CDC01>CDTftrH
iOOCOCOCD»OvOiOOkOiOU5

^rOiSq(MC000-<7<CD00e0<MQO
■^TjiCDCDCDvOlOvOiOlOUS-'et

t*05C0C0C0Oi-IOO(MrHO
OlOCOCDCDCDCDCDCDCDCDCD

iOiOOOQOt>t>(MJ>^OOCD

Tf(Tj(io\r3iovr2vo-o»o\ovo-<^

lOt^os'^oaiOCDOi^i^o

iH 00 i> iH rH

(M^qO^
00 00 00 00

co"co"c<f o"cD

<N^»rt CD

00 00 00

O CO »0 CD

(m" rjT o" (rf

05 05 C5 05

Oi i> 00 CO^ G^^

oToTjc^ rfTo^

00 X 00 00 00

i>i>ooxooooxooi>oo

•aan^Bjadmaj; UBaj\[

•ranni
-raipf UBaj\[

•amuc

•w -Y 9

•H -a: 8

r-J^ r-j^rH^t> ""l,"^ CO ^

oTco i>t>rQo"co (>fovr(M (^rr-ri>

CD1>1>000000X000000I>CD

CO i> 00 aTo'oo oo'os'oo cd"io"o5

CDCDI>t>001>J>l>t>i>.CDO

r— I I— I 1—1 r-i I— I CI^I CM

»o"o od~io"i>roo cd'cd^co oTqo lo

l>0000Oia50000QO0000X>i>

J.-li

H? p;, ;^ <^ ;^ h^ h^ <^ eg o ^ p

^^^

■*^ 'S 5

^y^

1-23

§;^^

&3 3

H^i

rt o o

J25

^^^

2

:^ftp

H

H

^

fo5:>

^S

APPENDIX.

Appendix, No. II.

TABLE OF H hllGHTS OF MOUNTAINS.

Bodabet Bange.

Bevoybetta,

8488

Coonoor,

5886

I)odabetta,

8760

Davursolabetta,

8S80

Hokulbetta,

7267

Koondamoya,

7816

Ootacamund,

7416

Tamburbetta,

Koondah Rmge.

7292

Avalancbe Hill,

... ... .•«

8502

Davebetta, (Sugar-loaf HiU,)

6571

Koondah Peak,

... ... ... •••

8353

Makoortee Peak,

Kotergherry Mange,

8402

Dimhutty,

... ... .»• ...

6330

Kotergherry,

...

6571

Kodanad,

... ... ... ...

6815

Koondabetta,

... ... ... ...

6555

Oorbetta^

Low Country i adjoining.

6915

Coimbatore Palace,

..* **« ».« •*•

1483

Danaikencottah Fort,

... ••• •«* •••

1066

MeetapoUium,

... ...

1000

Seeramogay Bungalow,

... •#• t** •••

1100

APPENDIX.

XI

Appendix^ No. III.

EEVISED RULES OF THE OOTACAMUND CLUB, 1856.

EULE I.

The Ootacamund Club shall consist of an un-
limited number of Subscribers, composed of
Qentlemen in Her Majesty's or the Honorable
Company's Service, and others moving in gene-
ral Society.

ElTLE II,

1. Every Candidate must be proposed by
one member and seconded by another member.
His name, accompanied by a statement shewing
in what capacity he is eHgible, together with
that of his proposer and seconder, shall be given
to the Secretary, who wiU post it in the Reading
room for ten days, after which a ballot for the
admission of the candidate will take place.

2. Ten Votes are required to render the
baUot valid, and one black baU in ten will
exclude.

3. Pending the ballot, and with the sanction
of the Committee, a candidate may be admitted
as an Honorary Member.

Rule III.

1. The Entrance donation shall be Rs. 35.

2. Payable by equal instalments, within two
months after election, or earher, in the event of
the member's departure from the Hills.

3. On failure of payment within the time
specified, the proposer of the member will be
held responsible for the amount, and such de-
faulter shall forfeit his election.

b 2

Election of mem-
ber how effected.

Number of votes
required to render
election valid.

Admission as an
Honorary Member.

Entrance donation.
Donation how pay-

able.

Penalty for non-
payment as above.

-X-il APPENDIX.

tion how re-admissa-
ble

Members having 4. Members who shall have forfeited their
forfeited their elec- election as above, or whose names may have been
removed from the list of subscribers, shall be
re-admissable by ballot once only, and on pay-
ment of double the amount of Entrance dona-
tion, and on the occasion of a party being
proposed for re-admission the minute of the
General Committee recording the reason of liis
having ceased to be a Member, shall be sus-
pended in the reading room for general infor-
mation.
Double donation. 5. The penalty of double donation shall be

paid at once, and with the same responsibihty
to the member and proposer as in Sec. 3 of this
rule.

6. Absent members are requested to pay,
while in the Madras Presidency, a monthly sub-
scription of 8 annas, or an annual subscription
of 6 rupees.

7. The monthly subscription of 8 annas, or
annual subscription of 6 rupees, is payable by all
absent Members, in the Madras Presidency, who
may have been proposed and elected, after the
15th May, 1856.

RlTLE IV.

Subscriptions. 1. The Subscription of Members residing in

Ootacamund shall be rupees five, and beyond
its precincts, or elsewhere on the Hills, E-upees
two and a half per mensem.

Famihes of absent, 2. Subscription, payable by families of ab-'
members. gent members, wishing for supphes, &c. from

the Club shall be rupees two and a half per
mensem.

Subscription for 3. Subscription, for a broken period of a
broken periods. month, under 15 days, shall be rupees two and a

half for that month, and, above 15 days, rupees
five, or rupees one and a quarter and rupees two
and a half, for those residing beyond the pre-
cincts of Ootacamund.

a:ppendix. xiii

EULE V.

1. The Concerns of the Club, and its internal Management of
arrangement, shall be managed by a Greneral Club, to whom in-
Committee consisting of seven members includ- ^^^ ^ *

ing one House Member if available.

2. The House Member, to be elected, from House Member,
time to time, by those residing within the Club.

3. The remaining Members of Committee, to Members of Com-
be elected by the Members at their annual gene- mittee how elected,
ral Meeting.

4. But, with a view to keeping up the nume-
rical strength of the Committee, throughout the
Year, the Committee may fill up vacancies that
occur during intermediate periods.

5. The Committee will appoint its own Pre- President,
eident.

EULE VI.

1. The General Committee shaU be at liberty Powers of the Q-e-
to make such By-laws, from time to time, for the iieral Committee,
internal management of the Club, as they may

deem requisite.

2. All points not provided for in the Eules, Points not provid-
shaU rest with the decision of the Committee, ^d for in the Eules
whose duty it is, not only to enforce the Eules, ^°^ *^ ^® decided,
but to take whatever measures, not inconsistent

therewith, that they may deem necessary, for pre-
serving the harmony, and upholding the charac-
ter of the Institution.

3. No decision, of the Q-eneral Committee, Decision of Com-
ehall be subject to rev ision by an Extraordinary niittee if in accord-
general meeting of subscribers, imless it can be ^^^® ^}^}^ *^® ^^e^
shewn to have been passed in violation of the gj^jj

Eules of the Club.

4. Any meeting called to take into cousidera- Meeting to take in-
tion the proceedings of the Committee, must t^ consideration pro-
point out the Eule they have infringed to render ^f^'J^^^ "^^ *^'® ^^'^"
such call vaUd.

5. The By-Laws of the General Committee, By-Laws of Com-
until either varied, modified or annulled by mittee to have the
themselves, or a majority of the subscribers at ^^^^^ ^^ Eules.

^f APPENDIX.

their Annual Meeting, are to have the force of
Rules of the Club, and infractions of both will
be dealt with in like manner.
Rule VII.
Ordinary Meetings 1. The Ordinary Meetings of Committee,
of General Commit- gjiall be held on some one day in each week.

%ecial Meetings of ^' ^P""^^ ^""^^^s of Committee, may be
Committee. called for on all emergencies.

Quorum. 3. Any three members of Comimittee shall

form a Quonmi.

4. The decision of a majority of a Quorum
shall be binding.
Majority required 5. A majority, consisting of at least five
for the expulsion of a members of the Committee, is requisite for the
^^ ^^' expulsion of any member of the Club. The

votes to be given by ballot, if so required by any
member of the Committee. The name of the
member expelled together with the reasons that
led to this step to be placed in the Reading
room for general information.
House Member, du- 6. The House Member, is supposed to repre-
ties of. sent, more especially, the feelings and wishes of

gentlemen residing within the Club, and to
bring these to the notice of the G-eneral Com-
mittee. His duties will not otherwise diiFer
from those of any other member of Committee.
Control of Servants. 7. The control of the Servants is vested in
the Secretary under the general supervision of
the Committee.

Rule YIII.
Majority required 1. No existing Rule shall be varied, annulled
for estabhshing a new or modified, or new Rule estabUshed, except by
Sd^Lr ^^^^^^ ^^ a majority of three-fourths of the members pre-
sent, at a General Meeting of subscribers.
Annual General 2. A General Meeting of subscribers shall
Meeting. ^g ^gld annuaUy in the month of March, for

the purpose of receiving from the Committee, a
Report and Abstract of the accounts and con-
cerns of the Club, for the preceding year, toge-
ther with an estimate of the receipts and

APPENDIX. XV

disbursements for the current year. A List
shewing the names of such subscribers who may-
be indebted to the Club on account of House
bills, subscriptions or donations is to be laid
before this meeting in order that the sense of
the meeting may be taken as to what portion
shall be written off to Profit and Loss and what
retained as recoverable.

3. At this meeting, any subject, relating to Any subject re-
the Club, may be discussed, but every resolution garding the Club may
to be effective, shaU be confirmed by a majority ^^af Gene^ ^M^e^-
t)f votes, at a second General Meeting, to be held {j^a;
fourteen days subsequent to the first, and, during

that time, the proposed resolutions shall be hung Resolutions to be
up in the Reading room, for the information of confirmed by a Se-
subscribers who may not have attended at the .
annual Meeting, and may wish to vote at the
subsequent one.

Rule IX.

1. Extraordinary General Meetings of sub- Extraordinary Ge-
Bcribers, shaUbe convened by the Secretary at »eral Meetings to be
XI -4.4. • -i.- r • TIT V i* convened by the Se-

the written requisition of any nine Members of ^retarv

the Club giving seven days notice ; The requisi-
tion must state, the subject to be laid before such Nine signatures re-
General Meeting, and must be hung up in the quisite for its call.
Club House, signed by the appellant members,
for the above mentioned seven days, and no sub*
ject shall be discussed, save that specified in the
written requisition.

Rule X.

1. In the event of a Member infringing a Infraction of Rules
Rule or By-Law of the Club, it shall be the duty how to be dealt with,
of the Secretary to bring the same to his notice,
and to lay it, together with any explanation he
may offer, before the Committee.

Rule XI.

1. The Club House, shaU be open daily Hours for opening
for the reception of members at 6 in the mom- and closing the Club,
ing, and closed at 12 o' Clock at night, after
which hour, the lights in the public rooms shaU

Xyi APPENDIX.

be extinguished, and no refreshments shall be
furnished, or any game commenced.

2. Travellers, arriving at night, may be fur-
nished with a light, to be shewn to their rooms.
EULE XII.
Accommodation. 1. Accommodation shall be provided in the

Club House, for members requiring it, on the
following terms, viz.
Charges for rooms, The charges for rooms, meals and supplies,
supplies, &c. shaU be suspended in the Eeading room, or other

pubUc rooms, for the information of members,
and be subject to such modifications as the
Committee may, from time to time, deem neces-
sary.
Period allowed for 2. Each member can occupy his room for
X)CCupation of rooms, ^j^y period, not exceeding four months, withoiit
being liable to vacate, and is allowed a week's
warning, to procure accommodation elsewhere,
when his room is required for another appli-
cant.
Absence required A fortnight's absence, at a time, from the
to aUow of occupa- ci^b House, wiU entitle a member to occupy a
tion on a fresh term. ,. « -, • i r r xi, -r i

room lor a fresh period oi four months, as u he

had come up from the Low Country.
Accommodation 3. Accommodation can be secured, by a mem-
now to secure. i^er applying to the Secretary, a fortnight previ-

ous to arrival, and wOl be kept for a fortnight
after the proposed day of arrival, or one month
after the date of application, but no longer ; rent
being charged from the date of the room being
secured for him. It is to be understood, that no
particular room can be secured by an absent
member, if application has been made for it by
a resident member. One day's interval must be
allowed between successive occupation, to admit
of the rooms being thoroughly cleaned.
Occupants to be 4. The departing member will be held re-
responsible for furni- sponsible for any deficiencies of Furniture, break-
' ' ageSj &C' that he may not have brought to notice

on first taking possession.

APPENDIX. XVU

A Kst will be appended in each apartment,
for the information of its occupier, and no room
can be taken without previous permission.

5. A member, residing in the Club, is required Notice required
to give three days' warning, before leaving his before vacatmg.
room, in default of which, he will have to pay

for three additional days.

6. No palankeens, boxes, or other articles, Palankeens, boxes,
shall be kept in the verandahs, or passages, but &c- not to be kept in
be removed to the place allotted by the Secre- ^ ^
tary.

7. No horses, ponies, or cattle, shall be per- No cattle to graze
mitted to graze in the Club compound, and no ^ compound.

dogs shall be permitted to come inside the Club
House doors.

8. No tailor or other tradesman, working for
members, to be allowed to occupy the verandahs.

9. No tent shall be pitched within the Club
compound.

10. A single night's lodging shall be charged Night's accommo-
at one rupee, and application for it should be dation.

made to the butler, or duffadar of peons, before
10 P. M. on the same night.

Rule XIII.

1. All bills for subscription, messing, sup- Payment of bills,
plies, &c. are made up to the end of the preced-
ing month, and must be paid before the end of

the current month.

2. In default of which, further issue of sup- Penalty for non-
plies, &c. wiU be stopped until such time as the payment.

amoimt is liquidated.

3. Failing payment by the end of the suc-
ceeding month, the names of such members will
be posted in the reading room, and should they
not have paid by the end of the third month,
their names wiU be erased from the list of sub-
scribers. The Committee shall take measures to Committee will
enforce payment, and the name or names of f^l^^^^^^^^^"^ ^"^
such defaulters, shall continue affixed in the read- ^ ^

ing room until the amount due be paid.
C

Xtill APPENDIX.

Members to pay 4. In the case of members, leaving the hills,
their bills before leav- their bills must be adjusted before their depar-
ing the hills. ^^^^ From this rule no deviation will be

allowed.
Notice required be- 5. It shall be necessary for members leaving
fore leaving the liills. the hills, to give three days' notice, in order that
their bills may be prepared.
No private supplies 6. No wine, or other suppUes, to be brought
to be consumed in the into the Club House for consumption by a
-tlouse. member. Any member, requiring such stores ae

may not be in the Club, is requested to be good
enough to make known his wishes to the Secre-
tary, when attention will be paid to them.
Charge for dining, 7. A charge of two rupees will be made to
&c. in private rooms, ^ny member dining in his own room, other meals
to be charged an additional 25 per cent, on the
ordinary charges.

KULE XIV.
Bills to be present- 1» Bills of subscribers shall be presented for
ed for payment, once payment once only, if it should be inconvenient
^ ^' for the member to settle the amount, when so

presented, or if there should be any error reqvur-
ing correction, it shall be necessary for the mem-
ber to rectify the same with the Secretary, and
settle his bill, either by personal attendance at
the Club House, or by sending a person for that
purpose, before the end of the month ; and in
the event of members losing their bills, the
accovmtant shall not be required to fiimish them
a second time, but reference can be made to the
books of the Club.

Etjle XY.
Strangers not ad- 1. No member shall be allowed to introduce
mitted into the Club ^ stranger into the Club rooms, or BiUiard room.
House except to visit ^^^^ . ^^ ^^^ ^^^ buHdings, or visit a friend
a friend. . , f ^ ^ ■,

m his own apartment, and none, except a mem-
ber or honorary member, can be permitted to
avail himself of any of the advantages of the
establislnnent.

APPENDIX. Xix

2. But this shall not be considered to pire-
clude members from offering a slight refreshment
to a friend, so introduced, such refreshment must
be imderstood not to exceed a glass of wiue,
biscuit, or soda water.

Rule XYI.
1. No gambling shall be allowed in the Club GrambUng not al-
House, or in any of the buildings or apartments lowed in the Club
connected therewith.

Exile XYIL
1. Ifo play of any kind shall be allowed on
Sundays.

EULE XVIII.

1. No member is, on any account, to repri- Servants to be pro-
mand or ill use any of the Club servants, and it ^ected from iU usage.
is the bounden duty of the Secretary, in order to

secure respectable servants, to protect them from
ill usage of every kind.

2. No verbal complaints are to be received Verbal complaints
by the Secretary. Gentlemen having occasion ^^ot to be received,
to find fault, can bring the same to his notice in

writing, for which purpose a book is kept, and
which will be produced when called for.

EtlLE XIX

1. Books, periodicals and pamphlets are, on Removals of books,
no account, to be removed from the reading *^^-

room, until after the first fortnight of their re-
ceipt. EngHsh newspapers, not before seven
days, and Indian newspapers, not before three
days.

2. On notice being received of the despatch
of new works from London, their names will be
registered in a book to be kept for the purpose
on the Library table, and members, wishing to
read the same, wUl enter their names under each
work respectively.

On the receipt of the works, they wiU be sent
by the Librarian to members, in succession, as
their names stand on the list.
c 2

XX

APPENDIX.

3. No work whatever, is to be taken from the
library or reading room, without being first regis-
tered by the hbrarian, in a book, kept for the
purpose, on the library table.

4. All works, when read, to be returned to
the hbrarian.

Time allowed for 5. No member to take away more than three
reading a work. gets of books, at one time, and they are to be

returned within a fortnight.
Lobs of works. 6. Subscribers, losing any work or part of a

work, shaU be charged the prime cost of the set.
Lending works. 7. Lending works to Non-Subscribers, is here-

by declared to be a direct fraud on the Club
Funds, and renders the offender liable to expul-
sion.

Alpeed Griitin,

Secretary^ O. Club.
Oofaccmtmdf Club Souse, hth A^pril, 1856.

APPENDIX. xn

Appendix, No. IV.

PEOSPECTUS OF SEMINARIES.

Miss Hale, Longwood House, Ootacamund,

JReceives Tcmnff Ladies^ on thefollovoing

Teems.

Board, with Instruction in the usual Branches

of an English Education, .... 40 Rupees per month.

Two Pupils from the same Family, ... 70 „ „

Three ditto ditto, 100 „ „

Weekly Boarders, 30 „ „

Daily Boarders, 24 „ „

Daily Pupils, 12 „ „

Two daily Pupils, under ten years of age, from

the same family, 20 „ „

Instruction on the Piano, 14 „ „

Children under ten years of age, ... 10 „ „

Singing, 14 „ „

French, ' . . 3 „ „

Drawing, 10 „ „

Dancing, 10 „ „

Scripture Exercises, 10 „ „

German and Italian, . . . . .10 each.

A reduction is made in favor of children entering the establishment,
as boarders, under the age of ten years.

There is also a reduction in the terms for accomphshments to elder
pupils, when they take lessons in more than one.

Medical Attendance, Stationery, Washing, and Tailor will be extra.
Each pupil to be provided with small Camp Cot and Bedding, Knife,

XXll APPENDIX.

Silver Fork and Spoon, &c. Reference is kindly permitted to the fol-
lowing gentlemen.

The Loed Bishop of Madras.

D. Eliott, Esq.

W. E. TJndeewood, Esq.

Geneeal J. W. Cleveland, Comg. S. Div.

Geneeal Beuce.

LlEUT.-COLONEL LlTCHTTELD, 2nd L. G.
LIEUT.-COLONEL HaNDS, 2,71(1 E. L. I.

De. Geddes, Surgeon.

Eev. W. T. Blenkinsop, a. m.

Eev. J. C. Steeet.

Rev. a. Fennel, a. b.

LiEUT.-CoL. W. P. Macdonald, Presy. Pay Master.

Colonel Weight, IQth Madras N. I.

Colonel Bouldeeson, ZUh Madras N. I.

Majoe Peitchaed, %th Madras N. I.

De. White.
The following is an extract from a letter received from the Lord
Bishop of Madras.

You have my full permission^ to use my name, in whatever way you
think it most desirable^ in behalf of your Establishment, and I beg to
assv/re you, that I never gave the tise of my name with greater satisfaction,
on any occasion. Both from what I have seen and heard, of the improve-
ment of yov/r young charge, I cannot but feel thankful that the Providence
of God has placed you in the position you occupy, on these beautiful
Hills, and as far as I can assist, to make your, and your Nieces' efforts
appreciated through the Presidency, my endeavou/rs shall not be wanting.
I can most conscientiously say, that I know of few Boarding Schools
in England, of a similar character, where young people have greater
advantages, both religious and educational, than they possess in your
Establishment.

Bishop's Downs, September 22»<2, 1852.

Terms paid in advance, either monthly or quarterly,
A month's notice is required, previously to the removal of a pupil or
a month's payment.

APPENDIX. Jftxnl

ESTABLISHMENT FOE YOITNa LADIES, OOTACAMUND.

CONDrCTED BY MiSS EeGEL,

Teems.

Board and tnition, mcluding Washing, . . Es, 36 per mensem

Two pupils from one family, . . r . . 62 „

Daily boarders, 18 „

Daily pupils above 8 years of age, . , . , 12 „

Daily pupils under 8 years of age, , . , .10 „

Tuition in music, ........ 12 „

Ditto in French, .10 „

Ditto in Drawing, 10 „

Books, Stationery, repairing clothes, and medical attendance, wiU ber
extras. A month's notice, or a month's payment required, previous ta
the removal of a child. Each boarder is to be provided with a fork
and spoon ; also a cot and mattrass.

Payments to be made monthly in advance.

Eeference is kindly permitted to Mrs. Deaitet.

Mrs. Bykg, Ootacamund.

Mrs. L. F. Johnson, Ootacamvmd.

W. M. MOLLE, Esq. M. C. S. Honore,

XXIV APPENDIX.

PKOSPECTUS

OP

MRINaTON HOUSE SCHOOI;,

OOTAOAMUKD, NeILGHEEREES,
CONDrCTED BY

ME. FEEDERIC NASH.

With the assistance of two resident Masters*

Eeeeeees.
W. U. Aebuthnot, Esq., Madras.
W. H. Batiey, Esq., Madras C. S.
Eev. B. S. Claeke, Bangalore.
H. F. C. Cleghoen, Esq., m. d,, Mad/ras.
Major Greneral Cleteland, Trichinopoly.
Eev. Oi. H. Evans, m. a., Ootacamtmd.
Colonel H. S. Fooed, Madras Artillery.
Major J. MacDougall, Madras.
H. Nelson, Esq. Madras.
3. Shaw, Esq., f. e. c. s., Madras.
Eev. A. E. Symonds, m. a., Madras.
James Tayloe, Esq., Bombay.
W. E. TJndeewood, Esq., Madras C. 8.
Major General Watson, Ootacamtmd.
W. S. Weight, Esq., b. a., Madras.

The Couese oe iNSTErcTioN, pursued at this Establishment, em-
braces. Scripture History, and the Evidences of Christianity ; the Nature
and Uses of Common Things ; English Grrammar and Composition ;
an Introduction to English Literature ; the French, German and Latin
Languages j Arithmetic, Algebra, and Geometry ; Geography ; the
Outlines of Ancient and Modem History; the Outhnes of Natural
History ; the Elements of Chemistry, and Natural Philosophy j and
Vocal Music,

APPENDIX. XXV

In reference to his Method of Education, Mr. Nash begs to ob-
serve, that, in the course of his experience, he has had full opportunity
both in England and in India of testing the principles on which Edu-
cation should be based and conducted, and of becoming acquainted
with the leading Modem Systems,

Teems.

For Education only, . . . . . Rs. 14 per mensem.

„ Education with daily board, .... 22^ „
„ Education with board and residence, . . .40 „

Boarders under 9 years of age, are received at Bs. 35 per mensem.

Payments for Board and Education must be made in advance.
Pupils may be supphed with the requisite Books, &c., at cost price.
One month's notice is required prior to the removal of a Pupil.

The Domestic Arrangements receive the careful Superintendence of
Mrs. Nash, aided by a competent Housekeeper, and' are such as to
ensure the comfort of Boarders..

Each Boarder is required to bring for his own use, a Dessert Spoon
snd Fork, one dozen Towels, and a Cot and Bedding. The option,
however, is given, of paying an Entrance-Fee of Twenty Rupees, to
entitle a Boarder to the use of a Cot and Bedding during the whole
period of his stay.

Boarders are allowed to remain at School during either the Christmas
or Midsummer Vacation, on payment of a Vacation-Fee (extra) of
Fifteen Rupees. No reduction is made on account of Vacations or
occasional absence.

XXVI

APPENDIX.

EDUCATION ON THE NEILGHERRY HILLS.

Me. J. A. King and his sister, Miss King, residing at Ootacamtmd,
wiU be happy to undertake the care and education of a few young
children, on the following terms.

Boarders each Rs

Two children of the same famUy
Three do. do.

Day-Pupils .... each

Do. two of a family .

Do. three do. ...

40 per mensem. ,
12
100
12
21
28

Day-pupils will be accommodated with breakfast and dinner at an
additional charge of Rs. 7, 12 or 15 per mensem^ according to the num-
ber of the family.

N. B. — Payments required in advance.

Mr. King was fourteen years Second Master of the Vepery Grammar
School, at Madras ; and both his sister and he have had great experi-
ence in the care and tuition of children. The pupUs entrusted to their
charge will be instructed in the various branches of Enghsh Education,
Latin, Mathematics, and the Elements of Natural Science : and their
comforts and religious training will be carefully attended to. — Rajma-
hal^ Ootacamimdj May, 1856.

APPENDIX. XXVU

A. M. D. a.
LORETTO CONVENT.

OOTACAMtJKD, NEILGHEEEIES.

PROSPECTUS.

1. The Convent School, established at Ootaeanmnd under the care
of the Loretto Sisters, affords to parents residing in India, an opportu-
nity of obtaining for their children a hberal and distinguished educa-
tion, such as they would get in the mother-country.

2. Gotacamund has been selected, on account of its very healthy
and salubrious climate, which has earned for the place a world-wide
and well deserved renown, as the best sanatarimn in India. The invi-
gorating effects of the cHmate render Ootacamund a place especially
favorable for children, whose constitution is generally more or less im-
paired by residence in almost every other place in India.

The excellent situation of the Convent, near the Catholic Chapel, is
well known : it has a beautiful garden and very spacious ground attach-
ed to it ; commands the view of the lake ; and is in fact, one of the
best sites in Ootacamund.

The utmost attention is paid by the religious Sisters to the profi-
ciency, health and comfort of the Pupils.

3. The moral conduct of the Young Ladies is watched over with
the strictest attention, and while every effort is made to expand and
adorn the mind, the heart is trained to virtue.

The character of the Pupils is carefuUy studied : they are taught by
reasoning to correct their errors, and are gradually formed to habits of
regidarity and order.

The Loretto Sisters promise not to interfere in any ivay tvith the
different religions of their Fwpils.

4. The course of Education comprises, Reading, Writing, Arithme-
tic, Grammar, Geography, History, the use of the Globes, French^ etc,
etc.. . . with every branch of useful and ornamental Needle Work.

d 2

XXVIU APPENDIX.

The terms are as follows :
Foe Boaedees, Es. 30 per month.

Extea-Chaeges.
Piano-Forte (the charge for the use, repair and tuning

of the instrument included), . . . EiS. 12 per month.

Drawing, ....... .5 „

For the use of Books, Stationery, etc. . . . 2 j,

Washing, .1 „

Medical attendance, and Medicines, . . .3 „

Entrance Money, for the use of furniture, including

table and bed Unen, 25 „

Dat-Boaedees.

■ "?.

Per months Es. 20 „

Extra-Charges, the same as for boarders, (medical
attendance, and washing, excepted.)

Day-Pupils.

The course of education is the same as for

Boarders, Es. 12 per month.

N. B. 1. Young Ladies beyond fourteen years of age are not
admitted.

2. It is contrary to the Eules of the Establishment to receive visi-
tors on Simdays.

3. Parents or Guardians may visit the Children on Wednesdays
from 11 to 2 o'clock p. m. But they are not expected to visit them
oftener than once in the month.

4. During the Christmas and other vacations, the Pupils are per-
mitted to leave the Convent, and remain with their Parents or Guar-
dians only. It is, however, strongly recommended that the Children
should not be removed at any season in the year.

5. AU payments to be made quarterly in advance, no allowance being
made for absence, when a month is once entered upon.

6. The uniform to be worn by the Children (if provided by the In-
stitute) will be an Extra-charge.

7. Previously to the removal of a Child from School, a month's
notice, or the payment of a month's pension, is required.

APPENDIX. XXIX

8. No reduction is made on account of absence from School, during
the fixed vacations, and no extra-charge is made for the support of such
boarders as may remain at the Convent during vacations,

9. The annual vacation commences on the 2l3t day of December,
and terminates on the 2d day of February.

10. It is particularly requested that Parents or G-uardians will depo-
sit with the Lady Superioress the pocket money, which they may allow
for the use of their Children, or Wards. This precaution is necessary,
in order to prevent the injudicious, or injurious outlay of such money
by the Pupils.

11. Parents and Guardians are requested to appoint an Agent to
procure for their Children, or Wards whatever clothes, etc. etc. they
may require, after admittance into the Estabhshment.

There is a second school, adjoining the Convent, established in order
to afford to parents, of limited means, an opportunity to give a useftd
education to theh' daughters. The course of Instruction comprises,
Reading, Writing, Geography, etc. etc. and every Branch of useful
Needle- Work.

Terms for Boarders, Rs. 12 per month.

Entrance Money, 10 „

Use of Books, Stationery, etc .1 „

For day-Pupils, 6 „

Medical attendance, Washing, etc. .... 3 „

References for further information to be made to the Lady Supe-
rioress of Loretto Convent, Ootacamund.

N. B. Besides the two Schools already mentioned in the Prospec-
tus, the Loretto Sisters will have a third separate School, in which
Em-opean and East Indian Orphans will be received, clothed, educated
and treated with maternal care. A Free day School for poor Children
will be attached to the Orphanage. Donations and Subscriptions, for
the above named benevolent purposes, will be most gratefully received,
and acknowledged, by the Lady Superioress of Loretto Convent, Oota-
camund.

XXX

APPENDIX.

Appendix, No. V.

Memorandum of the Current Prices of tlie under -mentioned
Provisions at Ootacamund, for the month of August, 1856.

Prices.

E. A. P.

1st Sort Beef,

.. per lb*

0 4 0

1st ditto Com Beef,

• •• »

0 4 6

Veal,

• •• »

0 4 0

1st sort Ham,

• •• »

0 12 0

1st sort Bacon,

• •• »

0 6 0

1st sort Sheep,

.

5 0 0

2nd ditto ditto.

.

3 0 0

3rd ditto ditto,

. ..

18 0

Saddle of Mutton, 1st sort,

. .. .*

3 8 0

Hind-quarter of ditto ditto,

.

2 0 0

Fore-quarter of ditto ditto.

.

2 0 0

Leg of ditto ditto.

..

.

10 0

Neck and Breast,

• • .

. .. ..

0 12 0

Bread, Ist sort,

.. •

10 Loaves

10 0

Brown ditto ditto.

• • •

12 „

10 0

Common Biscuits, per

lb.

0 4 0

Wheat flour, 1st sort.

per Seer,

. .. ..

0 4 0

Rolong, 1st sort.

..

.

0 4 0

Ditto, 2nd ditto.

..

.

0 3 0

40 Seers of Bran,

«• •

. .. ..

10 0

12 bottles of Milk,

..

.

10 0

* The weights in use in the Bazars of the 4 settlements, are j
The Maund of 25 lbs. avoirdupois.
The Viss of 2 lbs.— ditto.
The pound of 40 rupees (tolas weight.)
The seer of 25 ditto, (or ditto). — Ed.

APPENDIX.

XXXI'

E.

A. P.

Butter,

..

per lb.

1

0 0

Ghee,

.

2 seers.

1

0 0

Lamp Oil, 2|

.

ditto.

1

0 0

Sweet Gringely ditto, 2 . .

• • .

ditto.

1

0 0

1 Ditto of Ghee, 1st sort,

• ••

..

0

4 0

1 Ditto of ditto, 2nd ditto,

• ••

,,

0

3 0

Sugar, 1st sort,

. per maund of 25 lb.

4

4 0

Ditto, 2nd ditto.

•

ditto.

4

0 0

Rice, 1st sort,

6 seers per

1

0 0

Ditto, 2nd ditto, 6^ ditto.

. ..

1

0 0

Ditto, 3rd ditto, 7i ditto.

• ••

1

0 0

B. Gram, 8 seers.

. ..

1

0 0

Coolty, 9 to 20 seers, very variable,

..

1

0 0

Fowl, 1st sort, each.

. «•

0

6 0

Ditto, 2nd ditto.

• ••

0

4 0

Chickens, 8 to 10,

• ••

1

0 0

Eggs, 4 to 8,

. .*

0

1 0

Ducks, Ist sort, per pair, .

..

1

8 0

Geese, 1st sort, each, .

.

3

0 0

Turkey, 1st sort.

• *.

5

0 0

Ditto, 2nd ditto,

• «»

3

8 0

Kid,

• ••

1

0 0

Calf s Head and Feet,

• ••

2

0 0

Salt, 8 seers,

• ••

1

0 0

xxxu

APPENDIX.

Bates op Hiee of Coolies and Beaeees on the Hills.

From Ootacamund.

Miles.

Per Cooly. Per Bea/rer.

E. A.

P.

E. A. p.

[ire

to Aricode,

. . , .

63

2 0

0

2 4 0

»

Avalanche Bungalow,

15

0 6

0

0 8 6

a

Bandipoor,

30

0 12

6

0 14 0

a

BiUcul,

5

0 3

0

0 4 0

a

Burliar,

17

0 7

6

0 10 6

»

ChoUkul,

45

1 2

0

1 11 0

>j

Coonoor,

10

0 4

0

0 5 6

»

Dimhutty,

16

0 6

0

0 9 6

})

Dodabetta,

3

0 2

0

0 2 6

);

Goodaloor,

22

0 10

0

0 12 6

»

Goondlepett,

40

1 0

6

12 0

}}

HooHcTiU,

11

0 6

0

0 8 0

»>

Jackatalla,

7

0 3

0

0 5 6

J)

Kaitee,

3

0 2

0

0 2 6

»

Kartairy,

7

0 4

0

0 5 6

>J

Kooroomund,

10

0 5

0

0 5 6

>»

Koterglierry,

15

0 6

0

0 8 6

a

Kulhutty,

7

0 3

0

0 4 6

a

Marlimnnd,

3

0 2

0

0 2 6

»

Meetapollium,

24

0 10

0

0 14 0

it

Mussnee Covil,

17

0 7

0

0 9 6

a

Neddywuttum,

18

0 7

0

0 9 6

i*

Nvmjanaud,

5

0 3

0

0 4 0

a

Pykarrah,

10

0 4

0

0 5 6

))

EaHah.

10

0 4

0

0 6 0

J>

Seegoor,

12

0 5

0

0 7 6

ii

Sisparah,

33

0 14

0

13 6

>i

Tippacardoo,

22

0 9

0

0 12 6

a

WaUaghaut,

41

1 0

0

17 0

a

From Coonoor to Meetapollium,

15

0 6

0

0 8 6

From Do. to Kotergherry.
From Koterglierry to Meeta-

13

0 5

0

0 7 6

pollium,

..

14

0 6

0

0 10 9

APPENDIX. XXXlll

Appendix, No. VI,

Manual of Instructions for the guidance of the Revenue
Officers of the Coimhatore District, in their disposal of
applications made to them for Lands, upon the Neilgherry
Sills, sanctioned hy Government, \^th Dec. 1849, in con,
7th Jan. 1850, Eev. Dept. No. 1213.*

Tr-j TIT ^ can o^i ■'-• The following Manual of Instruc-

Vide Notes t> to 9, pages 271 .- . .^ ,

and 272. ^^^^ ^^ communicated to the revenue

authorities of the Coimhatore District,
for their guidance in the disposal of the applications which, may be
preferred to them for lands upon the Neilgherry Hills, required either
for building, or for agricultural purposes.

II. For the more complete elucidation of the whole subject ; the

„ ^ ^ . . . ., Board would refer to the documents

• Revenue Despatch to the i. j • ^i • * . „ , . ,

Governor General of India, ^°*^^^ ^" *^^ margm,* copies of which

No. 2, dated 23d Feb. 1842. liave been supplied to the office of the

Revenue Despatch to the Principal Collector of Coimhatore.

Government of Fort St. j^rom these papers, the following in-

George, No. 13, dated 21st „<.„„.• i u • , ., ,

J e 1843 structions have been mainly compiled ;

Extract Min. Con, dated 12th ^^^ i" ^^^^^> ^lie sentiments of the Hou-

Sept. in con. 5th Oct. 1843, orable Court on the rights of the Todas,

Rev. Dept. No. 999. and other Settlers on the Hills, and

on the principles which should regulate

the grants of land for agricultural purposes in those parts of India

which, from their climate, are most Ukely to be frequented by the

European Colonist, are clearly and distinctly stated.

III. The Survey of the Neilgherries (proper) has been completed,
and copies of the Map of the Hills are under preparation, one of which,
on completion, will be furnished for record in the Principal Collector's
Cutcherry. In this Map will be separately exhibited

1. The lands in the occupation of Government.

* This Manual was approved hy the Hon^hle Court, in para. 2 of
their Despatch dated 17th July, 1850, No. 3, communicated by Govern-
ment, 8th Oct. in con. Uh Nov. 1850, Rev. Dept. No. 948.
e

APPEKDIX.

2. Those lield by private individuals,

3. Those brought under cultivation by the Burghers.

4. Those in the occupation of the Todas.

5. Those entirely unoccupied, over a portion of wliich the Todas
have been accustomed to pasture their herds.

IV. Lands usually under tillage by
the Burghers, are, it is understood fof
the most part, roughly classified, and
the pubHc demand determined. Lands
which have hitherto been either altoge-
ther unoccupied, or have been used on-
ly as pasture grounds by the Todas,
will, on being taken up for cultivation,
have to be assessed according to the
rates paid on land of similar quality in
the nearest agricultural village, unless
when the land be within a specified distance from Ootacamund ; in
which case a different mode of assessment has been laid down in the or-
ders of Government of 25th July, 1836,
and 7th January, 1837. These rates, it
is, however, to be observed, are charge-
able only on land taken by parties,
other than Burghers, for agricultwal
purposes ; land for buildings, com-
pounds, &c. will still be assessed at Rs.
5-4-0 for one Cawney in each lot, the
rest being subject to the assessment of
Es. 1-2-4 per Cawney, as published in
the Fort St. George Gazette of 1st Feb.
1837.*

V. The following Rules are to be understood as applying to all land
taken up in any part of the Hills by Europeans, or others, for agricul-
tural speculations, or for building purposes. The Native inhabitants
of the Neilpierries will, however, continue as heretofore to hold, on Put-
tah, the lands now in their enjoyment, or any further lands which they
may take up for their own cultivation. Native Settlers from the low
country will also be allowed to hold, on similar tenure, such lands as
they may take up hond fide for their own occupancy. The Collector
will also be at liberty to allot to East Indians, Natives of the agricul-
tural classes, Europeans of the lower orders, Pensioners, and others,
for houses and gardens, assignments of land not exceeding half a Caw-

Order of Govt. 25th in con.

28th July, 1836, Rev. Dept.

No.940, SeeNote1,page2ll.
Do. 7th in con. 9th Jan. 1837,

Rev. Dept. No. 14, Note 8,

page 272.
From Collr. Malabar 21st Dec.

1841 in con. 13th Jan. 1842.

Board to Principal Collector
of Malabar, 23d Jan. 1837,
No. 116.

Note, viz. for the 1st Class
double the amount paid for
the same class in the Bur-
gher villages — or 7 Rs. per
Bullah, or Rupees 2- 5-4 per
Cawney — for the 2d class, f
more, for the 3d,i more, and
for the 4th, 5 more.

Court's Despatch 21st June,
1843, para. 19.

Page 60.

APPENDIX. XXXV

ney in each instance, to be held on Piittah, and at the ordinary rate of
land assessment, such rate being subject to alteration hereafter, on a
general revision of the assessment of lands on the Neilgherries. The
necessary stipulations respecting the maintenance of boundaries, right
of way, appropriation of water, &c., will be inserted in the Puttah. If in
any other instances of a similar kind, it may seem desirable to give
land on Puttah, rather than on Lease, or Grant, the Collector sliall
communicate with the Board upon the subject, and act according to
tlieir orders. With such exceptions as the foregoing, all appHcations
for lands upon the Neilgherries shall be disposed of in the manner spe-
cified in the following Rules.

VI. On appHcation being made for land upon the Neilgherries,
whether for building or for agricultural purposes, it will first be neces-
sary to ascertain, whether it be advisable to grant the land on lease at
all ; or whether, from its proximity to the Munds of the Todas, or
other spots appropriated by them to religious rites ; from its contain-
ing forest land, or valuable timber ; or from other causes, its occu-
pation by private individuals be open to objection. The attention of
the Revenue Authorities of Coimbatore is here particularly drawn to
para. II of the Honorable Court's Despatch of 21st June, 1843, which it
will be remarked not only guards from all interference the Munds, sites
of villages, and spots held in peculiar veneration by the Todas, but in-
terdicts the grant of lands in the vicinity of their places of residence,
in the hope that these may hereafter be cultivated by the Todas them-
selves, when they shall be induced to engage in agricultural pursuits.
It will also be necessary carefully to bear in mind the observations of

Government in para. 11, Extract Mi-

InconmhAv^.lS^S^Hev. ^^^^^ Consultation, 13th May, 1848,

Dep^. iVo. 506. '. •^' '

respecting the necessity of providing for

the preservation of the woods on the Hills, not only on account of the
timber, but for the maintenance of the streams and springs which are
supplied or protected by them.

VII. If, on careful inquiry being made upon the above points, the
result should be satisfactory, a full report is to be made to the Board of
Revenue upon tlie subject, embracing all particulars, and accompanied
by an extract from the Survey of the Neilgherries, so as to exhibit the
extent and situation of the land applied for, and of that in its immedi-
ate vicinity. On their approval being signified, the Collector will, after
due notice, proceed to put up the land to public auction, at an upset
price, in the manner which may appear to him most convenient, and

€2

XXXVl APPENDIX.

best adapted for ensuring fair and equal competition. Tlie upset price
must vary with circumstances, but should usually be from 8 to 10 years'
assessment of the land to be sold. The amount which he would pro-
pose for such price should always be stated in his preliminary report to
the Board ; and it is to be understood as being altogether distinct from,
and in addition to, the actual land assessment which will be collected
yearly according to the terms of the Lease, The land will then be
knocked down to the highest bidder, or to the original applicant, at
the upset price, if there be no advance upon it, but under the following
conditions and limitations,

YIII. It is to be clearly understood

H. C. letter to Supreme Grovt. -i , - 1 p • i - • - 1 i i

fil lee-simple property m the land

applied for is, in no case, to be dis-
posed of. The land will be granted on lease only, and at the expira-
tion of the term for which it has been leased, it wiU be liable to
re-assessment, or to the imposition of such revised assessment as may
intermediately have been introduced. Leases for lands taken up for
agricultural objects will be granted for periods not exceeding thirty
years ; those for building purposes for 99 years, renewable every 33
years, at the option of the lessee, and without payment of fine, or
enhancement of assessment.

IX. Land will not be granted for agri-
See the above Despatch par- -n. ^ > ■,

ticularly para. 69: ^^^^^^^ purposes to any person who

may be unable to satisfy the Collector,
if required, that he possesses the means for bringing it under cultivation.
The Collector is authorized to reject, or set aside, all offers from indivi-
duals who may dechne, or may be unable to satisfy him on these
points, althoiigh their biddings may be the highest, subject of course
to an appeal to the Board of Eevenue, and Grovernment, within a rea-
ponable period.

X. If it shall appear to the satisfaction of the Eevenue Authorities,
upon inquiry made previous to the issue of a Lease, or at any time
during its currency, that the land leased is liable to the payment of
Groodoo, or compensation fees to the Todas, the Goodoo payable to
these latter wiU be collected from the Grantee, in addition to the As-
sessment, for the purpose of being paid to the Todas from the pubHc
Treasury. The amount of Goodoo in each case shall be determined by
the Collector, subject to an appeal to the Board of Revenue.
Board to Govt. 10th Nov. . ^^' Every lease of land for cultiva-

1842, No, 493, (2094.) tion shall contain stipulations that the

E, M, C, 12th Sept, in Con. Lessee sliall bring into cultivation cer-

APPENDIX. xxxvn

5th Oct. 1843, Rev. Dept. tain specified proportions of the land

No. 999, para. 7. granted him within certain given times,

Letter to Supreme Govern- ^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^^^.^^^ ^j^^ -^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^

ment para. 50. , , , ,,

hable to be declared null and void, such

portion of the land as may have been left uncultivated will be forfeited

at the discretion of the Board of Revenue, and the Lessee in each case,

wiU be liable to such penalties as shall be determined in the Lease.

XII. No Lessee shall be at liberty
Letter to Supreme Govern- ^^ transfer, or otherwise alienate, any

^ ■ ■ part of the land leased to him, which

he shall not have brought under cultivation.

XIII. The Lessee shall be bound to
1 para. . erect boundary marks around the land

leased to him, and shall maintain them in good condition at his own
charge.

XIY. He shall also respect all roads,
Para. 54. foot paths, and rights of way. It is

indeed desirable that such roads, &c. should be, as far as possible, as-
certained, and specially excepted from the Lease. He shall further
engage to aUow right of way tlirough his land, though none previously
existed, in the event of land adjoining to, or beyond, his own, being
taken up for cultivation by others, so as to make their land accessible.
In the event of any pubhc road being required to be carried through
his hmits, or of such right of way being needed for any public piu-poses^
the Lessee shall, however, be entitled to compensation for the land
which he may give up for this purpose, which compensation shall be
determined in the mode prescribed in Rule XYII.

XY. It is to be clearly understood that Government reserve to

themselves, in the fullest manner, the

Letter to Supreme Govern- complete control over aU Streams,

ment, para. 54-63. _, . -„ . j ri, i *

' ^ Springs, Reservoirs and Cnannels ot

irrigation. No Stream is to be diverted, nor its water taken, for pur-
poses of irrigation, without the special cognizance and sanction of the
Revenue Authorities of the District. Springs, Streams, Rivulets, &c.
should, whenever practicable, be specially exempted from the Lease.

XYI. Government reserve to them-

^ * * selves all mineral products of the land

granted on lease, with liberty to work mines wherever desirable, and

free right of way to such mines, on due compensation being made for

the extent of land thus appropriated.

XXXVlll APPEIs^DIX.

XVII. Government furtlier retain the power of taking, on fair and
equitable compensation, any land included within the limits of a Lease,
which may be required for the construction of a Eoad, Channel, or
other work of general iitility and convenience, or for the exigencies of
the Public Service. The compensation referred to in this and the
preceding Eule shall be determined by arbitration, one Assessor being
named on the part of tlie Lessee, and of Government, respectively,
which two are jointly to choose a third. The award of the majority
shall be taken, except in cases wherein gross partiality or incompetency
on the part of the Arbitrators shall be proved to the satisfaction of
Government, in which case the award shall be set aside, and three fresh
Assessors nominated in the manner above stated, whose decision, what-
ever it may be, shall be final.

XVIII. In all questions which may arise regarding the sense in
which the provisions of his Lease are to be construed ; in aU boundary,
or irrigation disputes, or differences with the Natives ; the Lessee shall
be bound to abide by the decision of the local Revenue Authorities,
subject however to an Appeal to the Board of Revenue and Govern-
ment.

XIX. Stipulations to the effect contained in the preceding Rules
will be introduced into the form of Lease which is now under prepara-
tion by the Law Officers of Govern-

* Revisedforms of Leases were j^ent,* and which, when completed,

furnished hy Govt. 14th Oct. ^',^ ^_ n • -, -i r ^i • i /•

in con. nth Nov. 1S50, Rev. ^"^^^ furnished for the guidance of

Dept. JVb. 956. the Revenue Officers, and which the

Board direct may in aU cases be adopted,

XX. It will, however, be understood that although land for which
application may be made upon the Neilgherries, will, as a general rule,
be disposed of by pubUc auction, in the mode and on the conditions
specified in tlie preceding Rules, the Government nevertheless reserve
to themselves the right of granting land without prior competition or
exposure at an upset price, and on such terras as they may see fit in all
cases wherein, with a view to promote agricultural undertakings, or
improvements, or for any other purposes, it may seem to them desira-
ble to do so.

XXI. It will be seen from the Honorable Court's Despatch of 21st
June, 1843, that the rights of the Todas over the Neilgherry table-land
are, in the judgment of the Home Government, simply those of pas-
turing their herds over the hitherto unreclaimed portion of it. They
can, as the Court have remarked, dispose of such rights only as they
themselves possess. No party, therefore, purchasing land from the

APPENDIX. XXXIX

Todas, can be held to have bought any other right than that of pas-
turage. If the laud be requu*ed for cultivation, it must still be disposed
of, under the Rules in force, by pubhc auction, for that purpose ; the
Goodoo on the land, when such may clearly appear to be payable,
being, in that case, paid to the party who has purchased the right of
grazing from the Todas, in place of to the Toda hunself. The right of
the Bui-ghers would seem to be simply that of occupation. No pm*-
chase therefore, concluded with a Burgher, can confer a title to any
land, unless, (as in the low country,) the laud sold be sheycal land, i. e.
land immediately in the occupation of, and under cultivation by the
latter, and that, subject to the hmitations and conditions of each descrip-
tion of land.

XXII. Copy of this Manual, and of the papers referred to in it, are
to be furnished to the Commanding Officer of the Hills, for his infor-
mation, and for public convenience and reference.

Appendix, No. VII.

MEMORANDUM

Bi/ Col. Cameron, C. JB. Commandant in the Neilgherries, dated
August, 1856.

1. — In addition to the numerous, and conflicting Offices, assigned to
the Commandant and assistant Magistrate of the Neilgherries, the pub-
lic, particularly the European portion of it, insist upon his fulfilling, in
addition to these, self-assvuned offices, similar to the functions of Banker,
SoHcitor, Notary public. Arbitrator, and Land Surveyor, the discharge
of wliich add, in no slight degree, to the harassing, and onerous nature
of liis official duties.

2. — ^From the defective state of the Law, a regularly organized system
of swindling has long been carried on by natives, who, receivmg advancea
for contracts, fly to the low covmtry, or tauntingly tell their unfor-

Xl APPENDIX.

timate dupes to institute a Civil suit against them in the Sudder
Ameen's Court. Europeans of the worst class, and particularly fo-
reigners, have recently settled themselves upon the Hills, and have
emulated the natives in carrying on this system.

3. — The warning given to the Q-overnment by the present Comman*
dant, that the impimity given to the lesser crimes, would eventually
lead to the commission of greater ones, has, within the last few weeks,
been frightfully fulfilled ; several scenes of the most revolting outrage,
aaid mm-der, having occurred amongst the natives.

4>. — One half, of the, so-called, servants upon the Neilgherries, are
either hberated, or escaped convicts ; and, in consequence of there
being no law between master and servant, and the Legislative Council
of India having refused to pass one, these malefactors earn a livelihood,
by practising upon the fears of unprotected ladies and famihes. This
has latterly risen to such a pitch, that several have quitted the Neil-
gherries, not deeming either their persons or property secure, imder
the system at present existing.

5. — Gang robberies, and dacoities are on the increase, amongst the
natives, at a distance from the station, emboldened by the defective
state of the law to suppress them ; in fact, founded, as this is, on mere
Musulman tradition, it may be safely asserted, that these is scarcely
an act of the Magistrate, undertaken for the security of life and pro-
perty, that does not render him hable to a prosecution, which, in fact,
has been threatened, in regard to the present Commandant, for suppress-
ing nuisances, which, in any country in Europe, would have rendered
their perpetrators hable to the heaviest penalties.

6. — The only real, and effectual remedy for the evils, at present so
universally prevalent upon the NeUgherries, and to make them what
they very soon would be, a blessing to all visitors, as well as the perma-
nent resideiits, is, to carry out the Marquis of Dalhousie's intention,
had his Lordship remained in India, of making the whole of these
Districts a non-Regulation Province.

APPENDIX. . xM

Appendix, No. VIII.

A List of Plants gathered on the Neilgherries, particularly in
the environs of Ootacamund. By the Bev. Mr. Schmid*

Monmidrla Monogyma,
1. — Hedychium ? ? According to Persoon's " Systema^'^ it ranks next to
Ma/ranta.

Diandria Monogyma^.
2-5. — Jasminum 1, very similar to Jasminum Mrsutvm^ (See Edwards'
Botanical Register, vol. i. p. 18.)

2, very similar to the above, but leaves very soft, hairy.

3, leaves smooth, small shrub. B. R. vol. i. p. 19.

4, simUar to Jasminum revolufum, Bot. Reg, vol. iii. p. 176, and
to Titrniile, Bot. Reg. vol. viii. p. 350.

6-8. — ^PhiUyrea, 3 species ; one very similar to Ph. paniculata.

9. — Circaea, most undoubtedly a new species. Never higher than 3

inches.
10, 11. — Paederota? minima, and another larger species.
12.— Gratiola.
13-15. — Utricularia caerulea ?

2, lutea, and a third larger blue species.
16-25. — Justicia, 10 species at least.

26-28. — Tidoo, native name of a large forest-tree ; 3 species ; ranks in
Persoon's system next to LithopMla.

Diandria Trigynia.
29-32. — ^Piper ; and 3 species of Peperomia.

Triandria Monogynia,
33-35. — ^Valeriana ; 3 if not 4 species.
36-41. — Commelina ; 5-6 species, 2-3 of them most probably new ; the

others have not been examined.
42-43. — Sonerilla, 2 species ; different from those in Roxburgh's Flora.
44. — Xyris ? ? a new genus with a nectary ; Xyris has none.
45. — A tree, Kanushoo in the language of the original momitaineers.

* A vast addition to this List has been made by later explorers of the
rich field of Botanic productions of the hiUs ; the Memoirs of which the
Editor has failed to obtain in time to include them in this volume. — ^Ei>.

/

xlii APPE]!TDIX.

Tetrandria Monogynia.
46. — Dipsacus, undoubtedly new.
47, 48. — Gralium, 2 species,

49-51. — Hedyotis LeschenauUil, and 2 other shrubby species.
52-55. — Hedyotis (or Asperula ? ) 4 herbaceous species,
06. — ^A shrub, ranking next to CaUicarpa.
57. — Plantago, perhaps 2 species,

58-60. — A new genus ranking next to Bartonia ; 2 or 3 species.
61. — Erel, the native name of a large forest-tree with beautiful red

flowers.
62, 63. — Oldenlandia UJiora ? and another species.
64. — Elaeagnus, new species, similar to orientalis,
65, 66. — Blackbumia ? 2 species.

Fentandria Monogynia.
67. — Myosotis Lappula ?
68. — Lysimachia Clementsoniana, and another plant, which may perhaps

be Lysimachia ? atrojyur'purea.
70. — ^Anagallis arvensis, has probably come liither with seeds from

Europe.
71-73. — Conrolvulus, 3 species.

74. — Ipomoea. Besides a great variety of Conyolvulacese on the ghauts.
75-83. — Loranthus Zeschenaultii, and 8 other species.
84. — Thesium humile, or squarrosum.
85-86. — Lonicera Leschenatiltii^ and another species.
87-88. — Verbascum hldttaria ? and another species.
89-90. — Datura Stramonium ? and another species, new.
91, 92. — Physalis peruviana ? and a procumbent dwarf species,
93-100. — Solanum nigrum 1 at least 7 species more,
101, 102.— Coffea ? 2 species.
103-105. — Baeobotrays, 3 species^
106. — Tectona, down the ghaut.
107, 108. — Rhamnus, more than 2 species.
109, 110.— A shrub, called wild orange, ranking next to Toddalia j

2 species.
111-113. — A new genus, the flower presents a remarkable middle lir^k

between Hedera and Vitis. At least 3 species ; trees.
114. — Euonymus ; large tree.
115. — Kongee, native name of a tree.

116. — Mountain Parijipatily^ native name of another tree,
3.17-119.— Yiola, 3 species.

APPENDIX. xliii

120-125. — Impatiens ; 6 species ; one approaching to Chinensis, aii*

other to Cornuta.
126-127. — Achyranthes aspera (towards the foot of the hills) ; and

another species.
128-131. — Celosia or Illecebrum ; 4 species at leasts
132. — Carissa spinarum.

Pentandria Digynia.
133, 134. — Asclepias, 2 species.
135, 136. — ^Apocynum ? 2 species.
137. — Ceropegia ? with an eatable bulb ; probably the type of new

genus.
138, 139. — Chenopodium ; two species at least ; yiz. amhrosioides ?

and Jiyhridum ? a tliird near the foot of the hiUs, viz. maritirmm, ?
140, 141. — Gentiana, one species ; quite an alpine plant, the other with

one pistil.
142-145. — Sanicula ? 2 of the species with not umbellate flowers.
146-148. — Bupleurum/aZcai^Mwi ? haldeme ? anfruticosum ?
149. — Caucahs Anthriscus ? not indigenous.
150-153. — Four other TJmbellatse, at least.

Fentandria Trigynia.
156, 157. — Yiburnum, one perhaps laeve^ the other I would call pri'

mulijlorum.

Pentandria Tetragynid.
158. — Parnassia, new, with 3 pistils,

Pentandria Pentagynia.
159. — Linum.
160, 161. — Drosera, both species new ; one very similar to Drosera

rotundifolia^ but without nerves.

Sexandria Monogynia.
162-166. — Tradescantia, 5 species.
167.— Lilium.
168. — Curculigo.

169, 170. — Asparagus ; 2, if not 3 species.
171. — Ophiopogon nilagiricus (Nobis) ranks next to Convallariayapo^

nica.
172.— Fritillaria.
173.— Omithogalum ?
174. — Allium, I saw only the onion of it.
175, 176. — Mahonia (Berberis) ; 2 new species.
177. — Bambusa ; perhaps 2 new species,

/2

Xliv APPENDIX.

Hexandria Trigynia.
178. — Rmnex acutus, probably not indigenous.
Oetandria Monogynia.
179, 180. — Oenothera biennis (not indigenous), and another species

at the foot of the hills.
181. — Dodonsea, a willow-leaved new species.

Oetandria Trigynia. t

182-187. — Polygonum, 6 species.

Oetandria Tetragynia.
188.— Calancho*

Mnneandria Monogynia.
189-191. — Laurus, tliree species wild, and a fourth cultivated at Dim-
hutty.

Decandria Monogynia.
192. — So-ghora glauca (De Candolle).
193-197. — Cassia, 5 species, at least.
198. — Tribulus lanuginosos^ towards the foot of the hills.
199-201. — Melastoma, 3 species, one of which comes nearest to Rhexia,

and one would, according to Persoon, be a Meriania.
202. — Rhododendron arboreum ?
203, 204. — Yacciniiun, 2, perhaps 3, species.
205.— Arbutus.

jyecandria Trigynia.
206. — Silene, similar to Armeria, probably not indigenous,
207.— Stellaria.
208.^ — Arenaria.

209, 210. — Oxahs sensitiva ? and a new species similar to Oxalis repens.
211. — Cerastium viscosum ?
212. — Spergula j perhaps not indigenous.

Dodecondria Monogynia.
213, 214. — Triumfetta Bartramia, and another species.

Dodecandria Trigynia.
215-217. — Euphorbia, 3 species,

Icosandria Monogynia,
218. — Seepoo, native name of a tree.
219. — Kemmainoo native name of another tree.
220. — Myrtus tomentosa^ or rather Mespilus monogynia,
221-2,2t4<. — Calyptranthus ? four species.

APPENDIX. xlir

Icosandria Digynia,
225. — Crataegus, very similar in appearance to Mespilus Cotoneasfer.
226. — Sorbus, Tampattan^ native name, and several other species of
Sorbus or Crataegus.

Icosandria Polygynia.
'2,'2!7-'2,2,^. — Rosa, two new species.
229-231.^Rubus, three new species.
232, 233. — Fragaria indica and collina.
234-236.— PotentOla, 3 species.

Polycmd/ria Monogynia.
237. — Elaeocarpus.

Folyandria Polygynia.
238. — Magnolia, if not a new genus.
239. — Anemone.

240, 241. — Clematis, two species.
242.— Thahctrum.
243-245. — Eanunculus, 3 species.

Didynamia Qymnospermia.
246.— Ajuga ?
247. — Teucrium.
248-250. — Satureja, 3 species.
251. — Mentha, one, perhaps two, species.
252-258. — Leucas, (Phlomis), seven species.
259. — Stachys, very similar to Stachys arvensis and annua.
260.— Thymus.
261. — One or two plants participating of the characters of Plectranthus

and Barbula.
262. — A plant ranking next to Dentidia.
263-264. — Scutellaria, 2 species, new.
265. — Prunella, new species. Before examining it, I long took it for

granted to be grandijiora.

Didynamia Angiospermia.
266. — ^Buchnera Asiatica, but probably a new species.
267-269. — Pedicularis, three new species.
270. — Gerardia delphinifolia,

271. — Orontium, very similar in appearance to Antirrhinum minus,
272, 273. — RueUia, 2 or more species, one doubtless new.
274. — Barleria strigosa ?
275, 276. — Two or more undefined plants of this class.

Xlvi APPENDIX.

Tetradynamia Siliculosa.
277. — Thlaspi JBursa-pastoris.

Tetradynamia Slliquosa.
278-280. — Cardamine, two species.
281.— Arabis ?
282. — Brassica orientalis.
283-286. — I have observed at least four other Sihquosse more.

MonadelpMa Tetrandria.
287. — A shrubby chmber, with orange-coloured, 4-petalous flowers, the
stamens of which cleave as much together as those of many Solanse
or of the LobeUa.

MonadelpMa Pentandria.
288-290. — Lobelia, 3 species. One of them I suppose to be triangulata^
a name which I found written with pencil in Persoon's Systema,
which a friend had lent me ; the second species is one of the largest
and highest, and the third species, one of the smaller herbaceous
plants on the hOls.

MonadelpMa Decandria.
291,292. — Geranium, 2 species. One comes near to Columbium, the

other has more the habitus of Pelargonium.
293-303. — Malva rotundifolia^ (perhaps not indigenous,) and at least
10 Malvaceae more.

DiadelpMa Sexandria.
304. — ^Fumaria ofEcinaHs, most probably not indigenous.

DiadelpMa Octandria,
305.— Polygala.

306. — ^A shrub with a Poly galal flower ; probably a new genus, unless
we would call it Securidaca spuria.

DiadelpMa Decandria.
307-311. — Crotalaria, 5 species at least.
312. — Cytisus, similar to Laburnum.
313. — Indigofera.
314-319. — Six other Leguminosae, at least.

PolydelpMa Polyandria.
320-322. — Hypericum, 3 species ; one similar to Kalmiantm,.

Syngenesia Aequalis.
323-325. — Sonchus oleracetis, and 2 other species.
326.— Lactuca.
327.— Prenanthes.
328. — Leontodon.

APPENDIX. xlvii

329. — Hieracium, according to its habitus, but according to the general

characters rather an Apargia.
330. — Carduus certainly a new species.
331. — Bidens.

332-333. — Cacalia, 2 species.
334. — Santolina.

Syngenesia Superflua.
335. — Tanacetum.
336, 337.— Artemisia.
338. — Sigesbeckia orientalis ?
339, 340. — Erigeron, 2 species.
341-345. — Senecio vulgaris (not indigenous, but now pretty common),

and at least 4 species more.
346. — J^ purple -flowered plant, similar to Senecio vulgaris^ but with a

simple cup.
347. — Inula.
348-352. — Grnaphalium, 6 species.

Syngenesia Necessaria.
854. — Filago.

355-357. — Conyza, 3 species.
358.— Eudbeckia ?
359. — Centaurea.
360-362. — Three species of a new genus, as I suppose ; many more

female flowers than males, and the former without a corolla.
Gynandria.
363-382. — I have as yet found 19 Orchideae, of very diversified con-
struction, some very pretty. About half of them are parasitical on

trees, and some on rocks.
383. — Aristolochia, 1 species.

Monoecia Monandria,
384, 385. — Zannichellia jpa^^W*, and another species with naked seed,

and smaller.
386. — Arum. All the smaller specimens have invariably only stamens,

the larger ones only pistils. Amongst the great number of flowers

wliich I examined, I fomid only one instance of an hermaphrodite

flower.
387. — Ficus, one species.

Monoecia Triandria.
388, 389. — Carex, two, if not more ; or new genera.
390. — Two species of a shrub, having the habitus of a Phyllanthus, witl)

the fiiictification approaching to that of Tragia.

xlviii APPENDIX.

391. — Tragia, a new species, next to Tr. indica.

392. — A shrub wliicli seems to be polygamous ; if monoecous, next to
Hemandia ; if an hermaphrodite, next to Kumphia or Comocladia.
Monoecia Tetrandria.
393. — A water-plant with the habitus of Myriophyllum.
394-401. — Urtica. Eight species ; two or three of which are burning.
402, 403. — Parietaria, 2 species.
404. — Morus.

Monoecia Pentandria.
405, 406. — Amaranthus tristis ? an spinostis ?
Monoecia Octandria,
407, 408. — Perimy, native name ; is said to grow also in the low coun-
try and to be medicinal ; 2 species of a genus wliich is not enumerat-
ed in Persoon.

Monoecia MonadelpMa.
409. — Phyllanthus ; towards the foot of the hiUs.
410.— Croton.
411. — Kicinus communis.
412. — A tree ; 3-5 pistils.
413-417. — ^Bryonia and 4-5 other Cucurbitacese.

Dioecia Diandria.
418. — Salix. The male flowers I have not yet found on the tree.

Dioecia Tetrandria.
419, 420. — Viscum ; 2 species, neither of which is described, as far as I
can discern, in Dr. Roxburgh's Flora Indica.
Dioecia Sexandria.
421.— Phoenix?
422-424. — A climber, at least 3 species ; not enumerated in Persoon.

Dioecia Dodecandria.
425. — VillaffadoOj native name of a large shrub or small tree; 15
stamens invariably. Perhaps 2 species.
Dioecia MonadelpMa.
426-428. — Two species of a Phallus-like plant; perhaps related to
Bafflesia. Parasitical on the root of trees, as it appears to me.
Difficult to be found.

Cryptogamia.
429. — Equisetum, 1, if not 3 species ; I have found as yet the flower of

only one.
430, 431. — Lycopodium, 2 species.
432. — Osmimda.
433. — Ophioglossum. ';

434-439. — Jungermania ; more than 6 species.

440. — An articulated parasite, if not a Yiscum ; I have not yet suc-
ceeded in discovering the flower, although it has seed similar to
the two other species of Yiscum.

441. — FontinaHs.

442 . — Marchantia .

448-449. — Polypodium, 11 species.

450-452.— Aspidium, 3 species.

453-464. — Asplenium, 7 species.

465-468. — Pteris, 4 species.

469, 470 — Adiantum, 3 species.

471. — Acrostichum.

Lichens and Musci a great variety ; one Boletus and some other

Fimgi. I have observed one Conferva, and a Polypus, scarcely to be

distinguished from a water-plant ; the flower-hke animalcule becomes,

when growing old, incrustated with the house of a snail. It is found

in water- brooks.

P. S. — My researches have been as yet confined almost entirely to
the mere envii'ons of Ootacamund. The sides of the hills towards the
foot, in the deeper valleys, contain a great variety of purely Asiatic
species and genera ; but my other engagements and even want of the
necessary books, have prevented my examining and classifying them.
I have therefore not enumerated here a great number of plaiits, includ-
ing all the grasses, which I have actually collected.

APPEI^'DII,

Appendix, No. IX.

Extracts from Captain J. Ouchterlony^s 3femoir sulmitted to
the Madras Government in 1847 ; as noticed in the list of
puhlications annexed*

The Neilgherries, or rather the plateau formed by their summits, are
]by no means densely wooded, the forests occurring in distinct and
singularly isolated patches, in hollows, on slopes, and sometimes on the
very apex of a lofty hiU, becoming luxm'iant and extensive only when
they approach the crests of the mountains, and run along the valleys
into the plains below. This absence of forest in a region in which,
from its position between the tropics, from the abundance of moisture,
and from the great depth and richness of the soil, the utmost luxuriance
in this respect would be looked for, is very remarkable ; and leads me
\,o conclude, that vast tracts of primeval forest land must have been
cleared to make room for cultivation, at no very distant period.

Owing to the great elevation, at which the inhabited summit of the
Neilgherries stands, and the consequent rarefaction of its atmosphere
aided doubtless, in some degree, by the beneficial influence of the luxu-
riant vegetation which clothes them, the district, although distant only
11 degrees from the Equator, enjoys a climate now famed for its great
salubrity, and remarkable evenness in its seasons, with a temperature
which falls, in the coldest month of the year, to the freezing point, and
seldom in the hottest, reaches 75° in the shade. In stating this, I of
course refer to the general circumstances of temperature which prevail,
for seasons have ot course occurred during which, from particular at-
mospheric causes, the mercury may have risen occasionally above this
estimate.

The coldest season is during the months of December and January,
and the hottest about April and May, though this latter season is not
so certain, depending mainly upon the character and time of setting in

* A copy of this Memoir has been presented by the Editor to the
Ootacamund Library, and it is weU deserving of perusal by all visitors
to the Hills.

APPE"N"DIX. li

of the rainy, or S. W. monsoon. The hottest period of the day is
about 2 o'clock or 2,h. 40w. P. M. and the extreme range of temperature,
from sunrise to that time, averages most commonly 16° throughout the
year. The yariation is of course the greatest at the time of frost, viz.,
January and December, when the extreme radiation, which goes on dur-
ing clear nights, produces excessive cold towards sunrise, after which,
the sun's rays, shining with great fierceness through the rarefied at-
mosphere, speedily restore heat to the earth, and the temperatiore of
the air rises in proportion. Similar causes, reversed in their action,
necessarily produce sudden and great cold after sunset, rendering the
climate at this season (and indeed at all seasons more or less) one, in
which the most healthy residents, and especially those who have recent-
ly come under its influence, stand in need of caution in their mode of
encountering its vicissitudes. For the reasons alluded to, I would ven-
ture to remark, that very early and very late parades, according to the
practice of the plains, will be found injurious to European troops locat-
ed on these Hills, and especially to those men whose constitutions have
been worn by long residence in a tropical climate.

The chief station, Ootacamund, from its superior elevation (7,300
feet above the level of the sea) is more exposed to this unfavourable
action than the two minor stations, Coonoor, and Kotergherry, which
are each 6,000 feet above the level of the sea : although these latter are
by no means exempt from the same influenccj especially during the
cold season, as will be seen by the Tables appended to this memoir. A
very great advantage, enjoyed by the Neilgherries as a sanitarium, exists
in the means which are afforded to an invalid to select the peculiar
kind of climate which best suits the malady under which he is sufiering
- — by the existence of three settlements, each under Medical charge,
situated in difierent parts of the range, each having a different aspect,
and each a climate peculiar to itself : that of Ootacamund being the
coldest — but most damp, Kotergherry the next in the scale, and that of
Coonoor the warmest. Thus, an invalid whose habits or state of con-
stitution render the change, from the torrid heat of the plains to the
penetrating cold of Ootacamund, too great and sudden, has the oppor-
tunity and option of acclimatizing himself at either of the minor sta-
tions, before exposing himself to the vicissitudes of climate which await
him on the highest level.

The resources of this highly favored region are as diversified and valu-
able, as they appear easy of attainment, and are comparatively inexhausti-
ble. I commence the long list of productionSj which the Neilghennes are

9 2

lii APPENDIX.

capable of supplying, with wheat, as one of the most important, and as one
raoreoyer which the Honorable Court of Directors appear at the present
time to be much interested in collecting data regarding, from all districts
in India capable of producing it.

I have taken the totals from the Seebundy accounts of 1847 or
Fusly 1257, as rendered orally in the cutcherry. From these it appears
that in 1847, 70 " vullums" of land were cultivated for wheat, each
vullum producing on the average 400 " kolagums." This " kolagimi"
which is a measure peculiar to the HiU tribes, contains 226 cubic
inches, and hence the quantity produced was
3,000 bushels
or 375 quarters
the weight of a kolagum of average wheat (husked) is I find 71bs.

hence the bushel of Neilgherry wheat weighs 68f lbs. avoirdupois

or a quarter 548^ „ „

A " vullum" of land is equivalent to 2 cawnies, 21 grounds, and 864
square feet. Hence the total quantity of land cultivated for wheat at
the present time is, 202 cawnies, or 267 acres : and the produce is 14^'^
bushels per cawny, or 11^ bushels per acre. The return in moderately
good land cultivated for wheat is 40 to 1 ; or 40 bushels reaped for 1
bushel sown.

That the quantity of wheat, at present produced on the Neilgherries,
eould be very greatly increased, there cannot be a doubt, provided a
better system of husbandry were introduced, and better seed imported
from Europe, and distributed amongst the agricvdtural tribes.

The whole of this Hill district, including the Koondah mountains, is
eminently weU suited, in point both of soil and climate, for the produc-
tion of wheat, but, as the last mentioned tract is not yet surveyed, it
must at present be lost sight of, although I feel confident it will be
found on examination, to furnish a very important addition to the gross
amount of land estimated as suitable for the cultivation treated of, and
which at present Ues totally waste and useless.

The quantity of land thus lost to the state I calculate to amount to
no less than 200,000 acres, as is shown by the following statement : —

Square Acres.

Total content of the geographical surface of

the Neilgherries 268,494

Of this quantity, there are now under cultiva-
tion, including lands lying fallow Sq. Acres 31,434

APPENDIX. liii

Pasturage, to be reserved for the cattle of the
Todars, at the exaggerated rate of 200 acres
per 100 head (less than 40 per 100 being
allowed by the revenue authorities in the
calculation for assessment), for an average
of 2,000 head of buffaloes wiH be „ 4,000

Pasturage, to be reserved for the cattle of the
Burghers, consisting of buffaloes and bul-
locks, averaging 8,000 head at 100 acres
per 100 head „ 8,000

Land occupied by the Station of Ootacamund,

pubhc buildings, roads, &c, „ 6,000

Village sites, sacred groves, &c. „ 2,060

Tracts of rocky ground, morasses, and other
land not immediately fit for cultivation (al-
though these might well be considered as
compensated by the gain of surface intro-
duced tlu-ough the undulations of the land.) „ 17,000

Deduct... 68,494

and there is a remainder of... 200,000

acres entirely unoccupied and waste, being either covered with forest,
or lying under grass not required for pasturage.

It has been already stated, that the natives obtain from their wheat
lands a quantity of grain equivalent to 11^ bushels per acre, but, as
the depth to which they plough their fields never exceeds 7 inches, and
for the most part is barely 6, and as they give them only the most meagre
allowance of sun-dried and exhausted manure, never exceeding (as far
as I have been able to ascertain by counting the baskets brought and
measuring spaces of land dressed with it) half a ton per acre, and this
not ploughed well into the ground, but merely scraped into the surface
furrows, and as they never supply the land with what, from the com-
position of the soil, it so much needs, viz. Hme, it may be safely assimi-
ed that under a proper system of tillage this amount of produce could
be at least trebled, or, at a very low estimate, 4 quarters of wheat
could be obtained from one acre.

I may therefore safely affirm that this district is capable of furnish-
ing, for export to Europe, from 4 to 500,000 quarters of wheat of a

liv APPE'NBTX.

quality far superior to that which is at preseut raised, and at a cost
sufficiently low (the distance to the nearest shipping port being only
110 mUes, 36 miles of which are performed by water) to admit of large
profits being reahzed by the growers, even when the price in England is
so low as 65 shillings a quarter.

After giving an account of the cultivation of barley of which 5,433
acres are cultivated Capt. Ouchterlony proceeds thus.

Before quitting the subject of barley, I cannot refrain from adverting
to one immediately connected with it, and which I deem of so much
importance, that although I am not sanguine in my hopes that Go-
vernment may be induced by any representation made by me to insti-
tute experimental proceedings, with a view to test the feasibihty of the
scheme, I still consider it my duty to place on record in this memoir,
the results of experiments which I have had favorable opportunities
of making, under the impression that a time must sooner or later come
when this, amongst many other valuable resources of these Hills,
will be fully developed and taken advantage of.

I allude to the subject of fermented malt liquors which can be made
on the Neilgherries with the greatest facihty in all the details of the
process, and at a cost so trifling as to enable the commissariat to sup-
ply the European troops at the three stations more immediately in the
Vicinity of the Hills, viz.. Bangalore, Trichinopoly and Cannanore, with
both ale and porter, at a rate, calculated on an extreme estimate, not
exceeding 10 annas per imperial gallon delivered to the men from the
cask in the canteen, or 2i annas per quart, equivalent to 3^d. per pot.

Independent of the importance, both in a moral and economic point
of view, of supplying to the troops a Uquor which, from its goodness
and cheapness, will induce the majority to prefer it to ardent spirits,
the subject becomes still more entitled to consideration from the ad-
vantages which must result from its successful issue, when the project-
ed measure for the permanent location of a regiment of European
troops on the Neilgherries shall be carried out : for as the chief item in
the estimate of cost is the carriage from the brewery to the station in
the plains, beer will be supplied to those resident on the spot at a great-
ly diminished rate.

A very favorable opportunity will also be offered for bringing the
project into practical operation when a regiment is stationed on the
Hills, because amongst the men many brewers and malsters by trade
will no doubt be fo\md, and by the practical knowledge of these men
many difficulties in the details of the process which experimentalists

APPENDIX. Iv

like myself encounter, will be speedily overcome. An inspection of the
Tables of temperature given in the appendix to this memoir will at
once show that the first part of the process of the manufacture of beer,
viz., the conversion of barley into malt, can be carried on here as well
as in any part of Grreat Britain ; for although the range of the mercury
may appear so great as to endanger the success of the process by caus-
ing the germination to proceed too rapidly, this evil can be readily
averted by placing the malting floors in buildmgs with thick stone, or
even mud walls, covered with thatched roofs elevated considerably so
as to deflect the rays of the sun, and preserve an even and low tempera-
ture throughout the day. The temperature found most suitable to
malting in England is about 60° to 62°, and this degree of heat could
be maintained, without excess, in malting sheds on these Hills through-
out at least 9 months in the year.

I must observe, however, that the barley grown here is so poor in
quahty, so light in the grain, and containing in a given measm*e so
large a proportion of husk in excess of what the same quantity of Eng-
lish barley would produce, that the malt made from it yields in the
mash but a very disproportionate quantity of saccharine matter, ren-
dering it necessary to employ raw sugar as an adjunct, to produce a
wort of sufficient strength. But tliis, which might elsewhere be consi-
dered an objection on the score of expense, is here of easy remedy,
since in the immediate vicinity of the Neilgherries, viz., in Mysore,
excellent sugar is manufactured in great abundance, and, at a rate so
low, that at this present time, February, 1848, it is being sold in the
bazar of Ootacamund at 3 Es. 12 annas per maund of 25 lbs. weight,
being equivalent to 33*. per cwt. Formerly, a prejudice existed against
the employment of sugar in the manufacture of beer, but,as it is now seen
that the permission to introduce it into breweries in England, which
has been recently granted by the legislature, is regarded by the pubHc
as a signal boon, it must be self-evident that since this important article
is, comparatively speaking, indigenous to the spot, cheap, excellent and
abundant, and as the climate is in all respects eminently well adapted
for carrying on the process of vinous fermentation, as well as that of
malting, beer and porter can, under proper management, be produced
on the Neilgherries, in every respect as wholesome and good as that
now imported from England, and at a cost less by one-half, even in-
cluding cartage to the station where it is to be consumed.

I beg leave to observe, that in advancing these remarks, I do not
base my expectations and assurances on mere siu-mise or theoretical

Ivi APPENDIX.

views of the subject, but upon the results of actual experience, as I have
now brewed several casks of beer without a single failure in the princi-
pal parts of the process, viz., malting, fermentation, and fining, while
its quahty has been much approved of by many persons who have
tasted it, amongst whom I may enumerate, Mr. Drury, the senior
member of the Board of Revenue ; Captain Bell, Secretary to the
Board ; Major General Kennett, Lord Gifford, General Gibson, with
many others. In consequence of the success which attended my ear-
ly experiments, in conducting which I employed Malt prepared by
myself from Hill-barley, with hops and dried yeast imported from
England, and my confidence in the success of the scheme if entered
into by Government, I addressed a letter to the Commissaiy General upon
the subject, communicating such details as seemed of interest, and
ofiering to carry on further trials on a small scale, at my own expense,
if a copper could be supphed to me temporarily on Indent from the
commissariat stores. I also sent samples of some beer which I had
brewed, but which had an impleasant taste communicated to it owing
to my having employed " gour" or " raw jaggery" in the brewing in
place of refined sugar, without taking the precaution of cleansing it
from the dirt and gummy matter with which this article is generally
contaminated. I was not so fortunate as to receive a reply to this
letter (beyond a message through a third party) and this absence of
encouragement prevented me from following the matter further, but I
may add, that for my own use I continued the manufacture with a suc-
cess, which convinces me that it is only necessary to extend the scale
upon which my operations are carried, and to secure practical know-
ledge in the more important details of the process, to ensure the most
complete realization of my anticipations regarding the vast benefits to
be derived by this item in the Hst of productive resources of the
Keilgherries.

The following is an estimate of the cost of ale brewed here, from
actual experiment. In England to make a hogshead (66 gallons) of
strong ale intended for export to the tropics, the brewers use
6 bushels of malt,
and 6 lbs. of hops :
now, it has been ascertained, since the introduction of sugar into British
breweries, that

180 lbs. of moist sugar are equivalent to
1 quarter, or 8 bushels of malt.

If therefore both malt and sugar are employed in equal proportions,

APPEis^Dix, Ivii

the hogshead will require 3 bushels of malt and 72 lbs. of sugar.
Considering the Hill-malt to be 100 per cent, inferior to EngUsh malt,
I made use of 6 bushels of malt and 72 lbs. of sugar.
Estimate.

6 bushels of barley, or 60 kolagums at 12 kolagums
perrupee, Bs.

72 lbs. (3 maunds) of sugar, at 4 rvipees per maAind, . „

7 lbs. of hops, imported from England, „

Fuel for kiln drying malt, and boiling, „

Proportion of labour in steeping barley, turning malt,

drawing water, brewing, &c ,,

Sundries, ^^

Cartage to Bangalore (1 cask a load,) „

5

0

0

12

0

0

7

0

0

1

4

0

2

0

0

1

4

0

9

0

0

Total Eupees.. 37 8 0

A hogshead shoidd run 60 gallons of clear beer, hence Rs 37.8 = 10
annas per imperial gallon, for the gross cost.

This estimate might be reduced in many of its items, if a Goyem-
ment brewery were estabUshed here upon an extended scale. In the
first place, all the yeast produced would meet with a ready sale in Oota-
camund for the bakeries, which are now dependent on the low country
for a supply of toddy, with which bread is fermented all over India,
and which, having to travel a considerable distance before it reaches
the settlement, is often found to have passed into the stage of acetous
fermentation, rendering it either unfit to make bread with, or causing
the bread to have an unwholesome and bad taste. A large quantity of
yeast would also be daily required for the bake-houses of the European
regiment located here. The estimate for hops, at 1 Rupee per pound
delivered here, is far too high, as, if sent out by the Home Government
in quantity, they coidd not possibly stand in, at the brewery, at so high
a rate ; and the cost of laboiu* would be diminished if a large quantity
of beer were brewed daily.

I would further beg leave to dwell, upon the importance to this dis-
trict, of the estabhshment of such a manufacture, upon a large scale, in a
Revenue point of view, which, from the great demand it would create
for barley, would soon lead to the reclamation of the greater part of the
waste but rich lands, which are now left untouched, through want of
stimulus to the industry of the Hill tribes, and also, as it appears to
me, in some measure, to the Avant of hands to till them — a deficiency
h

Iviii APPENDIX.

which would, however, be speedily remedied by immigration from Mysore,
and the plains around. In fact, were it not for the assumption of absolute
right over all the lands, waste and cultivated, which are situated on the
plateau of these Hills, by the Todars, Burghers, and Kothers, there is
no doubt that many low country people, who come up here seeking em-
ployment as CooUes, would form settlements, and permanently locate
themselves wherever they could obtain possession of land to bring
Tinder cultivation. Should Government at any future time see fit to
create an estabUshment on these Hills for the manufacture of beer, it
woidd be very advisable, and indeed in the first instance almost indis-
pensable, to connect with it a Government farm, to serve as a model for
the introduction of improvements in husbandry, both in regard to
ploughing and di-essing the land, and in the preparation of good
manure, a department of the farmer's profession of which the Hill
agriculturists appear to have no knowledge whatever. Good seed must
be sent from England, and distributed amongst the Burghers, upon
whose exertions the stimulus of a premium, in the shape of a higher
price for barley of a superior description, would doubtless soon produce
a beneficial efiect, while, imitation of the system pursued by the em-
ployes of Government in the management of the farm lands would
also, it is supposed, lead to the adoption of more civihzed notions and
practice of agriculture, than are now to be found prevailing in any part
of this rich, but ill apj)reciated. Hill tract. In this climate Europeans
might with perfect safety as regards their health, go through aU the out-
of-doors labour which falls to the lot of farming men in England. They
do so in New Zealand, and Port Adelaide, where the climate is unques-
tionably less temperate than here, and, as on the Neilgherries the actual
exertion of European bodily strength would only be reqvured at parti-
cular seasons of the farming year, such as in the direction of the plough,
and the use of the scythe, while superintendence and instruction of the
Native labourers would alone be required, on the part of a European, in
conducting the minor details of a farm, I cannot but think that, in
many respects, a far finer field is offered on these HiUs to the emigrant
farmer from home, than is met with by the many who flock to the
Australian settlements.

Here, cooly labour is very cheap, 2 annas or 2^d. a day being the re-
gular rate of pay for a working man who can perform any duty per-
taining to spade husbandry, and undertake all the duties of a farm,
which, in England, fall to the lot of the common labourer, such as
hedging and ditching, trenching, hoeing, reaping, stacking, thatching,

APPENDIX. lix

&c. &c. A shilling a day, or i a rupee, is the pay of a bricklayer or
carpenter ; men to look after 2 horses receive 14 shillings, or 7 rupees
a month, cowherds 4 or 5 shillings, and all other labour in proportion.
These advantages, coupled with those presented by a ready and ever
demanding market for such articles of produce as wheat, barley, (oats
if raised), clover, hay (of which article an immense quantity would be
consumed in Ootacamimd if it was procurable), turnips, potatoes
(Ceylon offering a very favourable market for this vegetable), butter,
eggs, and stock of all descriptions, both for butcher's meat and for salt-
ing for ship use, would surely, it is to be supposed, tempt many indi-
gent farmers to this hilly region, whose necessities impel them to
emigrate from the mother-country, but whose steps are stayed by the
warnings uttered by the many hundreds of their unfortunate fellow-
countrymen, who have hurried heedlessly out to the Australian colo-
nies, only to meet with disappointment and ruin.

Should circumstances ever induce Grovernment to establish a Farm
on these Hills, for the purpose of encouraging the growth and extend-
ing the cultivation of wheat and barley, I should recommend two sites
for its location ; one on the elevated tract of land to the westward of
the Pykara river, commencing at the north-west angle of the plateau
near Neddiwuttum, and extending southward to " Makoorty peak,"
the whole of which may be said to be uninhabited, there being only 7
small Todar munds situated in it, and these not all occupied, while the
soil is for the most part excellent, pasturage abundant, and the land
covered, in many parts, with fine forest, rendering the tract (which
contains about 12,000 acres) admirably adapted for the purpose which
I venture to suggest.

The other site is, a fine tract of land forming a sort of promon-
tory in the north-east angle of the plateau of the Hills called
" Kodenaad," which is equally uninhabited, having only 3 occupied
Todar munds within its limits ; the soil good, and forest abundant,
many fine-wooded valleys extending through it, and offering a most
eligible locality for a farm. The tract contains about 7,000 acres.

The other grain productions of the Neilgherries are, ragghee, samee,
korallie, tenney, buttacudaley (a kind of pea), shanungee (a kind of
gram), garlic, onions kudagoo (mustard seed), vendium, opium and
potatoes. Almost all the grains enumerated are raised solely for home
consumption — and, excepting korallie, for which about 1,200 velhuns
of land are cultivated yearly, the quantity of each which is produced is
insignificant.

h 2

Ix APPENDIX.

To this list of products Captain Ouchterlony adds, Coffee, Silk, Hides
to any extent, Castor Oil, Bees-wax, &c. and proceeds as follows.

Numerous plantations of coifee-trees are scattered about the Hills,
principally situated on the slopes descending to the plains, where the
elevation suitable for the growth of this shrub can be obtained. Until
within the last two or three years, coffee -plantations were only found
on the eastern side of the Hill&, but representations of the excellent
quahty of the berry, and of the adrantages attending its cultivation on
the Neilgherries, having been made in Ceylon, the attention of the
skilful planters of that island was attracted in this direction, and the
result has been the opening of several plantations, where I ventured to
predict, in a former memoir, that this description of cultivation would
sooner or later be introduced, viz., on the western slopes of the Hills,
where advantages are offered to the planter eminently superior to those,
the possession of wldch has, of late years, so greatly enhanced the value
and importance of the neighboiu-ing island.*

The chief of all is, the cheapness of labour, a cooly receiving even on
distant plantations in the " Koondahs" 4 rupees a month, while in
Ceylon 8, 9 and even 10 are given ; while in (he pay of artizans such as
carpenters, sawyers, masons, &c , a still greater disparity exists in favor
of this district. Second to this is, the abundance of labour which can
always be commanded herp, the neighbouring provinces of Malabar,
Mysore, and Coimbatore supplying • coolies in sufficient numbers to
meet all demands, and at all seasons of the year j while in Ceylon the
utmost difficulty is experienced, in most parts, to obtain labourers when
urgently required ; and at all times the supply of coolies is extremely
precarious. Planters here have also the advantage of a good public
road, passing through the heart of the forest land of the " Koondahs,"
and affording ready means for obtaining supplies, machinery, &c. or of
sendmg away produce for shipment by a route, of which less than 30
miles are by land and 36 by water, to the port of Calicut. One estate
wliich was opened about 2 years ago near " Wallahkadoo" half way
down the Koondah ghaut, by the late Archdeacon of Ceylon and Mr.
Hutson, also of that island, and which I had an opportunity of inspect-

* The Editor on his late visit ascertained, as noticed in the chapter
on Soil and Productions, that the produce of one plantation to the west,
comprising 600 acres, amounted to 250 tons, and realized in the Lon-
don market 785. a cwt. in the year 1855-56.

ing' recently, on my way up fi*om the western eoast, is in a very flour-
ishing condition, and has every promise of turning out most success*
folly. In its neighbourhood are tracts of virgin forest land of immense
extent, stretching away over the innumerable spurs and valleys into
which the Koondahs are broken as they slope downwards towards the
Ponany river, all eminently suitable for coffee planting, having the
proper elevation, a good and rich soil, and enjoying a climate particular-
ly favorable to the nourishment of this pecuUar shrub. If the success
which is looked for crowns the exertions and adventure of the first
speculators, there can be little doubt that when the Koondah coffee
appears regularly in the market as a production of this district, the
attention of capitalists at home will be directed to it, and the western
portion of this mountain tract become a source of gi'eat increase to the
revenue of the country, while it will afford employment and subsistence
to the many indigent people in the neighbouring provinces, who, at
the present time, suffer such privations from the want of it, between
the seasons of sowing and reaping the crops in the plains, and indeed
for more than three quarters of the year.

The other, or what may be called the old plantations in the other
parts of the Hills, but principally on the north-eastern slopes, are
insignificant in point of size, but remarkable for the peculiarly fine
flavour of the coffee produced, which is considered to be owing to the
high elevation at which most of them are situated. Some plantations
near Coonoor and Kotergherry are 5,000 feet above the level of the sea,
but it seems to me that the advantage derived from this superiority
of flavour is more than coimterbalanced by the general want of vigour
and luxuriance of the coffee-trees, which evidently do not thrive in this
latitude so well at an elevation above 4,500 feet, as between that and
3,000 feet. It is not easy to estimate the amount of land at present
under actual cultivation for coffee on the Neilgherries, as, in most cases,
the coffee-fields are so mixed up with the mulberry-grounds, that it is
difficult to arrive at the precise extent of each, but it may be pronounced
not to exceed 280 acres on the eastern side, and 300 acres on the
western.* The general return of those on the eastern side, which are
the only ones at present m bearing, is on an average about 6 to 7 c^vt.
per acre ; which is a remunerative rate under the prevaihng circum-
stances of cheap labour, but the trees require manure to keep them up
to this rate of bearing, and more care in pruning and managing tlian is
bestowed upon them.

* See preceding Note.

Ixii APPENDIX.

The utmost obscurity hangs over the early history of the Neilgherry
Hills, far beyond the period of the immigration of the " Todars" or
" Todawars ;" tradition amongst the present inhabitants, affords no clue
whatever to trace it. That they have been in former ages inhabited,
and that by a very peculiar race, evidence sufficient to show is furnish-
ed by the existence of the numerous " cairns," or rude tombs found
upon the summits of ahnost all the loftier mountains in every part of
the HiUs, the origin of which is so remote, that the Todars, recognized
as the most ancient inhabitants, have no tradition amongst themselves,
bequeathed by their ancestors, wliich even guides us to a surmise, as to
the race of people by whom they were constructed. As affording thus
almost the only land-marks, by which speculation as to the ancient state
of this remarkable region can be guided, these " cairns" seem to merit
a brief description. They are invariably situated, as has been already
mentioned, on the highest summits of the Hills, sometimes single but
more frequently in groups or rows of from 3 to 6. They are circular in
form, raised with large unhewn blocks of stone 4 feet or more above the
level of the ground, and varying in diameter from 12 or 15 feet to 25 or
30. The interior is hoUowed out to some depth below the original
surface, usually until the solid rock is reached, and the space thus
cleared filled with earthen pots, with the covers strongly luted on,
pieces of bone, charcoal, and fragments of pottery, all tightly packed
in a soil so black and finely pulverized, as to give cause to suppose it
to be decomposed animal matter. On breaking these pots or urns,
which many of them are in the form of, they are found to contain
ashes, charcoal, and pieces of half calcined bones ; with sometimes a
small quantity of a pure scentless fluid, which in two instances I found
to be pure water slightly impregnated with lime. Images of tigers,
elks, bisons, leopards and some domestic animals, pieces of half decom-
posed bronze resembling spear heads, tripods, &c., are also found oc-
casionally, mixed with the other remains ; but it is a singular fact that
on breaking up the strong pavement of slabs of stone, with which the
cairns are covered in, and mining down until a second pavement is
come upon, which, from its tightness and weight has, to all appearance,
never been disturbed since it was first laid, we find on removing it that
the contents of the vault below, instead of being laid in the order
befitting the repose of consecrated ashes, are generally smashed and
broken up and mixed with the soil leaving barely one or two pots of
bones and ashes entire, just as though the pickaxe of the destroy-
ing explorer had been already there. Some ingenious writers have

APPENDIX. Ixiii

endeavoured to build up, upon the evidence of these cairns, a theory to
the effect, that their constructors must have been a tribe of the ancient
Scythians, who having wandered into this remote part of Asia, prefer-
red a settlement on the Hills they had discovered, to the hopeless
imdertaking of a return ; and pursuing their hypothesis, and discover-
ing instances in tlie customs and habits of the present Todars, which
assimilate them to the race which liistory describes under the name of
ScythianSjthey pass on to the conclusion that their ancestors were found-
ers of these tombs, and the descendants of the ancient Scythians. But
this assumption is in my opinion erroneous. So prejudiced and bigoted
a race as the Todars would naturally cherish, with the utmost veneration
and soKcitude, any vestiges of mortality, which their most vague tradi-
tion should point to as monuments of their ancestors ; and therefore,
when we find them offering not the slightest objection to the cairns
being broken open and their contents rifled, and even voluntarily guid-
ing strangers to unexplored ones, aiding them in the work of destruction,
it is reasonable to conclude that they form no link of communication
between the present race of Todars, and any tribe of people by whom
these singular monuments may have been raised.

AU clue being thus lost, it would be idle to follow out further any
Bpeculation as to the history of the Neilgherries prior to the first
coming to them of the Todars, for, as no coins or inscriptions or even
hieroglyphics have been found in any of the cairns, or on their con-
tents, there exists no evidence whatever by which inquiry could be
guided into the right course.

With the Todars then, commences the only (partially) known history
of the Neilgherries.

At the time of their immigrating, they probably found no aboriginal
inhabitants settled on them, and seeing, in the solitary and inaccessible
character of the mountain region which they had discovered, a fitting
spot for the undisturbed exercise of their singular religion, and pecu-
liar pastoral habits — for the former of which they had possibly en-
dured persecution amongst the tinbes of the plains — they determined
on permanently occupying it. Ages, according to their belief, must
have passed while they remained in undisturbed possession of the Hills,
extending over such a space of time, that they express their belief that
the founders of their tribe were created on them ; until at length a
small band of Kothers found their way up from the plains, and be-
sought permission to tiU certain tracts of land which they indicated.
From this era may be said to have commenced, the self-arrogated

Ixiv APPENDIX,

sovereignty of the Todars over the land forming the plateau of the
Neilgherries, as, conceding the privilege sought for by the new comers,
they stipulated that a certain proportion of all the grains which tliey
might produce from the soil, should be annually presented to them as
" goodoo" or tribute, in acknowledgment of their feudal right over
the territory. Not long after this, and according to their traditions,
3 or 4 centuries ago, a party of " Burghers," or " Buddughurs"
emigrated from the " North country," (probably the Northern part of
Mysore and Canara,) and came to the Neilgherries ; and being good
cultivators, at once perceived the advantages offered to them in the
virgin and rich soil which they saw on all sides. They accordingly ap-
pear to have obtained permission to settle and cultivate land, upon the
same terms as those granted to the Kothers, and inviting more of their
brethren to join them, they soon swelled into a numerous tribe and
spread over the Hills, constructing their villages, and enclosing their
fields (and doubtless clearing away much forest) in all directions. I
can find no evidence of any sovereign ruler having been acknowledged
amongst the Hill people, until about a century before the reign of
Hydar Ally in Mysore, when, according to the tales of the Kothers and
Burghers, there were 3 princes or chiefs who had sway over them, one
in Todanaad, who resided in a fortress called Mullaycotta, the walls
and ditch of wliich still exist on a Hill to the eastward of the village of
" Shoolooroo," and westward of Mootenaad and the Seegoor pass, one
in Meykenaad, in the fortress, the ruins of which are now called
" Hoolicul Droog" situated on a lofty ridge overlooking the Coonoor
pass, and a third in Parungenaad, in a fort the site of which is still
pointed out near Kotergherry, and called " Konagerry," though no ves-
tige of a fort remains now recognizable. Their traditions state, that at
this time, in consequence of disputes between the Burghers and Ko-
thers regarding their respective boundaries, a general settlement of
their lands took place, under the auspices of the three chiefs, when the
lines of demarcation were definitively fixed ; and though only by oral
indication, in consequence of the ignorance of reading and writing
which then, as now, prevailed, the limits of the territory of each tribe
were so distinctly identified, that ever since, up to the present time, no
disputes about them have ever been known to occur.

APPENDIX. IxV

Appendix, No. X.

Extract from Captain Harkness* Account of the Inhabitants
of the Neilgherry Hills ; noticed in the list of publications
annexed.

The appearance of tlie Tod as or Toruwars, who may be considered
the original inhabitants of the hills, is very prepossessing. G-enerally
above the common height, athletic and well made, their bold bearing,
and open and expressive countenances, lead immediately to the con-
clusion that they must be of a different race to their neighbours of the
same hue, and the question naturally arises, who can they be ? The
word Toruwars is the Tamil term for herdsmen. This remnant of a
race, perhaps the most extraordinary of any known, does not exceed in
number, including both sexes, and of all ages, six hundred.

They never wear any covering to the head, whatever the weather
may be, but allow the hair to grow to an equal length, of about six or
seven inches ; parted from the centre or crown, it forms into natural
bushy circlets all round, and at a short distance more resembles some
artificial decoration than the simple adornment of nature. The hair of
the face also is allowed a similar freedom of growth, and in every in-
stance, except from the effect of age, it is of a jet black, and of the same
degree of softness, as that of the natives of the low country.

A large, full, and speaking eye, Roman nose, fine teeth, and pleasing
contour, having occasionally the appearance of great gravity, but seem-
ing ever ready to fall into the expression of cheerfulness and good
humour, are natural marks, prominently distinguishing them from al
other natives of India.

The women are not of a stature proportionate to that of the men,
but of complexion generally some shades Ughter, the consequence per-
haps of less exposure to the weather, with a strongly feminine cast of
the same expressive features as the men ; most of them, and particu-
larly the younger, have beautiful long black tresses, which flow in
unrestrained luxuriance over the neck and shoulders, or are frequentlj
disposed in a profusion of natural ringlets on each side of the head.
i

Ixvi APPENDIX.

With a modest and retiring demeanour, tliey are perfectly free from
the ungracious and menial-like timidity of the generality of the sex of
the low country ; and enter into conversation with a stranger, with a
confidence and self-possession, becoming in the eyes of Europeans, and
strongly characteristic of a system of manners and customs widely differ-
ing from those of their neighbours.

They wear necklaces of twisted hair or black thread, with silver
clasps, and here and there a bead, and suspended to them bunches of
cowry shells, which hang down from the back of the neck between the
shoulders. On the arms, immediately above the elbow, they wear a
pair of armlets of brass, those of the right arm being much larger than
those of the left ; silver bracelets are on the wrists, and on the fingers
and thumbs of each hand, a nxmiber of rings of various descriptions.
They also wear a zone round the waist, composed of a sort of chain
work, of either silver or mixed metal resembhng brass.

The upper garment, or mantle, resembles that of the men ; but it is
worn differently, and, reaching to the feet, envelopes the whole frame.

This attire is by no means graceful ; it gives them an imfeminine
and mummy -like appearance ; and neither they nor the men having
any pretensions to cleanliness : this wrapper is from that circumstance
often rendered still more unseemly.

They are, however, a lively, laughter-loving race, and in the sudden
transition and free expression of their sentiments, shew strength of
feeling, and correctness of thought, little to be expected under such a
garb.

Their life being in every respect a pastoral one, they do not con-
gregate in towns or villages, but every family, or the principal branches
of each family, live separately ; and these places of their residence are
called Morrts or Munds (corresponding to our word home).

In each of these morrts is a building, in size, construction, and appear-
ance, superior to the others, a short distance apart from them, and
surrounded by a wall. In this is carried on all the process of the
dairy, such as making butter, clarifying and converting it into ghee,
&c. ; they also attach to this building a sacred feeling, and would not
at first allow me to go near it, declaring that there was a deity within,
whose malevolence would be provoked by my near approach.

The huts in which they dwell, and which are generally clustered to-
gether, very much resemble in appearance the tilt of a waggon. The
roof, which is formed of thatch very neatly put on, is supported on
posts, and thick rude planks of wood, which, excepting at the ends,

APPENDIX. Ixvii

are little more than three feet in height. The whole building is about
twelve feet in length, eight in breadth, and seven in height, from the
ground to the ridge of the roof. At one end is a little door, two feet
and half in height, by two feet broad, and this completes the whole
external appearance of each dwelling. At a short distance is an area, of
about forty or fifty yards in diameter, enclosed with a wall of rude
stones, piled one upon another without cement, and in which the herd
is secured during the night.

Each is prettily situated on a gentle slope, occupying a beautiful
green on the borders of a wood, and with which, in most instances, they
are partially surrounded. But, migrating from one morrt to another,
or from one mountain side to that of another, as the seasons change, or
as the pastures in their immediate vicinity begin to fail, and cultivating
no grain or vegetables of any description, their morrts have none of
those appearances which denote the long-estabhshed and settled resi-
dence ; or which bespeak, on the part of the settler, pecuhar attachment
for the spot on which he lives.

They do not breed poultry, pigs, sheep, goats, or animals of any de-
scription, except the buffaloe ; nor is the cow or ox (the creatures so
highly valued, and even venerated by the people of the low country),
held in any estimation, or considered worth keeping.

The only articles which the Todas produce are butter and ghee ;
such of the latter as they do not require for their own consumption,
they dispose of to some of the neighbouring tribes, or barter for grain
and cloth, and these transport it to the low country.

Evidently of a peaceful character, having no weapon of defence, no
fastening to their dwellings further than the little door previously
mentioned, (for, situated as their morrts are, they cannot be said to
have sought it either from the forest or morass :) no protection against
the wild beasts of the field, not even the nightly guardian or common
watch dog, hving rather in families than in societies, without any of
those bonds of union which man in general is induced to form, from a
sense of common danger, or to guard against the oppression of his
neighbours, and, as previously mentioned, migrating from one part of
the hills to another, the Todas pass their days in a manner quite pe-
cuhar to themselves, and apparently in all the silence, quiet, and rural
simphcity, characteristic of a patriarchal government and a pastoral
life.

Few in number, as before observed, not exceeding six hundred, and
apparently a remnant of some tribe driven by religious persecution to
i 2

Ixviii APPENDIX.

seek safety in these mountain a, they may have been taught by expe-
rience that it is wiser for them to live in fellowship, or quiescent submis-
sion, than to provoke hatred or hostihty.

They, however, assert a claim to the soil, and declare that it was only
by their sufferance that the other tribes came to reside on it ; that
they receive from them a payment in kind, not, however, for so many
kaunies or acres, but for such a spot, measuring it with the eye ; an
indefinite sort of demarkation, which, where land is so plentiful, and
the inhabitants so few, is not attended with any inconvenience.

Of the tribes here alluded to, one whom they call the Marves,* a
race of Hindus, who but a few generations ago emigrated hither, to
escape the oppression and tyranny of their masters, and who are ten
times more numerous than the Todas themselves, speak of the latter,
and treat them with a respect and observance denoting, that they either
consider them superior in natural quahties, or that this deference is
due to them by prescriptive right.

Whatever their rehgion may be, it is evident that it is generally mis-
understood : and perhaps the true nature of it is altogether unknown.
Of itself it forms a subject of curious inquiry ; and one of which a
correct understanding wiU perhaps go further than any other, to deve-
lope the history of this extraordinary people.

Nor has their religion, as far as I am able to judge, any resemblance
to that of the Buddhist, the Moslem, or of any other people of the
present day. They salute the sun in its rising, and believe, that after
death the soul goes to Huma-norr or Om-norr,t a country, respecting
which, they seemed rather to look to me for information.

Their language, the pronunciation of which is deeply pectoral, appears
to be quite distinct from the languages of the surrounding countries.
With the Sanscrit it has not the least affinity in roots, construction, or
sound ; and, if I may venture to say so, as Httle with any other Asiatic
language of the present day.

It may, perhaps, be said to have some resemblance to the vernacular
Hindu languages of the Peninsula, but only in so far as these languages
8tni possess simple words, not of Sanscrit origin; and the Tamil
possessing by far the greater number of such words, the resemblance
to it is consequently greatest. There are also two sounds, the Zah

* More generally known by the name of Barghers, Badacars, or
Yadacars.

t Literally, the great country. ■

APPENDIX. Ixix

and the TJkh,* which are of constant occurrence in the Toda, and which
in respect to the yernacular languages of the plain are pecuHar to the
Tamil, and its sister dialect, the Malayal'ma. Besides these, the pro-
nouns, the plural, the honorary termination of verbs, and the negative
verb, come nearer to the Tamil than to any of the other dialects.

With these exceptions, however, it differs widely, and bears so Httle
affinity in genus, either to it or to any of the dialects of the present
day, that although these hills have novf been the seat of the principal
collector's cutcherry for the last ten years, there is no instance of ita
having been acquired by any one of the native servants, sufficiently for
them to understand the expression of the simplest occurrence.

They have no written character, nor any visible symbol by wliich to
communicate their thoughts ; and the language being merely oral, it is
of course the more difficult to acquire.

At the foot of these mountains, and for a short distance within the
forests, extending from their base into the plains, Uve a race of people,
commonly known by the name of Erulars. They are divided into two
classes, one called TJrali, the other CurutaU.

Above these, at a height varying from one to two thousand feet, in
the clefts of the mountains, and httle openings in the woods, with
which at this elevation they are girt, hve another race, calhng them-
selves Curumbars. This race are all one class.

People, answering to the general description of both these tribes, are
to be met with in many of the mountainous parts of the Peninsula, but
the Erulars of this vicinity differ from them in many particulars ; and
the Curumbars, from their connexion with the tribes who inhabit the
more elevated parts of mountains, and particularly with the Todas, are
now quite distinct from the people bearing this name in other parts of
the country.

Neither of these tribes know the use of the plough, or at least they
do not use it to till any part of the lands which they occupy ; and
being quite unskilled in all the arts of life, their state of being is but
little removed from that of utter uncivilization.

Their languages are jargons, formed from a mixture of those of the
nations nearest to them, such as the Tamil, the Carnataca, or the Ma-
layal'ma ; that of the Curumbar having a considerable intermixture of

* At the present day, however, these two sounds are very imperfectly
expressed in either the Tamil or the Malayal'ma, and it is not uncom-
mon for other sounds to be substituted for them.

IXX APPENDIX.

Toda. They may be classed as Hindus ; and, to the introduction among
them of some of the Hindu observances, they seem to owe the little
civilization to which they can be said to have claim.

The Todas do not consider the Erulars as forming a part of the in-
habitants of the hills, but they allow this designation to the Curumbars,
whom they call Curbs, and from whom they receive certain services.

The next are the Cohatars. They occupy many of the elevated parts
of the mountains.

They are a strange race, have no distinction of caste, and differ as
much from the other tribes of the mountains as they do from all other
natives of India. They cultivate a considerable quantity of the different
kinds of millet, and of the poppy, and sometimes a httle barley. They
are the only artisans of the hills, being goldsmiths, potters, chaccileis,
&c. They are not Hindus, but worship ideal gods of their own, which,
however, they do not represent by any image. Their villages are, many
of them, very prettily situated, and generally on a hill ; and every hill
thus occupied is called Cohatagiri, or, as more commonly pronounced,
Cotagiri. These people the Todas call Cuvs, their term for mechanics.

We now come to the numerous, the most wealthy, and what must be
considered the most civilized class of the inhabitants. These are the
Burghers, or Buddagers.

By this general term is understood the whole of the people who,
since a certain period, have migrated to these mountains. They divide
themselves into no less than eight different classes, but are all Hindus
of the Siva sect, and the dissimilitude among most of these classes is
too trifling to be worthy of remark. The least respected among them
are a class who, as well as being cultivators of the earth, also manufac-
ture a coarse kind of sackcloth ; other two of the classes are of the
caste who wear the hngam, one being superior, and quahfied to officiate
as priests to the whole of the others ; and another of the classes are
repudiated Brahmins. These, however, still wear the sacerdotal string,
and retain some privileges in the performance of their worship ; but
they are classed with the other people, and are without any pretension
to superiority over them.

These several classes compose the tribe which by us is known by the
general term Burgher.* They are the principal cultivators, and as

* Called by the natives, generally, and more properly, Badacars or
Yadacars from Badacu, or Vadacu, north, >iaving come to the hills
from that quarter. In number about 10,000, of both sexes and all ages.

appe:ndix. Ixxi

their chief dependence is on husbandry, they may fairly be designated
the farmers of the hills.

Then* language is principally the Carnataca, having but a small inter-
mixture of the Toda. The Todas, who also know as little as we do, in
general, of the existence of any difference of caste among themselves,
call them all Marvs, their term for a labourer.

But to return to that tribe which is the least in number of all the
inhabitants of the hills, the Todas, or as they are more commonly called
the Toruwars, a name given to them by the other tribes, or rather by
natives of the plain, and which is not in use among themselves. They
call themselves ( par excellence ) Man : and the question, " Is that a
Burgher, or a Toda ?" would with them be Uterally, " Is that a labourer,
or a man ?"

They are divided into two branches, or what may be considered two
grand famihes. One called Peikis, or Tai'alis, and who are competent
to hold all sacred offices ; the other Kutas, or Tardas, who are compe-
tent only to hold minor ones within their own particular families, and
who may be considered as the lay class.

TiU within the last few generations, these two branches kept them-
selves quite distinct, and never intermarried ; but since that period,
intermarriages have taken place, and the progeny of these are called
Mookhs, a general term for children or descendants.

Ixxii APPENDIX.

Appendix, No. XI.

Extract from the Calcutta Beview No. XXXI. September ,
1851, " On the Mortality of European Soldiers in India,''

A single fact published in the Quarterly Review, and afterwards
in a little half-crown pamphlet, some few years ago, by that popular
writer, Sir Francis Head, attracted more attention to the subject of
railways, than all the scientific volumes that had previously issued
jfrom the press. Thousands had been in the liabit of travelling by
" Kail ;" but few were aware, that on everi^ Monday morning through-
out the year, on one particular railway, a new engine and tender, cost-
ing £1,250, were put upon the hue. The fact was an astonishing one,
and set men's minds thinking, and calculating, if this occurred on only
one railway in the United Kingdom, what must be the enormous ex-
pense, and still more enormous incomings, of these undertakings, to
enable them to return a profit ?

Would it be thought less startling, or of less interest, with reference
to the subject before us, viz., the mortahty of European troops, in this
country, to be told, that " the British soldier, who now serves one
year in Bengal, encounters as much risk of Ufe, as in three such bat-
tles as Waterloo ?" It is, as if every private at present serving in H.
M.'s regiments at Calcutta, Dinapore, and Allahabad, were called upon
three times a year to expose himself to the dangers of such a conflict,
in which one in forty of the combatants fell ; and this, too, not for one
year, but for several. Carry out the calculation still further, by ad-
ding the number of men invahded, and the number of those who die
on their way home, or soon after reaching England ; then, multiply the
whole by the number of years that European troops have been serving
in India, and reckon what has been the amount of mortality in the
three presidencies during the last century !

The most valuable and accurate work that has ever been published
on Medico-Military Statistics, is TulloKs Parliamentary Returns : and
it is much to be regretted that, out of the voluminous documents at
present lying in the offices of H. M. Inspector-General, and the Honor-
able Company's Medical Boards at Calcutta, Bombay, and Madras, a

APPENDIX.

Ixxiii

similar abstract has not been prepared by order of Gloveniment. Still
there have been labourers in the cause, who, from time to time, have
given to the public the benefit of their observations and researches,
and have made earnest appeals to " the legislative branch' ' of the
Government, for correction of the evils tliat exist.

Before going into the subject of Tropical Hygiene, which foi'ras the
bulk of Dr. Mackinnou's Treatise, we would collate from the different
sources open to us, a few of the most important statistical facts, the
correctness of which may be vouched for by the authority under which
they were published. They will shew in a clear and tabular form,
what the mortality of European soldiers, serving in India, amounts to,
and what are the proportional rates of deaths at diiferent stations, iu
different years : —

TABLE I.

Shewing the annual mortality from sickness in every 100 men, hoth
European and Native, of the three armies of Bengal, Bomhay and Ma-
dras,for the last 20 years.

In every 100

Bengal.

Bombay.

Madras.

Europeans

Natives

7.38
1.79

5.078
1.291

3.846
2.095

This table is taken from a valuable paper by Col. Sykes, on the
"Vital statistics of the Indian army,"* and (it must be remembered)
does not include casualties in the field, or while on service, nor yet
the mortality from cholera in Scinde. The most strikiiig fact here
shewn is. that the loss of life amongst our European soldiery in Ben-
gal, is double of what it is in Madras : or in other words, that whereas
74 out of every 1,000 die annually in Bengal, only 38 in the same
number would be the loss in the sister presidency. The causes, by
which this difference may be accounted for, we shall notice hereafter.

At Secunderabad, death mows down its victims with tw^o-fold power.
At this latter station, which is tlie most unhealthy in the Madras pre-
sidency, tlie average mortality among the European troops, for fifteen
years previous to 1846-47, has been 75 per 1,000 — being nearly double
the average of the entire presidency, and more than double the average

* " Statistical Society's Journal." — Vol. X, page 124.
k

Ixxiv APPENDIX.

of the more healtliy stations. The men composing the regiment, are
crowded into small barracks and narrow verandahs, while t^e officers
of the same regiment, and the detachment of artillery, who are quarter-
ed in more roomy barracks at no great distance, are comparatively
healthy and free from disease.

Dr. Burke, the late Inspector- Greneral, speaking of this station, says,
"The excess of casualties in H. M. regiment at Secunderabad over
that of any corps in the other stations of the presidency, during four
years, is 117 men ; a loss, therefore, intrinsically of that station, ex-
clusive of ofiicers, women and children. It has been stated that every
European soldier, landed in India, costs the state £100 sterling ; cal-
culating from which, the intrinsic loss of 117 European soldiers by
Secunderabad in 4i years is £11,700 sterling. But, as these 117 men
have to be replaced, the doing so will cost another £11,700 ; — to
which must be added the loss in acclimatizing these latter, amounting
on the lowest calculation to one-eighth, or £1,462 ; giving a sura
total of £24,862, as the actual loss sustained in 4i years, or proba-
bly three lakhs of rupees in five years. But as Secunderabad would
appear to have been a station for European troops for at least thirty
years, the cost to the state for that period may be estimated at twelve
lakhs at least."

Though much may be done by the means of draining, it cannot be
denied, that some of our military stations, such as Berhampore,*
Barrackpore, and Masulipatam, are decidedly unhealthy localities. The
former, after a trial of seventy-seven years, and an expenditure of the
enormous sum of sixteen millions eight hundred thousand pounds ster-
ling (including capital and interest), was abandoned as a station for
European troops by order of Lord William Bentinck, in 1835. The
deaths, on an average taken for thirteen years, amounted to 103 in
1,000 men : so that, if to the cost of the buildings, which were unex-
ceptionable, we add the intrinsic loss resulting from the destruction of
life, we should arrive at a result of the most startling and fearful na-
ture. Dr. E. Jackson was the first individual who pointed out to
Government, the advantage of locating European troops in the interior
and mountainous parts of the tropical islands : and he observes that,
** since the adoption of the measure proposed by him of forming can-

* It is to be hoped that the above results as to the unhealthiness of
Berhampore, and the enormous loss of life and treasure experienced at
that place, may not be forgotten, when, if ever, it should again be
proposed as a military station. — Ed.

APPENDIX.

Ixxv

tonments, on the mountain ranges, tlie diminution in the rates of
sickness and mortaUty has been such as to justify the assertion, that if
this measure had been adopted at the time it was first urged by him, the
lives of from 8,000 to 12,000 men would hare been saved;" — a sufficient
lesson, one would think, to our military authorities, not to delay the
introduction of improvements, which experienced medical officers con-
cur in urgently recommending.

In the East Indies, the same measure was advocated by Dr. J. R.
Martin, and the plan, suggested by him, of calling on military surgeons
for notices of the medical topography of the country generally, was
adopted, and ordered for the three presidencies in November 1845, by
the direct act of the Government.

By a very interesting document lying before us, we learn, that of one
of II. M. regiments, which arrived in this country, eight years ago,
there are now exactly 109 men left. One-seventh part only are
sui-viving, after a lapse of seven and a half years. At this proportion
a regiment would be decimated in a twelvemonth !

We give the details in the form of a Dr. and C'r. account ; and only
wish that similar retm'ns were published yearly from every regi-
ment : —

M. M. 98^^ Uegiment, January^ 1851.

Periods.

Strength of regiment on landing in China,
July 1842,

Deaths amongst this number, between that
period and February 18 i4,

Strength of regiment on arrival of the Dep6t,
February 1844,

Strength of the Depot Companies joining ser-
vice, in 1844,

Number of Recruits and volunteers received
between Februai-y 1844, and embarkation
from Chusan for India, in Jidy 1846,

Strength of regiment on landing at Calcutta,
in November 1846,

Recruits and Volunteers received since,

Deatlis, and Invalided since November 1846,
up to 1st January 1850,

Number of deaths between 17th February and
20th November 1849,

Number of men now efiective who came out to
China with the regiment in July 1842, a
period of seven and half years,

Tc 2 ^

Ser-
jeants.

Drum-
mers.

Rank&
File.

37

11

718

11

4

417

32

7

304

11

5

630

7)

1

258

52

1

18
0

689
644

29

7

403

3

1

83

7

1

101

Ixxvi

APPENDIX.

Abstract shewing the Increase and Decrease in H. 31.^s 98^/i Regiment.

Increase in 7^ years.

i
I

t
S

1

Decrease in 7 1 years.

i
¥

a

i

rig

1

Strength on landing,

37

11

718

Strength no w present,

48

17

1

858

By joining of Depot,
Recruits from Eng-
land,

11

1
0

5

1
0

630
586

By Death,

Invaliding,

71
13

12
3

1081
162

2101

Volunteers,

31G
2250

Total,

Total,

1
49 !l7

1
132 32

Total Increase, ... 1,550 men.

i
Total loss by sickness,... 1,342

The number of men, w ho have taken their discharge, &c., has been
purposely omitted from this table, which shows the decrease, by sick-
ness alone, to have been at the rate of 178 men yearly.

iPfow, this regiment has never enjoyed the advantages of a hill sta-
tion. Had a certain proportion of the men, selected from amongst tlie
most unhealthy, with due regard to their particular cases, been located
for six months at Darjehng, wliile the regiment was at Dinapore in
1848, or immediately after the corps arrived from China, tlie result
would have been very different. But we totally dissent from the plan
on which our " sanataria" are made use of at present. Instead of send-
ing only the invalids of the season to Darjeling, Mussuri, or Kussowli
— dragging the poor creatures, many in a state of great suffering and
exhaustion, hundi-eds of miles for the purpose, and locating entire re-
giments at Dugshae and Subathu — we would earnestly advocate an
equal enjoyment of the hill stations by each of the European regiments
serving in the Presidency, by letting every corps, cavalry, artillery and
infantry, benefit yearly by them, t o an equal extent as regards numbers,
and for a similar period. Thus, if a detachment of from fifteen to
twenty-five per cent, from every European corps were marched to the
nearest hill station, so as to arrive in the early part of April, and all
those not requiring a winter in the hills ordered to rejoin head- quarters
again in November or December, there could be no dissatisfaction felt
on the point of interest or favouritism, and the greatest benefit woidd
result to tlie .greatest number. A seven months' residence in the hills
i,s sufficient for most parties j — many get tired and " ennuyed" in half

^ APPEJfDix. Ixxvii

that time ; while, to many, the climate is not only not beneficial, but
positively injurious. To the larger bulk of a European regiment, if
located in good barracks at an ordinarily healthy station in the
Upper Provinces, a hill climate is by no means necessary. The men
should be selected by the medical and commanding officers of each re-
giment, with reference to their state of health during the past year, as
well as good conduct, and be accompanied by a relative proportion of
their own officers, the detachment being commanded by a selected one.
The only objection, that we have heard offered to this plan of letting
all the European Regiments benefit to an equal degree yearly by our
" sanataria," is that the men would sufier in their drill, or fall off in
discipline. With a good selected field officer to command the depot,
with a good depot-staff, and with each regimental detachment com-
manded by a selected officer, we do not see why thei*e should be any
falling off in disciphne. The argument, if true, would tell both ways ;
for, if the men from some very " crack" corps did retrograde in their
drill, others would improve. All commanding officers of regiments are
not so strict, able and considerate, nor are all regimentsl systems so
good, as that individuals and detachments might not even gain by re-
moval for a time, to be placed under difierent men and different in-
fluences. But even admitting that there were temporary deterioration,
and that the men returned to their regiments again a httle slack in
their parade duties, better this, than having to replace them by raw re«
emits ; better that they should appear a little round-shouldered with
tlie ruddiness of health, than be stretched out on hospital cots, and
carried about in a djing state in "doolies." Better, far better, to be
in the hands of the drill sei-jeant than the doctor !

On the marking out of a new cantonment in this country, officers are
observed spending their entire day in the open air, watching or super-
intending the erection of their bungalows, staking out their gardens,
planting trees, &c., with almost the same indifference to heat and sun,
as if they were in England, and in the enjoyment of better health,
sounder sleep, and greater appetite, than when living in their residence
with all the comforts and luxuries that art can supply to mitigate the
" desagremt'ns" of an Indian clunate. And, as with the European
officer, so it is with the private soldier. The longest marches on re-
cord, and under the greatest exposure to heat of weather, have been
made by British troops, without any injury to the health. The change
of scene, the interest excited by every rumour that finds its way to the
camp, the specidation on coming events, all act as powerful stimulants

JXXVlll APPENDIX.

in counteracting the otherwise injurious effects of excessive fatigue and
exposure.

And here we think, that Government has not done enough for the
European soldier serving in India. In laying out eyevj new canton-
ment, we would wish to see the " Grymnasium" commenced as soon as
the "parade-ground;" the cricket-field ordered as well as the "Conjee-
house ;" the " soldiers' garden" sanctioned as much as the canteen.

It will be a glory to the Marquis of Dalhousie to estabhsh such a
system, and to leave behind him, at every station, the means of inno-
cent recreation and exercise to the soldier, European and native. In
one station in the Upper Provinces, viz., Lahore, this has been done
through the generous exertions of a single individual — Sir Henry Law-
rence. A large space of ground, containing several acres, has been
laid out strictly as a " soldier's garden ;" there are shady walks, "par-
terres" of flowers, a cricket-field, swimming bath. Gymnasium, Ball-
and Racket-courts, work-shops, skittle-grounds, and a reading-room
and library ; while the beverage, " that cheers, but not inebriates," is
retailed at a very low rate on the grounds, to tlie exclusion of all spiri-
tuous liquors.

This, we believe, is the only instance of the kind in India ; but we
venture to predict that it will be taken as the model for similar esta-
blishments, as soon as the truth becomes apparent, that, in order to
preserve our European soldiers in good health, and prevent the slow
but certain diseases produced by drink, indolence, and dissipation, we
must provide something else beyond the parade ground and canteen.

Erom a list that has been placed at our disposal, we find that one of
H. M.'s cavalry regiments, at present serving in India, is composed as
follows. The multitude of trades is very great, and the proportion of
labourers to artisans and mechanics is about one-fifth of the whole : —

TEADE.

FO.

TBADE.

NO.

Apothecaries

3

Compositor

1

Appraiser

1

Corrector of the Press

1

Brick-layers

12

Confectioner

1

Button-maker

1

Clerks

. 41

Brush-makers

3

Coopers

2

Bakers

17

Cabinet-makers

3

Butchers .

17

Coal-meter

1

Carpenters

20

Carpet-layers

2

Colour-mixers

2

Carvers and Gilders

3

Chemist

1

Cigar-makers

2

Cotten-spinner

1

Cloth- dresser

1

Curriers

2

Cooks

3

APPENDIX.

Ixxix

TEADE.

NO.

TEADE.

NO.

Drapers

7

Painters

7

Dyers

2

Paper-makers

2

Edge-Tool-maker

1

Plasterers

4

Engineer .

1

Poulterers

2

Engine- Fitter

1

Pewterers

2

Farriers

16

Paper-stainers

2

Flax-Spinner

1

Pocket- Book-Maker

1

Fishermen

2

Eug-maker

1

Founders

3

Kope-maker

1

Farmer

1

Shoeing -Smiths

2

Gas-Fitters

3

Sugar-baker

1

Grooms

. 27

Spindle-maker

1

Gnn-smitli

. 1

Shoe-makers

23

Gardeners

2

Servants

40

Gilt-Toy-maker

1

Sawyers

4

Grocer

1

Smiths

10

Harness-makers

3

Silver- Smiths

4

Hatters

2

Saddlers

8

Hair-dresser

1

Stationer

1

Joiners

4

Tailors

24

Jewellers

3

Tanners

6

Land Surveyors

4

Turners

2

liabourers

126

Tin Plate-worker

1

Leather-dressers

2

Upliolsterer

1

Miner

1

Watch-makers

2

Masons

10

Weavers

6

Musicians

2

Wheel Wright .

1

Maltster

1

Wool-comber

1

Mercer . . .

1

Mill-Stone-raaker '

1

646

Optician

1

No previous occupation

8

Porters

3

Printers

9

Total .

654

Plumber

1

•

What must have been the amount, paid in premiums and ap^jrentice-
fees, by the parents of these 646 artisans ? And what would it cost
Government to obtain the services of a like body of mechanics for the
purpose of completing a railroad in the Upper- Provinces, with all its
various requirements of machinery, carriages, station-telegraph, &c. ?
Why should the benefit of these men's early education be lost to the
state, as well as to themselves, when we have them on the spot ? How
much might have been done by the soldiers themselves, during the last
two years, at Lahore, Wuzirabad and Peshawur, towards the comple-
tion of their own barracks, with positive advantage to all, not only as
regards pecuniary emolument, but the much higher points of health
and life ! On board ship, the European private helps to work the

IXXX APPENDIX.

vessel by order of his Commanding Officer, and takes a pull at the
" main brace" with a hearty good will. On the march he pitches his own
tent, or constructs a raft for crossing streams, without being considered
to suffer either in character or discipline. It is only in cantonment
that he is taught to be a mere marching machine — a parade automa-
ton. Some of the men, in the regiment alluded to, it is true, do obtain
an addition to their pay by working at their original trades, between
the hours of parade and roll-call : and the money, thus gained by their
own manual labour, is more likely to be accumulated towards purchas-
ing their discharge, or deposited in a Savings' Bank, than any surplus
derivable from their pay, or " dry batta," which, by a recent excellent
order of Government, is allowed to be disbursed daily at the " grog-
tub," to all who prefer receiving money to rum.

The expense, however, of each individual's providing his own tools
is a serious impediment to the men working at their old trades. This
difficulty would be removed, if the officers of each corps would esta-
blish and encourage regimental work-shops, where, by the division of
labour, much larger profits would be accumulated, and the expense of
materials and implements could be defrayed by a per centage on the
price received for the manufacture.

Half-a-dozen good coachmakers and wheelwrights, who might be
found in most European regiments, ought to be able, in a few weeks,
to build a buggy that would realize some five or six hundred rupees, if
well finished and substantially put together. So with boat-building,
cabinet-making, engraving, painting, book -binding, and many other
trades — the men would find a ready market for the manufactured arti-
cles, especially in the Upper Provinces, where the residents of a station
are cut off from the advantages derived by living near Calcutta, Delhi,
or Agra.

Where it is impossible to provide out-of-doors employment and re-
creation, all the year round, from the want of proper shelter, afibrded
by trees, or by the shady side of a high wall or building, it would at
least be practicable during the cold season, from October to March, at
all stations. We cannot see why European soldiers might not spend
their leisure time in (for instance) laying out a public garden, with car-
riage drives round, but not through, it ; — a work, which would be a
lasting benefit to the station, and might be well pointed out to succeed-
ing corps, to serve as a stimulus for further industry and enterprise, in
improving upon the original plan. We would, however, go even fur-
ther than this. We think that, if a Railroad were in the course of be-
ing constructed within a reasonable distance of any of our large milita-

APPENDIX. Ixxxi

ry stations, at wliich European soldiers are located, a very large num-
ber of volunteers would be found in every regiment, who would feel it
a privilege to be allowed to sboulder a pickaxe or spade, and assist in
throwing up the embankments of a great national undertaking, that
may, in after years, be a far more glorious military monument of what
had been achieved by the British soldier in India, than all that has
been engraved on marble urn, or mural tablet. A horde of Goths and
barbarians may invade and conquer a country, but it is only a civilized
nation that can improve it ; and the first great step is the opening out
of its resources, and making communication perfect, by means of roads,
canals, and navigable rivers.

But, until these truths can be impressed upon the minds of those,
who have the power and authority to act in remodeUing our present
defective system of maintaining a gigantic peace-army in idleness and
sloth, we must be content to be looked upon as visionaries, and to hear
our plan ridiculed as Utopian and impossible. Without the co-opera-
tion of the officers of a regiment, we well know that we are under-
taking the labour of Sisyphus : and that any scheme — whether for the
improvement of the men, or the education of their children — whether
it be to procure health or recreation— to estabUsh a " soldier's garden"
or regimental work-shops — will necessarily fall to the ground, if the
commandant and his officers take no interest in the matter. It cannot
be expected that the men will take the initiative, if ridicide and satire
from their superiors are to be brought to bear against them. The
French have long set us an example in this matter well worthy of imi-
tation : and Napoleon's opinion of the value of his corps of Pioneers
and Sappers was never lessened, or detracted from, by any of the most
brilliant deeds of " the old guard."

We are fuUy aware that there would be an outcry raised, at first, on
the bare mention of European soldiers working in a tropical climate.
There would be a cry of " coolies,^^ " slaves" " convicts ;" but the outcry
would come from those, who have either paid the subject of the " mor-
tality of OMX troops in India," no attention, or who, from ignorance and
prejudice, look upon the very idea of change or improvement, as em-
bodying something revolutionary and destructive. To such we would
beg to quote the words of one, whose writings will probably outhve
those of most of his co-temporaries, and whose energy and perseverance
enabled him to overcome aU opposition, because his heart was in the
work. Dr. Arnold says : —

" There is nothing so revolutionary, because there is nothing, so un-
I

Ixxxii APPET^DIX.

natui-al and so convulsive to society, as the strain to keep things
jixeA^ when all the world is, by the very law of its creation, in eternal
^progress ; and the cause of all the evils in the world may be traced to
that natural, but most deadly error of human indolence and corrup-
tion— that our business is to preserve, and not to improve. It is the
ruin of us all alike, individuals, schools, and nations."

From the returns of six of H. M. regiments, serving in the same
presidency, who have arrived in this country within the last eight
years, we find that the average of mortahty amongst the officers is one
in every regiment yearly, and the average number arriving with each re-
giment was 371 . Taking the aggregate of the whole number in the six
regiments, viz., 226, this gives less than three per cent, as the yearly
ratio of deaths amongst European officers, which taUies exactly with
the number we before quoted from Dr. Hutchinson's tables " of 29 in
1,000 for aU tropical stations, where British troops are stationed."

We might extend the subject much further, and furnish melancholy
details of the mortahty amongst the children of our European soldiery.
The same causes, viz., impure air, bad water, improper food, confine-
ment to the barrack, want of amusement or employment, tell with ten-
fold power upon the offspring, whether born, under such adverse cir-
cumstances, of sickly parents, or experiencing such a change in their
habits and mode of Hfe, on arriving in this country.

Taking the returns of two regiments, that reached India last year,
we find, that in one there have been bom 44 children, of whom, at the
end of the fifteenth month, there are only 29 surviving, shewing a loss
of 27 per cent, within ih.e first year.

In another regiment, 52 children have been bom within fourteen
months, of whom 32 have died in the same period, giving a ratio of mor-
tahty equal to 33 per cent, during the first twelvemonth of their hfe
in India.

In another case, taking the children born in England or on board
ship, who arrived with the regiment in India, eight years ago, out of
159 (the original number) no less than 112 have perished. Of the re-
maining 47, how few, in all probability, will grow to manhood ! Hence
we see that, whether we take 100 children imported from England, born
of healthy parents, or 100 children bom of the same parties within the
first year of their arrival in India, still the melancholy result is the
same — proving, beyond all doubt or question, the system of barrack-
life amongst our European soldiery in this country to be totaUy un-
favorable to colonization*

APPENDIX.

Ixxxiii

This will be seen stUl more clearly by the following table, shewing
the respective ages of the siirviyors of 261 cliildren born in one regi-
ment, since landing in India 8 years ago : —

From

7

to

8

Years of age.

4 ^

»

6

to

7

» j>

8

»

5

to

6

» »

13

»

4

to

5

» »

15

- 113 Surviving.

»

3

to

4

» »

20

>»

2

to

3

» »

15

Under

2

jj J)

38

Died

.148

Total in

eight

year

5 ,,,,,.,.,,,,.,,

261 Births.

12

Ixxxiv APPENDIX.

Appendix, No. XII.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS DESCEIPTIYE OF THE
NEILGHEERIES.

1. — The first pen that called the serious attention of the Indian com-
munity to the value of the Neilgherry Hills, was that of the Eevd.
James Hough of Madras in " Letters on the Climate, Inhabitants,
Productions, &c. of the Neilgherries or Blue Mountains of Coimba-
tore," addressed to the Editor of "The Calcutta Hurkaru" newspaper,
between July and November 1826, and subsequently pubhshed, in a
collected form, in 1829, by Hatchard and Son, London.

2. — In 1827, Dr. Young, of the Madras EstabUshment, presented to
the Medical and Physical Society of Calcutta a paper on " The General
and Medical Topography of the Neilgherries," which is published in Vol.
4 of their Transactions, and is a most interesting account.

3. — In 1832, Capt. Henry Harkness, of the Madras army, published
" A Description of (the Todas) a singular aboriginal race inhabiting the
summit of the Neilgherry Hills or Blue Mountains of Coimbatore,"
through Smith, Elder and Co., London.

4. — In 1834, Capt. Mignon of the Bombay European Eegiment,
published a little Yolume entitled " Notes extracted from a private
Journal written during a tour through Malabar, and among the Neil-
gherries," printed at the American Mission Press, Bombay.

5. — In the same year, Lieut. H. Jervis, H. M. 62nd. Regiment, publish-
ed a " Narrative of a Journey to the Falls of the Cavery, with an His-
torical and descriptive account of the Neilgherries j" through Smith,
Elder and Co., London.

6. — In the same year, also, appeared the first edition of Dr. Baikie's
account of the Hills, printed at the Baptist Mission Press, Calcutta.

7. — In 1835, Dr. P. M. Benza, Surgeon to the then Governor of
Madras, pubhshed a " Geological sketch of the Neilgherries," which will
be found in Yol. 4 of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

8. — In 1838, Dr. DeBurgh Birch, of the Madras Service, laid before
Government "A Topographical Report on the Neilgherries," pubhshed
in the Madras Journal of Literatui-e and Science, Yol. YIII.

APPENDIX. IXXXV

9. — In 1844, Capt. H. Congreve, of the Madras Artillery, addressed
to " The Madras Spectator" letters on the Hills, containing a very
elaborate speculation as to the origin of the " Todas," insisting on
their being the remnants of the Celto-scythian race, treating the sub-
ject with remarkable acuteness, and displaying much curious anti-
quarian lore : the amount of observation on that and other interesting
subjects, is such, as to lead us to regret that the talented author has
left his labours to the precarious existence of the columns of a news-
paper.

10. — In the same year, was pubhshed, by order of the Madras
Government, printed by R. W. Thorpe, at the Yepery Mission Press,
a valuable " Report, on the Medical Topography and Statistics of the
Neilgherry Hills, with notices of the Greology, Botany, climate,
and population, Tables of Diseases, amongst Officers, Ladies, chil-
dren, &c." compiled from the Records of the Medical Board
Office.

11. — In 1847, Capt. J. Ouchterlony, of the Madras Engineer corps,
submitted to Grovernment a most elaborate " Greographical and statis-
tical Memou* of a survey of the Neilgherry mountains." This is the most
comprehensive account of the Hills, their geological character, produc-
tions, agriculture, climate, inhabitants, and the approaches to the hills
that has been published. It will be found in the " Madras Journal of
Literature and Science" No. 34, Vol. XV. 1848.*

The labor bestowed, the research displayed by Capt. Ouchterlony,
and the amount of information conveyed by him in this admirable re-
port, with the splendid Map of the Neilgherries constructed by him,
must always command the attention of visitors ; and it well deserves
a place in their hbraries, and merits careful perusal, and reference to as
a directory on aU subjects connected with the Hills, whether by
occasional visitors, or intending settlers. Capt. Ouchterlony submitted
with his Map a further report to Government which the Editor has
not been able to procure.

12. — In 1851, Lieut. Burton, of the Bombay army, pubhshed a most
interesting work, entitled " Goa and the Blue Mountains," through
Bentley, London.

13. — In the same year, a brochure of the Hills was pubhshed by the
late talented Capt. Sir Francis Ford, of the Bombay army, entitled

* A Copy of this Memoir has been presented by the Editor to the
Ootacamund Library for the use of visitors.

IxXXvi APPENDIX.

" Neilgherry Letters." It is a clever, lively and amusing narrative, and
was published at the " Telegraph and Courier" Press, Bombay.

14. — There is also a brochure by I. D. P. Packman, Esq. late Senior
Medical Officer on the Hills, entitled *' Companion to the Blue
Mountains," which is a very useful guide in a condensed form ;
published by Pharoah and Co., Madras.

Several reports, and notices of particular subjects connected with the
Hnis, have been, from time to time, pubhshed in the different Literary-
Journals, and Transactions of Literary Societies : amongst them ap-
pear.

A valuable paper by the Eev. Mr. Schmid upon " the Botany of the
HiUs and the language of their Inhabitants," and

" Notices of the Trees, Plants, and Ornithology" of that interesting
region, by T. C. Jerdon, Esq. of the Madras Medical EstabHshment.

In conclusion, " The Madras Christain Herald," in No. 31. Yol.
XIY. under date the 30th July, 1856, and subsequent Numbers, gives a
series of articles entitled " the Tribes inhabiting the Neilgherry Hills :
their social customs, and Religious Eites," from the rough notes of
a Missionary.

F I I^ I s.

/?

fh

)j\t^^

f

RETURN TO the circulation desk of any
University of California Library
or to the
NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
BWg 400, Richmond Field Stat.on
University of California
Richmond, CA 94804-4698

T^T^^^l^^W^T^^^^^i^DT™ DAYS
2 month loans may be renewed by callmg
^yS^n'smS be recharged by bringing booKs

ReSwa'Is'and recharges may be made 4 days
prior to due date